Home

Automation & Control Modicon® M340™ PLC Automation Platform

1. Type Function Function block Altivar Lexium IcIA ATV 31 ATV 71 05 15 17D 1 IFA IFE IFS Management Read an internal parameter MC_ReadParameter and motion Write an internal parameter MC_WriteParameter Read the current position MC_ReadActualPosition Read the instantaneous speed MC_ReadActualVelocity Acknowledge error messages MC_Reset Stop all active movement MC_Stop Axis coming to standstill MC_Power Movement to absolute position MC_MoveAbsolute Relative movement MC_MoveRelative Additional movement MC_MoveAdditive Homing MC_Home Movement at given speed MC_MoveVelocity Read diagnostic data MC_ReadAxisError Read servo drive status MC_ReadStatus Save and Read all parameters and store in PLC memory TE_UploadDriveParam restore Write all parameters from the PLC memory TE DownloadDriveParam parameters FDR Advanced Set the reduction ratio Lxm_GearPos Lexium Read a motion task Lxm_UploadMTask monetlens Write a motion task Lxm_DownloadM Task Start a motion task Lxm_StartMTask System Communication with the servo drive TE_CAN_Handler 2 44 Ig Compatible 1 Lexium 17D drive supported by MFB with Modicon Premium platform only Setup Project Browser Eg Structural view Sy Station 4 Configuration Ep 0 XBus B 0 TSXRKY 6EX AD 3 CAMopen lee GO 2 CANopen drop oo MFB LExIUMOS Derived Data Types ey Derived FB Types gt y Variables amp FB instances Elementa
2. Voltage range 40mV 80mV 160mV z320mV 640mV 1 28V Typical input impedance MQ 10 Maximum conversion value 102 5 Maximum resolution mV 40 2 80 24 160 214 320 214 640 22 1280 21 Measurement errors At 25 C FS 0 05 1 Maximum at 0 60 C FS 0 15 Temperature drift ppm 30 C Resistor range 400 Q 4 000 Q Type 2 3 or 4 wire Maximum conversion value 100 Maximum resolution mV 400 21 4 000 214 Measurement errors At 25 C FS 0 12 1 Maximum at 0 60 C FS 0 2 Temperature drift ppm 25 C Temperature probe ranges Pt100 Pt1000 Cu10 Ni100 Ni1000 Measurement range C According to IEC 200 850 100 260 60 180 According to US JIS 100 450 Resolution C 0 1 Detection type Open circuit detection on each channel Measurement errors At 25 C 2 C 22 4 Ea 0 7 1 Maximum at 0 60 C EG 2 4 3 0 1 3 Max wiring 4 wire Q 50 500 50 500 resistance 2 3 wire Q 20 200 20 200 Temperature drift 30 ppm C Thermocouple ranges B E J K L Measurement range C 130 1820 270 1000 200 760 270 1370 200 900 Resolution C 0 1 Detection type Open circuit detection on each channel Measurement errors At 25 C C 35 zx 2 8 sg 3 0 1 Maximum at 0 60 C C 5 5 4 5 5 4 5 Temperature drift ppm 25 C Thermocouple ranges continued N R S T U Measurement range C 270 1300 50 41769 50 1769 270 400 200 600
3. Designation Description Reference Length Unit Weight reference kg RS 485 double Modbus serial link supplied without 6 100 m TSXCSA100 5 680 shielded twisted pair connector 200 m TSXCSA200 10 920 trunk cables 500m TSXCSA500 30 000 Modbus RS 485 cables 2 x RJ45 connectors 7 0 3m VW3A8306R03 0 030 1m VW3A8306R10 0 050 3m VW3A8306R30 0 150 1 x RJ45 connector and 3m VW3A8306 0 150 1 x 15 pin SUB D connector 1 x mini DIN connector for Twido 4 0 3m TWDXCARJO03 0 040 controller and 1 x RJ45 connector 1m TWDXCARJ010 0 090 3m TWDXCARJ030 0 16 1 x RJ45 connector and 5 am VW3A8306D30 0 150 1 end with wires 1 x miniature connector and 9 3m TSXSCPCM4530 0 180 1 x 15 pin SUB D connector Cord sets for 1 x RJ45 connector and 11 2 5m XBTZ938 0 210 Magelis XBT 1 x 25 pin SUB D connector for display and terminal XBT N200 N400 NU400 XBT R410 411 XBT GT2 GT7 COM1 port 7 2 x RJ45 connectors for 11 3m VW3A8306R30 0 150 XBT GT1 COM1 port XBT GT2 GT7 COM2 port Designation Description Reference Length Unit Weight reference kg Cord set for Data Serial link for Data Terminal Equipment 3m TCSMCN3M4F3C2 0 150 Terminal Equipment DTE 2 DTE printer 1 x RJ45 connector and 1 x 9 pin SUB D female connector Cord set for Data Serial link for point to point equipment 3m TCSMCN3M4M3S2 0 150 Communication DCE Equipment 1 x RJ45 connector and DCE modem 1 x 9 pin SUB D male con
4. EN Certified x i E Pending A certification ABS BV DNV GL LR RMRS USA France Norway Germany UK Gils Advantys STB 1 Advantys Telefast ABE 7 ConneXium 2 Magelis PC Magelis XBT GT Magelis XBT F FC HM PM Magelis XBT N R Modicon M340 3 Modicon Momentum Modicon Premium 4 2 2 2 2 2 Modicon Quantum 2 2 Modicon TSX Micro Twido 2 2 2 1 Also meets US Navy requirements ABS NRV part 4 2 Depending on product consult our website www telemecanique com 3 Request for Marine certifications forecast 1 quarter of 2007 4 Modicon Premium also KRS Korean register of Shipping certified European directives The opening of European markets implies a harmonization of regulations in the various European Union member states European Directives are documents used to remove obstacles to the free movement of goods and their application is compulsory in all states ofthe European Union Member states must transcribe each Directive into their national legislation and at the same time withdraw any conflicting regulations The Directives particularly those of a technical nature only set objectives called general requirements Manufacturers must take all necessary measures to ensure that their products conform to the requirements of each Directive relating to their equipment As a general rule man
5. 47 ABE7ACC83 17 ABEZRI6T231 es 13 BMAXEMO10 6 00 eke ee vas 15 490NTWO00012 26 TSXCSA500 cori RR ERES 47 ABE7ACC84 17 ABE7R16T330 13 BMXXSP0400 15 490NTW00012U 26 TSXSCA50 ise ke rre 46 ABE7ACC85 17 ABE7R16T332 13 BMXXSP0600 15 490NTWO00040 26 TSXSCA62 ese e 46 ABEIBV10 sise ares 17 ABE7R16T370 13 BMXXSP0800 15 490NTWO00040U 26 TSXSCPCM4530 47 ABETBVTUE ics 5c 0n bee ees 17 ABE7S08S2B0 12 BMXXSP1200 15 490NTWOO0080 26 TWDXCAISO 46 ABEIBVED dinar 17 ABE7S08S2B0E 12 BMXXTSCPS10 13 490NTWOO0080U 26 TWDXCARJOO3 47 ABEIBV2UE 35km en 17 ABE7S08S2B1 12 BMXXTSCPS20 13 AMO2CAO001V000 43 TWDXCARJ010 47 ABETCPAD Tux cus sas 16 ABE7S08S2B1E 12 CHAPTER issues 1 BMXNOE0100 23 TWDXCARJ030 47 ABEICPAOT os ez EREERR 16 ABE7S16bE2B1 s 12 STBXSP3010 15 BMXNOE0110 23 TWDXCATSRJ 46 ABETCPAO cuore 16 ABE7S16E2B1E 12 STBXSP3020 15 BMXP341000 45 VW3 A8114 REX 46 ABESCPA0S cis ads 16 ABE7S16E2E0 12 BMXP342010 41 VW3A8306 47 ABEICPAN 2 44 5i0e2e 40 16 ABET SIGEZEOE 2
6. 8 BMXAMMO600 31 TCSECL1M1M1S2 27 UNYSPUEZGCD30 30 ABEZHS2ETSO exe ses 10 BMXDAI1602 8 BMXFTB2000 31 TCSECL1M1M1X5S2 27 UNYSPUEZTCD30 30 ABE7H32E300 10 BMXDAI1603 8 BMXFTB2010 31 TCSECL1M1M2582 27 UNYSPUEZUCD30 30 ABE LOGF25 ss shui 17 BMXDAI1604 8 BMXFTB2020 4 sure 31 TCSECL1M1MSS2 27 UNYSPULFFCD30 30 ABE7LOGVTO 6 iius 5 6218 pa 17 BMXDAO1605 00 8 BMXFIWS01S iib ros 31 TCSECL1M1MAOS2 27 UNYSPULFGCD30 30 ABE7P08T330 14 BMXDDI1602 8 BMXFTW501S 31 TCSECL1MIM5S2 27 UNYSPULFTCD30 30 ABE7PO8T330E 14 BMXDDI1603 8 BMXFCW301S 31 TCSECL1M3M108S2 27 UNYSPULFUCD30 30 ABE PIGFS10 o 13 BMXDDI3202K 8 BMXFCW501S 31 TCSECL1M3M1X5S2 27 UNYSPULZFCD30 30 ABE7P16F310E 13 BMXDDI6402K 8 ABE7CPA410 31 TCSECL1M3M2582 27 UNYSPULZGCD30 30 ABE7P16F312 13 BMXDDM16022 8 ABE7CPA412 31 TCSECL1M3MSS2 27 UNYSPULZTCD30 30 ABE7P16M111 2 14 BMXDDM16025 8 BMXFGATBU ss cremas pas 31 TCSECL1M3MAOS2 27 UNYSPULZUCD30 30 ABEZFTOTTIT ize 14 BMXDDM3202K
7. charge Harmonic 3 IEC EN 61131 2 1096 Un O for 5 min 180 for 5 min Inter harmonic IACS E10 IEC 60092 504 H2 H200 10 H15 10 1 H15 H100 and 1 H100 H200 Short momentary interrupt IEC EN 61131 2 10 ms with supply 1 ms with supply IEC EN 61000 4 11 6 2 Voltage shut down start up IEC EN 61131 2 Un 0 Un Un for 60 s 3 cycles separated by 10 s Un 0 Un Un for 5 s 3 cycles separated by 1 to 5s Un 0 9 Udl Un for 60 s 3 cycles separated by 1 to 5 s Where Un nominal voltage Fn nominal frequency Udl detection level when powered Immunity to HF interference C 7 Name of test Standards Levels Damped oscillatory wave IEC EN 61000 4 12 y main supply auxiliary supply discrete I O unshielded 2 5 kV in common mode IEC EN 61131 2 Zone C 1 kV in differential mode auxiliary supply discrete I O unshielded and analog I O 1 kV in common mode 0 5 kV in differential mode All shielded cable 0 5 kV in common mode Electrical fast transient bursts IEC EN 61000 4 4 main and auxiliary supplies discrete I O unshielded 2 kV in wire mode 2 kV in IEC 61131 2 IACS E10 common mode Discrete I O unshielded analog I O and all shielded cable 1 KV in common mode Surge IEC EN 61000 4 5 y main and auxiliary supplies discrete J I O unshielded 2 KV in common mode 1 kV IEC EN 61131 2 Zone B in differential mode IACS E10 Discrete
8. Pass ee ern Larter i an Fo ih I Rack Viewer PLC diagnostics function eee O an te i WR Rs les 2 E The Rack Viewer function can be used for PLC system and I O diagnostics It displays the following in real time m LED status on the front panel of the PLC m Ihe PLC type and version m The hardware configuration of the PLC including the status of the system bits and words m Detailed diagnostics 2 of each of the O I O module channels or application specific channels in the configuration O equipment connected on the CANopen bus Data Editor read write function for PLC data and variables Modicon M340 hardware configuration The Data Editor function can be used to create tables of animated variables for real time read write access to PLC data in the form of lists Various animation tables containing specific application variables to be monitored or modified can be created by the user and saved in the standard Web server module In addition when using FactoryCast Web server of the BMX NOE 0110 7 module m The variables can be entered and displayed by their symbol 3 S_Pump 234 m The write access option can be enabled disabled for each variable using the FactoryCast software The write access is protected by a dedicated password m Dedicated data monitoring tool can be use on pocket PC or PDA terminal 2 Du Gut acce Data editor variables table 1 Module available 4
9. Output adapter sub bases with welded relays removable terminal blocks Optimum amp ABE7S08S2Bee Universal Solid state relays 8 channels ABE7R08S111e 7R08S210e Electromechanical relays Optimum amp ABE7S16SeBee Universal Solid state relays 16 channels ABE7R16S111e 7R16S21ee Electromechanical relays Output adapter sub bases with removable relays Universal ABE7P08T330e 8 channels Solid state relays Optimum amp ABE7R16Teee 7R16M111 Universal Electromechanical relays 16 channels ABE7P16Teee 7P16M111 Solid state and or electromechanical relays Sub bases for analog 1 0 4 channels ABE7CPA410 ABE7CPA412 ABE7CPA21 ESA Preformed cord sets 1 Via the ABE7ACC02 splitter sub base used to separate 16 channels into 2 x 8 channels References Dimensions pages 5 10 to 5 16 pages 5 18 and 5 19 Telemecanique References Connection interfaces Advantys Telefast ABE7 pre wired system Passive connection sub bases assive connection sul Optimum Low Cost sub bases z Function No No of terminals For PLCs Lengthof Type of Reference Weight of chan per on row PLC connection nels channel number connection cable m kg Input or output 16 1 2 Modicon M340 1 Screw ABE7H20E100 0 330 ei Modicon TSX Micro 2 Screw ABE7H20E200 0 410 p nan 3 Screw ABE7H20E300 0 480 FertllIl versets 5 E lts Siemens S7 1 5 Screw ABE7H32E150 0 360 ABE7H20E
10. Simple example s LD tH5s ST delay Fault matar LD overspeed AND hot temp ST Fault motor Start the motor after delay in seconds CAL HOTOR TIHEH PT lt Delay IH start motor LD motor timer SI motor run Stop the motor after ten seconds in running cal stop timer motor run titi s LDH stop timer q SI start motor Sr pump 1 a Extractor Inhibition lt S RH Data Editor Program structure section or subroutine A program in Instruction List language comprises a sequence of instructions classified into the following different families m Bit instructions e g read input LD overspeed m Function block instructions e g call timer CAL MOTOR TIMER m Numerical instructions using single double and floating point integers e g LD Result ADD Surplus ST Archive m Word table or character string instructions e g make assignment LD Result 10 Setpoint 10 m Program instructions e g SR call CALL SH10 The operands used in the expressions are bit variables word variables or variables linked to function blocks Presentation Setup Structure Functions References page 4 4 pages 4 5 to 4 8 pages 4 9 to 4 11 pages 4 18 to 4 28 pages 4 29 and 4 31 4 17 Functions Variables DDT Types Function Blocks DFB Types Filter Name fF IV Elementary Derived Name v Type Address 1 Comment elapse_ time open Ys elapse time close
11. Uni TE 2 Modbus Modbus TCP IP 1 and for PLC brands Mitsubishi Omron Allen Bradley and Siemens RS 232C 485 COM1 RS 232C RS 422 485 COM1 and RS 485 COM2 1 application download 2 application download and peripherals Ethernet TCP IP Ethernet TCP IP 10BASE T 100BASE TX 1 10BASE T 1 RS 232C serial link COM 1 USB port for parallel printer Vijeo Designer VJD eeD TGS V44M under Windows 2000 and Windows XP Magelis Magelis Magelis CPU 266 MHz RISC CPU 100 MHz RISC CPU 133 MHz RISC XBT GT11 XBT GT21 22 23 XBT GT42 43 XBT GT52 53 XBT GT63 XBT GT73 Consult our Human Machine Interfaces catalogue 5 35 Human Machine Interfaces Magelis PC industrial PCs 43632 7 Smart PC Intel Celeron M 600 MHz VIA 667 MHz 1 GB Compact Flash 256 MB expandable up to 1024 MB 256 MB expandable up to 512 MB 1 x PCMCIA slot 1 x PCMCIA slot 1 x type lll type 1 x type Ill or 2 x type 2 x 10BASE T 100BASE TX RJ45 1 x 10BASE T 100BASE TX RJ45 4 x USB 1 x USB on front panel 2 x USB 1 x COM1 1 x COM2 1 x RS232 1 x parallel 1 x PS2 keyboard 1 x PS2 pointing device Windows Embedded XPe SP2 Web edition or HMI edition Vijeo Designer Run Time 100 240 V 24V Consult our Human Machine Interfaces catalogue 5 36 All in One compact products Modular products Control box to be connected to a front panel or used as a stand alone device
12. ABL 8RPM24200 r Q Q Q Q D DRE ee Description Characteristics References Schemes page 23 pages 24 to 28 page 29 page 31 5 30 Connections Power supplies and transformers Power supplies for DC control circuits Regulated switch mode power supplies Phaseo power supplies Universal range Single phase L N 100 to 120 V Phase to phase L1 L2 200 to 500 V 3 phase L1 L2 L3 3 x 380 to 500 V Description Characteristics References Dimensions page 23 pages 24 to 28 page 29 page 30 5 31 5 32 Human Machine Interfaces Operator dialogue terminals Magelis display units and terminals Back lit green LCD height 5 5 mm or Back lit green orange or red LCD height 4 34 17 36 mm Back lit monochrome matrix LCD 240 x 64 pixels height 5 3 or 10 6 mm 2 lines of 20 characters or 1 to 4 lines of 5 to 20 characters Via keypad with 8 keys 4 with changeable legends 512 Kb Flash 4 to 8 lines of 20 to 40 characters Display only or via keypad with 4 function keys 1 service key or 5 service keys 384 Kb Flash EPROM 128 200 application pages 256 alarm pages 600 application pages 256 alarm pages 256 print out form pages 1 40 50 50 Alphanumeric Alphanumeric bargraph gauge Depending on model Access to the PLC real time clock RS 232 C RS 485 No RS 232C or RS 422 485
13. ABL 8RPS24100 CB scheme EN 60950 1 UL pending cCSAus ABL 8RPS24050 ABL 7RPM24200 Conformity to standards Safety IEC EN 60950 1 EN 61204 SELV according to EN 61000 6 3 Conducted on the power line EN 55022 Class B and GL levels Harmonic currents IEC EN 61000 3 2 EMC EN 61000 6 1 EN 61000 6 2 EN 61000 6 3 EN 61000 6 4 EN 61204 3 Input circuit Input values Nominal voltage V 100 120 V 7 200 500 V 100 120 V phase to neutral N L1 or 200 240 V phase to phase L1 L2 Limit voltage V 85 132 V 170 550 V 85 132 V 170 264 V Permissible frequencies Hz 47 63 Maximum inrush current A 30 for 2 ms max Power factor 0 59 at 120 V 0 51 at 240 V 0 69 at 120 V 0 68 at 240 V Efficiency at nominal load gt 87 gt 88 Dissipated power at nominal load W 7 8 15 5 31 57 6 Anti harmonic filtering Yes via integrated PFC Power Factor Correction passive filter Output circuit Compatibility with function modules Buffer battery and battery check unit redundancy discriminating protection Diagnostics LEDs on front panel Current green orange and red voltage green red and off Relay Relay closed Uou gt 21 6 V contact 230 V 0 5 A max 24 V 5 mA min Nominal output values Nominal output voltage Uou V 24 Cur
14. Class M20 3 39 3 46 3 3 Presentation Modicon M340 Automation functions Platform Ethernet TCP IP network Transparent Ready services In conformity with Schneider Electric Ethernet products processors and Ethernet modules on Modicon automation platforms distributed I O modules adjustable speed drivesadjustable speed drives and gateways standard Web functions are integrated in BMX P34 2020 2030 processors and the BMX NOE 0100 110 Ethernet network modules on the Modicon M340 platform From a simple Internet browser the standard Web server authorizes the following ready to use functions m Remote diagnostics and maintenance of products m Display and adjustment of products read write variables status With the BMX NOE 0110 7 Ethernet network module the Web server also offers the following functions m Management of PLC alarms system and application with partial or total acknowledgement ready to use Alarm Viewer function pages m Hosting and display of Web pages created by the user The embedded Web server is a real time data server All the data can be presented in the form of standard Web pages in HTML format and can therefore be accessed using any Web browser that supports the embedded Java code The standard functions provided by the Web server are supplied ready to use and thus do not require any programming of either the PLC or the client PC device supporting a Web browser
15. Uni TE Modbus Uni TE Modbus AEG and for PLC brands Allen Bradley GE Fanuc Omron Siemens RS 232C serial link 1 XBT L1001 and XBT L1003 under Windows 98 2000 and XP Magelis Consult our Human Machine Interfaces catalogue 1 Depending on model Telemecanique Display of text messages Control and parametering of data Compacts terminals Back lit green orange and red LCD height 4 34 17 36 mm Display of text messages and or semi graphics Control and parametering of data Back lit monochrome matrix LCD 240 x 64 pixels height 5 3 or 10 6 mm 1 to 4 lines of 5 to 20 characters Via keypad with 12 keys for function or numeric input according to the context 8 service keys 512 Kb Flash 4 to 8 lines of 20 to 40 characters Via keypad with 12 function keys 10 service keys 12 numeric keys 4 soft function keys 512 Kb Flash EPROM 128 200 application pages 256 alarm pages 800 application pages 256 alarm pages 256 print out form pages 1 40 50 50 Alphanumeric Alphanumeric bargraph gauge Depending on model Access to the PLC real time clock No RS 232C RS 485 RS 232C or RS 422 485 Uni TE Modbus Uni TE Modbus AEG and for PLC brands Allen Bradley GE Fanuc Omron Siemens RS 232C serial link 1 XBT L1001 and XBT L1003 under Windows 98 2000 and XP Magelis Consult our Human Machine Interf
16. asks ane B 33 Animation The variables search can be initialized from any editor language data runtime EE Table 1 screen animation table etc 3 V Bool Rew Operator S Procede BE VW Bool R The import export function available in Unity Pro supports the following operations from the structural and functional project views m Via the import function to reuse all or part of a project created previously in the current project Bm Via the export function to copy all or part of the current project to a file for subsequent reuse The files generated on export are generally in XML format 1 However variables can also be exported or imported in the following formats Bm xvm format compatible with OFS data server software TIEN e MS m Source format in a scy file compatible with PL7 design software then pump l mm pur speni Bm Text format with separator TAB in a txt file for compatibility with any other system not pump 1 cmd and pump 1 speed then pump l speed pump l speed end if not start and waiting x then pump l cmd 7false end if On import data can be assigned to new instances of the following elements via an TA CEE TT assistant m DFB function blocks m DDT data structures B Simple data Furthermore when importing a function module the data associated with animation tables and operator screens is also reassigned The XML import function also supports th
17. 160 2 Mounting the racks On AM1 PA and AM3 PA pre slotted plate Installation rules AF1 EA6 4 holes 2 y y BMX XBP 0400 207 8 242 2 BMX XBP 0600 2 3 307 6 BMX XBP 0800 338 2 372 8 BMX XBP 1200 468 6 503 2 1 On AM1 ED rail 35 mm wide 15 mm deep Only possible with BMX XBP 0400 0600 0800 rack 2 For panel mounting The diameter of the mounting holes must o be sufficient to accept M4 M5 M6 screws 4 32 to 6 35 a gt 3mm 1 Equipment or enclosure 2 Cable ducting or clip 2 0 Telemecanique Contents 2 Input output modules Discrete I O modules m Discrete I O modules E Sresentatondesenpllomntee eec re ad S ete CU ML 2 6 BU Ach CSU OS eC Lc EU E E Ne UE 2 8 O Characteristics 2 10 npererences ehe ded MM II 2 16 EL COMMECIONS Re CU in 2 18 Analog l O modules and process control m Analog I O modules El Presentation desc a oa ra etree 2 24 A v necu T PR m ML E A 2 25 MEN CONS CEU TUTO T TITULI TT 2 26 HF haraeieusHos ccce cce erac C UE TT Ta 2 28 O References 2 31 a Programmable process Control nn PR Mir roue 2 32 Distributed 1 0 modules Counter modules and Motion Function Blocks m Counter modules p T2resentationsdeschbptlone ER A IEEE d M ato 2 36 E SUD CONS PR E O M te MUN E 2 37 HE Nara cientos eta eh uM c E cr E Er AE E cua 2 40 pupererencesdq indi t ep ec 2 41 EC Onleclonssem o
18. 60 C Relative humidity 10 95 non condensing Degree of protection IP 30 Dimensions WxHxD 40 x 125 x 80 mm Mounting On symmetrical DIN rail 35 mm wide Weight 0 530 kg Conformity to standards cUL 60950 UL 508 and CSA 142 UL 1604 and CSA 213 Class 1 Division 2 C GL FM 3810 FM 3611 Class 1 Division 2 LED indicators Power supply activity link Alarm relay Power supply fault Ethernet network fault or communication port fault 1 A max voltage free contact at 24 V Reference 499 NEH 104 10 3 28 Ethernet in Machines and installations Ethernet TCP IP Transparent Ready Services Cabling system ConneXium transceivers Product data sheet The use of ConneXium transceivers makes it possible to perform the following B Creation of linear fiber optic bus topologies for products with twisted pair cable Ethernet connection m Interfacing products with twisted pair cable Ethernet connection with a fiber optic cable Transceivers are plug and play devices that requires no configuration Consult our catalog Ethernet TCP IP and Web technologies Transparent Ready ConneXium transceivers provide fiber optic connections for transmission in areas subject to interference high levels of electromagnetic interference and for long distance communications Linear topology on optical fiber Ready nr l i um Transceivers Interfaces Copper cable ports Number and
19. To be ordered separately Backup of program constants symbol and data reference BMX RMS 008MPF File storage 16 Mb Activation of standard web server class B10 Maximum size Located internal Maximum bits 16 250 Mi 32 464 Mi of object areas bits Default bits 256 Mi 512 Mi Located internal Maximum Bytes 32 464 MWi internal words 32 760 KWi constant words data Default Bytes 512 MWi internal 1 024 MWi internal words 256 KWi constant words words 128 KWi constant words Max unlocated internal data Kb 128 2 256 2 Application Master task 1 cyclic or periodic structure Fast task 1 periodic Auxiliary tasks Event tasks 32 including 2 with 64 including 2 with priority priority Execution time Boolean us 0 18 0 12 for one On words or fixed Single length words us 0 38 0 25 instruction point arithmetic Double length words us 0 26 0 17 On floating points us 1 74 1 16 No of 100 Boolean Kinst 5 4 8 1 K instructions ms executed per 65 Boolean and 35 fixed arithmetic K inst 4 2 6 4 ms ms System Master task ms 1 05 0 70 overhead Fast task ms 0 20 0 13 Power With 24 V voltage mA 72 90 95 135 consumption 1 Only affects in rack modules The remote I O on the CANopen bus are not included in these maximum numbers 2 The size of the located data internal bits and data and the size of the configuration data should be deducted from t
20. 2 Apencil point RESET push button for a cold restart of the application CI 3 A2 pin connector that can receive a removable terminal block screw or gere spring type for connecting the alarm relay 1 4 A 5 pin connector that can receive a removable terminal block screw or n 5 spring type for connecting the following A O or line supply 1 gt 8F 3 O Protective earth ground O Dedicated 24 V power supply for the input sensors for BMX CPS 2000 3500 AC power supply modules only 4 To be ordered separately Pack of two removable terminal blocks depending on the model O Screw clamp BMX XTS CPS10 O Spring type BMX XTS CPS20 1 This power consumption calculation for the rack can also be performed by the Unity Pro programming software Functions Characteristics References page 1 11 page 1 12 page 1 13 1 10 Functions Modicon M340 Automation Platform Power supply modules Alarm relay The alarm relay located in each power supply module has a voltage free contact accessible from the front of the 2 pin connector The operating principle is as follows In normal operation with the PLC in RUN the alarm relay is activated and its contact is closed state 1 The relay de energizes and its associated contact opens state 0 whenever the application stops even partially due to any of the following m Occurrence of a blocking fault B Incorrect rack output voltages B Loss of supply voltage RESET push bu
21. EJ Hydraulic temp 20400 77 IRUN Timer 0 Jate Inhibition sewage RUN Timer Inhibition sewage temp ok START run pulse 212 9 uw Receptivity 1 Pump 20 3 15 midle anim Low anim jack 3 out jack 2 out OGC CC BC IC IEEE jack_1_out IPSE ag Data E ditor control DF Data editor variables bbT Types Function ioc DPI Tapes Doreen uii irs verit moninng DEF TI Water rna permet UL r a tn tp ti 3 CT Y pio tees open db ps os cie 4 0 ese Ej cps iB conne Variable attributes Modicon Automation Platform Unity Pro software The data editor which can be accessed from the structural view of the project provides a single tool for performing the following editing tasks m Declaration of data including variables and function blocks declaration of their type instants and attributes B Use and archiving of function block data types in different libraries B Hierarchical view of data structures B Searching sorting and filtering of data B Creation of a hyperlink to access a description from any variable comment The data is displayed under four tabs m Variables tab for the creation and management of the following data instances bits words double words inputs outputs tables and structures m DDT Types tab for the creation of derived data types tables and structures m Function Blocks tabs for the decla
22. I O unshielded and analog I O 0 5 kV in common mode 0 5 kV in differential mode All shielded cable 1 kV in common mode Electrostatic discharges IEC EN 61000 4 2 6 kV contact 8 kV air IEC EN 61131 2 Zone B IACS E10 Radiated electromagnetic field IEC EN 61000 4 3 15 V m 80 MHz 2 GHz Sinusoidal modulation amplitude 80 1 kHz internal clock frequency Conducted interference induced IEC EN 61000 4 6 10V 0 15 MHz 80 MHz by radiated field IEC EN 61131 2 Sinusoidal modulation amplitude 80 1 kHz spot frequency IACS E10 Electromagnetic emissions C 1 2 Name of test Standards Levels Interference voltage EN 55011 Class A 150 kHz 500 kHz quasi peak 79 dB uV average 66 dB uV IEC EN 61131 2 500 kHz 30 MHz quasi peak 73 dB uV average 60 dB uV IEC EN 61000 6 4 FCC part 15 IACS E10 Values according general power distribution zone Interference field EN 55011 Class A 30 MHz 230 MHz quasi peak 40 dB measurement at 10 m quasi peak 50 dB IEC EN 61131 2 measurement at 3 m IEC EN 61000 6 4 230 MHz 2 GHz quasi peak 47 dB measurement at 10 m quasi peak 57 dB measurement FCC part 15 at 3 m IACS E10 Values depending on general power distribution zone 1 Devices must be installed and wired in compliance with the instructions provided in the manual Grounding and Electromagnetic Compatibility of PLC Systems pdf format on CD Rom support included in Unity Pro software packages or on DVD UNY USE 909 CD M refer
23. pages 3 4 and 3 5 pages 3 16 to 3 21 pages 3 2 and 3 3 pages 3 22 and 3 23 pages 3 24 to 3 37 3 9 Functions continuea Modicon M340 Automation Platform Ethernet TCP IP network and communication services and Transparent Ready services CtIONS continued Ethernet universal services continued SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol RFCs 1155 1156 and 1157 The Internet community has developed the SNMP standard to manage the various network components via a single system The network management system can exchange data with SNMP agent devices This function allows the manager to display the status of the network and products modify their configuration and feed back alarms in the event of a fault Note Transparent Ready products are compatible with SNMP and can be integrated naturally into a network administered via SNMP COM DCOM Distributed Component Object Model COM DCOM Distributed Component Object Model or OLE Object Linking and Embedding technology consists of Windows objects which enable transparent communication between Windows applications Nota These technologies are used in the OFS OLE for Process Control Factory Server data server software Presentation Performance Selection References Connections pages 3 4 and 3 5 pages 3 16 to 3 21 pages 3 2 and 3 3 pages 3 22 and 3 23 pages 3 24 to 3 37 310 Functions continuea Modicon M340 Automation Platform Ethern
24. pin no end inputs outputs 1 0 B20 White Input 0 32 Output 0 32 Input O A20 Brown Input 1 33 Output 1 33 Input 1 B19 Green Input 2 34 Output 2 34 Input 2 A19 Yellow Input 3 35 Output 3 35 Input 3 B18 Gray Input 4 36 Output 4 36 Input 4 A18 Pink Input 5 37 Output 5 37 Input 5 B17 Blue Input 6 38 Output 6 38 Input 6 A17 Red Input 7 39 Output 7 39 Input 7 B16 Black Input 8 40 Output 8 40 Input 8 A16 Purple Input 9 41 Output 9 41 Input 9 B15 Gray pink Input 10 42 Output 10 42 Input 10 A15 Red blue Input 11 43 Output 11 43 Input 11 B14 White green Input 12 44 Output 12 44 Input 12 A14 Brown green Input 13 45 Output 13 45 Input 13 B13 White yellow Input 14 46 Output 14 46 Input 14 A13 Yellow brown Input 15 47 Output 15 47 Input 15 B12 White gray 24 V 24 V 24 V A12 Gray brown 24V 24V 24V B11 White pink 24V 24 V 24 V A11 Pink brown 24V 24V 24V B10 White Input 16 48 Output 16 48 Output 0 A10 Brown Input 17 49 Output 17 49 Output 1 B9 Green Input 18 50 Output 18 50 Output 2 A9 Yellow Input 19 51 Output 19 51 Output 3 B8 Gray Input 20 52 Output 20 52 Output 4 A8 Pink Input 21 53 Output 21 53 Output 5 B7 Blue Input 22 54 Output 22 54 Output 6 A7 Red Input 23 55 Output 23 55 Output 7 B6 Black Input 24 56 Output 24 56 Output 8 A6 Purple Input 25 57 Output 25 57 Output 9 B5 Gray pink Input 26 58 Output 26 58 Output 10 A5 Red blue Input 27 59 Output 27 59
25. 1 HIER ER EERE EEE BERBER ER EER EES BREE ERE EEE EEE E ENERSNESSNSIZSI SS I GIT S MONA a AAA Front panel MPC NA5 ONNN 20N MPC NB5 ONNN 20N MPC NT5 ONNN 20N 43634 6 43631 7 Compact PC Control box 102 Control box 402 Intel Celeron M 1 3 GHz VIA 667 MHz or Intel Celeron M 1 3 GHz or Pentium 4 M 1 7 GHz Intel Pentium M 1 6 GHz Hard disk gt 40 GB Hard disk 2 20 GB Hard disk gt 40 GB removable 512 MB expandable up to 1024 MB 256 or 512 MB depend on model 512 MB expandable up to 2 GB Yes Yes removable Combined DVD R CD RW drive available as an option Yes Yes 1 x PCI bus slot 1 x PCI bus slot 1 x PCI bus slot and 4 x PCI bus slots and 1 x POMCIA slot 1 x POMCIA slot 2 x type 1 2 or 1 x type IIl PCMCIA slots 2 x type 1 2 or 1 x type IIl PCMCIA slots 1 x type lll type 1 x type lll or 2 x type Il 2 x 10BASE T 100 BASE TX 1 x TOBASE T 100 BASE TX 1 x TOBASE T 100BASE TX RJ45 RJ45 RJ45 4 x USB 1 x USB on front 2 x USB 1 COM1 2 x USB 1 x COM1 1 x COMA and 1 x parallel 1 x VGA external video port panel 1 x COM2 1 x parallel 1 x PS 2 port 2 1x RS232 2 x PS2 Windows 2000 or Windows XP Pro Windows XP Pro or Windows 2000 operating system pre installed Vijeo Designer Run Time Package A Vijeo Look Run Time Package A Vijeo Look Run Time or Package B Vijeo Look Build Time ny 100 240 V 115 230 V or 24 V depending on the model MPC KT2 2NAe 00e MPC KT5 eNAe 00e MPC
26. 8 TSXCANCADD 42 UNYSPUSZUCD30 30 ABE7P16T334 14 BMXP342010 8 CHAPTER 3 TSXCANCADD3 42 UNYSPUZFUCDSOE 33 ABE7RO8S111 12 BMXP342020 8 6 10 Product reference index continued BMXP342030 8 6 11 Platform for machine manufacturers Modicon M340 PLC Unity software Platform for machines and manufacturing processes Modicon Premium Unity and PL7 software Platform for continuous and semi continuous industrial processes and infrastructure sites Modicon Quantum Unity Concept and ProWORX 32 software North American Operating Division Schneider Electric 1415 South Roselle Road Palatine IL 60064 TEL 847 397 2600 www schneider electric com www us telemecanique com The efficiency of Telemecanique branded solutions Used in combination Telemecanique products provide quality solutions meeting all your Automation and Control applications requirements Software tools Oparator dialog Networks amp Communication Automation Motor control Interfaces amp W O i Detection Power supplies Mounting systems A worldwide presence Constantly available More than 5 000 points of sale in 130 countries m You can be sure to find the range of products that are right for you and which comply fully with the standards in the country where they are
27. Compatibility with IEC 1131 2 DC inputs Yes type 3 not IEC Yes not IEC Yes type 3 not IEC Paralleling of outputs Yes 2 max Yes 3 max Switching frequency on inductive load Hz 0 5 LI Built in protection Against Yes by Transil diode overvoltages Against reverse Yes by reverse mounted diode Use a 2 A fuse on the 24 V of the preactuators polarity Against Yes with current limiter and electronic circuit Yes with current limiter and electronic circuit short circuit and breaker 1 5 In lt Id lt 2 In breaker 0 125 A Id 0 185 A overloads Preactuator voltage control At state 0 V gt 18 threshold Fault V lt 14 Insulation resistance MQ gt 10 at 500 V Dielectric strength Output ground or Vrms 1 500 50 60 Hz for 1 minute output internal logic Between groups of V 500 channels Reliability MTBF in hours At Tambient 30 C 409 413 360 412 173 792 Consumption Typical mA See power consumption table page 6 8 Maximum dissipated power W 4 2 26 3 6 6 85 Temperature derating None See Current per module above 1 All outputs are equipped with a fast demagnetization circuit for the electromagnets Discharge time for the electromagnets L R 2 Excluding load current References Connections pages 2 16 to 2 17 pages 2 18 to 2 21 2119 Characteristics continuea Module Modicon M340 Automation Platform Discrete I O modules PA nm ee me te a ee SE mala SES CE maxim liada
28. Data for graphic animations OO OO 0d O E O I localized data with its corresponding symbol display alarm archiving information user access rights B Atcommunication level O Communication driver configuration Monitor Pro 1 and iFIX O configuration data for third party devices via an XML interface The generation process in UAG is incremental which makes it possible to supplement the various applications with their dedicated tools outside UAG without any risk Incremental generation in UAG only impacts changed elements within the applications which ensures that any additions made using the dedicated tools are stored permanently This means that your process expertise and know how is quickly operational in your process without any errors or oversights Presentation continuea Modicon Premium Quantum automation platform Unity Application Generator Validation UAG is a specialized functional tool for process experts and has been developed to comply with the following process standards B ISAS88 B GAMP Good Automation Manufacturing Practice Validation procedures User feedback report Recon Performance UFR qualification PQ fi Process applications i Operational Documentation T Functional cet 1 ake Modeling specifications Associated qualification i n ONAE OQ Qualification HU PLC IHM gt Associated application i software b Detaile
29. Direct current A 2 resistive load AC voltage V 220 Cos o 1 Alternating current A 2 Input limit At state 1 Voltage V 211 values Current mA gt 2 for U gt 11 At state 0 Voltage V 5 Current mA S15 Sensor power supply V 19 30 possible up to 30 V limited to 1 hour including ripple in every 24 hours Relay output voltage 24 V 200 V 240 V AC load Inductive loads Power VA 300 1 240 1 AC 14 cos o 80 2 72 2 0 7 Inductive loads Power VA 200 1 120 1 AC 15 cos q 60 2 36 2 0 35 DC load Inductive loads Power W 24 1 DC 13 7 2 2 Maximum switching frequency 3 600 cycles hour Input impedance at nominal voltage KO 6 8 Input response time Typical ms 4 Maximum ms 7 Reverse polarity on inputs Protected IEC 1131 2 conformity Yes type 3 Compatibility with 2 wire 3 wire sensors IEC 947 5 2 Paralleling of inputs No Input type Current sink Output response time Activation ms lt 12 Deactivation ms lt 10 Switching load Minimum 5 V 1 mA Maximum V 264 125 Mechanical durability No of switching gt 20 million operations Fuse protection Use one 0 5 A fast blow fuse per group of No use one fast blow fuse per channel or channels group of channels Sensor voltage control thresholds OK V gt 18 Fault V lt 14 Insulation resistance MO gt 10 at 500 V Dielectric P
30. During the design phase the risk of error is kept to a minimum thereby reducing debugging and maintenance costs too UAG can be used to customize M The selection of SCoD libraries NW The symbols nomenclature used in UAG NW The selection of PLC platforms and modules NW The definition of access levels display formats units of measurement etc used for HMI SCADA supervisory B The user documentation B Security This means that you can integrate your process expertise and standards in all your UAG applications Presentation continuea Modicon Premium Quantum automation platform Unity Application Generator Modeling process applications Once you have created the customization based on your standards and chosen your SCoD libraries UAG offers you a simple user friendly application specific method of working The process is defined using the physical model process view exploiting the expertise provided at customization and SCoD library creation stages This means that the process behavior and the process configuration screens match exactly your requirements The process control is defined using the topological model automation view again in accordance with your customization NW Process design using UAG is made easy through functional analyses It allows the user to reliably track the exact project status In order to be able to detect any error or oversight as soon as possible UAG analyzes t
31. GV2 2 C60N UL C60N UL IEC UL ABL 8RPS24030 GB2 CD07 MG24443 MG24443 GV2RT06 2A 14 x 51 ABL 8RPS24050 GB2 CD08 MG24444 MG24443 GV2RT06 2A 14 x 51 ABL 8RPS24100 GB2 CD12 MG24447 MG24444 GV2RTO7 4A 14 x 51 ABL 8RPM24200 GB2 CD16 MG24449 MG24447 ABL 8WPS24200 GV2 ME07 2A 14x51 ABL 8WPS24400 GV2 ME08 4A 14x51 GB2 CDee e 3 3 e 1 Two Shottky diodes Imin power supply In and Vmin 50 V 2 UL certification pending Description References Dimensions Schemes page 23 page 29 page 30 page 31 5 28 References Power supplies and transformers Power supplies for DC control circuits Regulated switch mode power supplies Phaseo power supplies Universal range ABL 8RED24400 Input Secondary Reset Conforming Reference Weight voltage Output Nominal Nominal to standard voltage power current EN 61000 3 2 kg Single phase N L1 or phase to phase L1 L2 connection 100 120 V 24 28 8BV 72W 3A Auto man Yes ABL 8RPS24030 0 300 EEE Mix 120 W 5A Auto man Yes ABL 8RPS24050 0 700 o o 50 60 Hz 240 W 10A Auto man Yes ABL 8RPS24100 1 000 100 120 V 200 24 28 8 V 480 W 20A Auto man Yes ABL 8RPM24200 1 600 240 V 15 10 50 60 Hz 3 phase connection L1 L2 L3 380 500V 24 28 8V 480 W 20A Auto man Yes ABL 8WPS24200 1 600 10 960 W 40A Auto man Yes ABL 8WPS24400 2 700 50 60 Hz Function Use Designation Reference Weight kg Continuity after Holding time 100 ms at 4
32. Resolution C 0 1 Detection type Open circuit detection on each channel Measurement errors At 25 C C Eg 0 3 2 07 Eo 1 Maximum at 0 60 C je 5 4 5 4 5 5 4 5 Temperature drift ppm 25 C 1 6FS Error as a of full scale 1 C with Pt100 temperature probe range 100 200 C 2 Excluding error caused by the wiring Functions pages 2 26 and 2 27 Description page 2 24 References page 2 31 2 29 Characteristics continuea Modicon M340 Automation Platform Analog I O modules Module BMX AMO 0210 Output type Isolated high level outputs Number of channels 2 Ranges Voltage 10V Current 0 20 mA and 4 20 mA Resolution 15 sign Conversion time lt 1 Output power supply Internal power supply via rack Output ranges Voltage Current Adjustment range Nominal 10 V 0 20 mA 4 20 mA Maximum 11 25 V 24 mA Load impedance gt 1 000 lt 600 Detection type Short circuit Open circuit Measurement errors At 25 C 0 10 1 Maximum at 0 60 C 0 25 Temperature drift 40 ppm C Recalibration None factory calibrated Fallback mode 2 Default or configurable Isolation Between channels 1 400 V Between channels and bus 2 000 V Between channels and ground 2 000 V Consumption Typical See power consumption table page 6 8 Module BMX AMM 0600
33. detected by the PLC 2 Can only be used with modules with protected outputs Presentation compatibility Dimensions pages 5 8 to 5 9 pages 5 18 to 5 19 5 19 References continued Connection interfaces Advantys Telefast ABE7 pre wired system Discrete input output adaptation sub bases for or with plug in relays Input Universal sub bases for solid state relays 7 No of No of For Isolation Input Type of Reference Weight channels terminals relay type PLC Oper connection connection per channel ative part kg 16 2 ABS7E Yes Voltage free Screw ABE7P16F310 0 850 ABR7 Spring ABE7P16F310E 0 850 ABS7S33E Polarity Screw ABE7P16F312 0 850 distribution Output Optimum amp Universal sub bases with electromechanical relays 2 No of Relay For No and Polarity Reference Weight channels width relay type of distribution operative part type contacts kg i Lb i 16 5 mm ABR7S11 1 N O Contact common per group of ABE7R16T111 0 600 jj 4 channels Contact common per group of ABE7R16M111 0 600 RESTES SEE TEST 4 output channels 3 2 input common terminals 10 mm ABR7S21 1 N O Voltage free ABE7R16T210 0 735 Common on both poles 4 ABE7R16T212 0 730 ABR7S23 1 C O Voltage free ABE7R16T230 0 775 e Contact common 4 ABE7R16T231 0 730 ABE7R16T210 12 mm ABR7S33 1 C O Voltage free ABE7R16T330 1 300 Common on both poles 5 ABE7R16T332 1 200 ABR7S37 2 C O Voltage free ABE7R16T
34. immunity resistance safety etc IEC EN 61131 2 CSA 22 2 N 142 UL 508 m Merchant navy requirements of the main international bodies with ABS BV DNV GL LR RINA RMRS IACS International Association of Classification Societies m Compliance with European Directives o Low Voltage 73 23 EEC amendment 93 68 EEC o Electromagnetic Compatibility 89 336 EEC amendments 92 31 EEC and 93 68 EEC B Electrical qualities and self extinguishing capacity of insulating materials UL 746C UL 94 m Hazardous areas classification CSA 22 2 No 213 Class Division 2 Groups A B C and D Service conditions and recommendations relating to environment Temperature Operation C 0 60 Storage C 40 85 Relative humidity Operation 93 95 without condensation according to IEC EN 60060 2 30 Db Storage 93 95 without condensation according to IEC EN 60060 2 30 Db Altitude m 0 4000 temperature derating above 3000 m 1 C 400 m equals 55 C at 4000 m Supply voltage BMX CPS 2010 BMX CPS 3020 BMX CPS 2000 BMX CPS 3500 v according to Nominal voltage V 24 24 48 100 240 100 240 IEC EN 61131 2 Limit voltages 18 31 2 18 62 4 85 264 85 264 according to IACS E10 Nominal frequencies Hz 50 60 50 60 battery without charge Limit frequencies Hz E 47 63 47 63 Modicon M340 PLCs meet the requirements of TC treatment Treatment for all Climates F
35. random 5 m s from 10 100 Hz 7 dB octave from 100 200 Hz Class 2M3 IEC EN 60068 2 64 Fh 1 m s de 200 2000 Hz 30 min duration Equipment and personnel reference information 7 C Name of test Standards Levels Dielectric strength UL 508 CSA 22 2 No 142 2 Un 1000 V 1 min FM IEC EN 61131 2 Insulation resistance UL 508 CSA 22 2 No 142 Un lt 50 V 10 MQ FM 50 V lt Un lt 250 V 10 MO IEC EN 61131 2 Continuity of earth ground UL 508 CSA 22 2 No 142 30 Afor2 min R lt 0 1 Q FM IEC EN 61131 2 Leakage current IEC EN 61131 2 lt 3 5 mA after disconnecting Protection offered by enclosures IEC EN 61131 2 IP 20 and protection Withstand to impacts UL 508 CSA 22 2 No 142 500 g sphere fall from 1 3 m FM IEC EN 61131 2 Stored energy injury risk IEC EN 61131 2 After 10 s max 37 Un Overload UL 508 CSA 22 2 No 142 50 cycles 1 5 9 sto Un and 1 5 In FM IEC EN 61131 2 Endurance UL 508 CSA 22 2 No 142 12 cycles 100 ms 100ms 988 cycles 1 s 1 s and 5000 cycles 1 s 9 s to Un and In FM IEC EN 61131 2 Temperature rise IEC EN 61131 2 UL 508 CSA 22 2 No 142 UL 1604 CSA 22 2 No 213 FM Ambient temperature 60 C 1 Devices must be installed wired and maintained in compliance with the instructions provided in the users manual 2 In case of using fast actuators response time y 15ms driven by relay outputs 15 g 11 ms 3 shocks direction axis 3 In case of using fast actuators respo
36. symbol and data File storage 16 Mb Activation of class B10 web server Description Use Length Reference Weight From To kg Terminal port USB Mini B USB port PC terminal type A 1 8m BMXXCAUSBH018 0 065 cord sets on the Modicon USB port 45m BMXXCAUSBH045 0 110 M340 processor Description Use Processor Reference Weight compatibility kg Memory card 8 Mb Supplied as standard with each BMX P34 1000 20e0 BMXRMS008MP 0 002 processor used for Backup of program constants symbol and data Activation of class B10 web server 1 For I O capacity in single rack configuration see characteristics page 1 8 1 9 Presentation Modicon M340 Automation description Platform Power supply modules BMX CPS eee0 power supply modules provide the power supply for each BMX XBP ee00 rack and the modules installed on it There are two types of power supply module m Power supply modules for AC supplies m Power supply modules for DC supplies The power supply module is selected according to H The electrical line supply 24 V 48 V or 100 240 V o The required power see the power consumption table on page 6 8 1 BMX CPS eee0 power supply modules have the following on the front panel 1 A display block comprising o OK LED green lit if rack voltages are present and correct o 24 V LED green lit when the sensor voltage is present for BMX CPS 2000 3500 1 v1 11 AC power supply modules only
37. viidi d IIS 4 v BMX DRA 0805 BMX DRA 1605 Number of inputs 8 16 Connection Spring or screw type 20 pin removable terminal block Limit operating voltages DC V 10 34 24 125 resistive load AC V 10 264 200 264 Cos p 1 Thermal current A 3 2 Switching load Minimum mA Layo V Electrical life 24 V 200 V 240 V AC load Power VA 300 1 240 1 cos 6 0 7 80 2 72 2 Power VA 200 1 120 1 cos q 0 35 60 2 36 2 DC load Power WwW 24 1 7 2 2 Voltage 24 V 48 V 110 200 24 V 200 V 240 V 120 V 240 V AC load Resistive loads Power VA 50 3 50 4 110 4 220 4 AC 12 110 5 220 5 Inductive loads Power VA 24 5 10 6 10 8 10 8 200 1 120 1 AC 15 24 7 50 9 50 11 60 2 36 2 cos p 0 3 110 10 110 4 220 12 Inductive loads Power VA 300 1 240 1 AC 14 80 2 72 2 cos q 0 7 DC load Resistive loads Power 24 4 DC 12 40 13 Inductive loads Power 10 7 24 1 DC 13 14 24 4 7 2 2 Response time Activation ms lt 10 Deactivation ms lt 8 lt 12 Built in Against overloads and short circuits None Use a fast blow fuse per channel or group of channels protection Against AC inductive overvoltages None Use an RC circuit or ZNO surge limiter appropriate to the voltage in parallel on each output Against DC inductive overvoltages None Use a discha
38. 100BASE TX network Also included depending on the model 6 BMX P 34 2020 processor An RJ45 connector for the Modbus serial link or character mode link RS 232C RS 485 2 wire non isolated 7 BMX P 34 2030 processor A 9 pin SUB D connector for the CANopen master machine and installation bus O0 D DO D N On the back panel there are two rotary switches for assigning the IP address There are three ways to define this assignment o Address set by the position of the two rotary switches o Address set by the application parameters o Address set by the Ethernet TCP IP BOOTP server rte BMX P34 2030 1 5 Memory structure 1 6 Modicon M340 Automation Platform Processor modules BMX P34 1000 2060 processor with memory card supplied as standard Application internal RAM 1 Located data 4 BMX RMS 008MP memory card Application User internal internal RAM RAM Constants 33 Area for online program modification 4 Application internal RAM The application memory is divided into memory areas physically distributed in the Modicon M340 PLCs internal RAM Application data area which may be one of two possible types O Located data corresponding to the data defined by an address for example MW237 with which a symbol can be associated for example Counter reject r1 Unlocated data corresponding to data defined only by a symbol The use of unlocated data eliminates t
39. 132 V and 170 to 550 V for ABL 8RPS O 85 to 132 V and 170 to 264 V for ABL 8RPM O 340 to 550 V for ABL 8WPS Their very wide input voltage range allows a considerable reduction of parts held in stock and offers a distinct advantage in terms of machine design Conforming to IEC standards and UL and CSA certified they are suitable for universal use ABL 8RPS RPM and ABL 8WPS power supplies are all equipped with a harmonic filter ensuring compliance with standard 61000 3 2 concerning harmonic pollution All the Universal range of Phaseo power supplies have protection devices to ensure optimum performance of the automation system Their operating mode can be configured as required by the user m Manual reset protection mode Priority is given to the voltage so as to guarantee the PLC logic states and nominal operation of the supplied actuators m Automatic reset protection mode Priority is given to the current to allow troubleshooting for example or to ensure continuity of service until the arrival of the maintenance team The Universal range of Phaseo power supplies also has a power reserve allowing them to deliver a current of 1 5 In at regular intervals This avoids the need to oversize the power supply if the device has a high inrush current while ensuring optimum performance of the automation system The diagnostics for the Universal range of Phaseo power supplies are available on the front of the device via LEDs Uout
40. 2 42 page 2 41 2 40 References Modicon M340 Automation Platform BMX EHC 0200 0800 counter modules BMX EHC 0200 0800 counter modules Description No of Characteristics Reference Weight channels 1 kg Counter modules 2 Counting at 60 kHz BMXEHC0200 0 112 for 2 and 3 wire 24 V sensors and 8 Counting at10kHz BMXEHC0800 0 113 10 30 V incremental encoders with push pull outputs Connection accessories 1 Description Composition Unit reference Weight Use kg Connector kit Two 16 pin connectors and BMXXTSHSC20 0 021 one 10 pin connectors for BMX EHC 0200 module 20 pin removable terminals Cage clamp BMXFTB2000 0 093 blocks Screw clamp BMXFTB2010 0 075 For BME EPC 0800 module Se LS BMXFTB2020 0 060 Electromagnetic Comprising a metal bar two See page 2 15 BMX EHC 0800 compatibility kits sub bases and one set of spring For BMX EHC 0200 0800 clamping rings modules 1 The shielding on the cord sets carrying the analog signals must always be connected to the BMX XSPee00 shielding connection kit mounted under the rack that holds the analog modules see page 2 15 BMX FTB 2000 Characteristics Connections References page 2 40 page 2 42 page 2 41 2 41 Connections Modicon M340 Automation Platform BMX EHC 0200 0800 counter modules Pinout for the BMX EHC 0200 module 16 pin connector Pin number Sy
41. 4 20 Functions continued ta si 8 48 Insertion removal of watchpoint EAS Execution step by step command EM securite MAST 2 E 21Bl x IF Niveau 1 gt 600 THEN Pompe 1 False END IF IF Niveau 2 gt 200 Then Pompe 2 False END IF IF Niveau 3 gt 400 Then Vanne 1 False Vanne Z False END IF IF Boite 10 Then Vanne 3 False End IF IF Niveau 3 80 Then Chauf on False False Animation of ST program gt Quentite a pr 0 Int uw Uuenlile pod U Int gt Pompe_1 Bool 4 Melange 2 Bool Animation table Control blocking HAS ini xj Enel bhiketg na wm a Animation of a DFB program Modicon Automation Platform Unity Pro software Unity Pro software offers a complete set of tools for debugging Modicon M340 Atrium Premium or Quantum applications A tool palette provides direct access to the main functions m Dynamic program animation B Setting of watchdogs or breakpoints not authorized in event triggered tasks B Step by step program execution A function in this mode enables section by section execution Instruction by instruction execution can be launched from the previous breakpoint Three execution commands are therefore possible when the element to be processed is a subroutine SR or DFB user block O Detailed step by step or Step Into This command is used to move to the first element of the SR or DFB O Overa
42. BMXDDO3202K S 150 BMXDDO6402K S 240 BMXDRA0805 S 100 55 BMXDRA1605 S 100 2 1 4 Analog I O BMXAMI0410 S 150 45 BMXAMMO600 S 150 130 BMXAMO0210 S 150 110 BMXART0414 S 150 40 BMXART0814 S 150 100 Counting BMXEHC0200 S 200 40 80 BMXEHC0800 S 200 80 Communication BMXNOE0100 S 90 BMXNOE0110 S 90 Consumption per voltage Total current m X 3 3 V x 24 V x 24 V Consumption www LA Lo EJE in in in in g lt lt lt D dd C E nn i a Power available mW Power overall mW Choice of BMXCPS2010 D 24 V isolated power supply BMXCPS3020 D 24 48 V isolated 31 200 BMXCPS2000 D 100 240 V 16 800 BMXCPS3500 D 31 200 1 Typical value given for 100 of inputs or outputs at state 1 6 8 6 9 Product reference index CHAPTER 1 490NOC00005 26 TSXCANCADD5 42 UNYUDEVFUCD21E 30 ABE7RO8S111E 12 BMXCPS2000 13 490NOR0O0003 26 TSXCANCB100 42 UNYUSE909CDM 31 ABE7RO8S210 12 BMXCPS2010 13 490NORO00005 26 TSXCANCB300 42 UNYXCAUSB033 31 ABE7RO8S210E 12 BMXCPS3020 13 490NORO00015 26 TSXCANLESD socias ns 42 ABE7RO8S216 12 BMXCPS3500 13 490NOTO00005 9 ess 26 TSXCANCBDDO3 42 CHAPTER 5 ABE7RO8S216E 12 BMXP341000 9 A9ONTCO0005 26 TSXCA
43. Directe represented ara vanables r Allo dynamic auras ARRAY AAK Disable anay sge compatibility check Textual languages IL ST cy Allow empty parameters in non formal gal Modicon Automation Platform Unity Pro software Project options Unlike the workstation options the project options cover characteristics that have a direct impact on the programming and operating capabilities offered by the program in the PLC They are saved in the application and consequently are attached to the project They can be modified during the course of the project Project option configuration covers the following elements O Building the project with all or part of the data it contains so that it can be retrieved on a new terminal o Use of diagnostic functions and language for messages o Warnings generated during project analysis overlapping of addresses unused variables etc O Language extension If none of the boxes are checked the program is strictly Iderher Allow jump and label ST compliant with standard IEC 61131 3 Extensions are possible in all five of Low ean duis Allow muti assignment abc ST Unity Pro s languages pre Preis concerts O Access management to runtime screens in online mode rem Graphical languages FBD LD M Lissge of ST expressions ok mue ae Build tab in the workstation options Other possible options Users can create their own toolbars by reusing the default icons provide
44. EHC 0200 0800 counter modules Functional characteristics of the BMX EHC 0200 module Configurable functions Frequency meter This function measures a frequency speed data rate or an event stream As standard this function measures the frequency received on the IN A input This frequency is always expressed in Hz number of pulses per second with a precision of 1 Hz The maximum frequency on the IN A input is 60 kHz The maximum cyclic ratio at 60 kHz is 60 Count events This function is used to determine the number of events received intermittently In this mode the counter calculates the number of pulses applied to the IN A input at time intervals defined by the user As an option it is possible to use the IN SYNC input during a period of time provided that the enable bit has indeed been configured The module counts the pulses applied to the IN A input each time the pulse for this input lasts longer than 5 Us without anti bounce filter IN A input pulses that have appeared for less than 100 ms after a change of state of the IN SYNC input are lost Measure time periods This function is used to m determine how long an event lasts m determine the time that separates 2 events B measure the execution time of a process Measures the elapsed time during an event or between two events IN A input according to a selectable time base of 10 us 100 us or 1 ms The IN SYNC input can be used to enable or stop a measurement The modul
45. ENO eNee 00N MPC DNO eNee 00N Consult our Human Machine Interfaces catalogue 1 To use a Control box without a front panel screen you will require the mounting panel MPC NPO ONNN OONN 2 Port not operational when the Control box is fitted with the front panel screen 5 37 5 38 Human Machine Interfaces HMI software and Web servers Disi xii mj IN KU ccn af en E D T E a Magelis XBT N R Magelis XBT H P E HM PM Magelis XBT F FC 1 Magelis XBT G 1 Magelis XBT GT Proprietary Magelis operating system Yes Yes Yes with Java programming Yes E Yes Yes with XBT F FC terminal alarms via Yes with log diagnostic buffer 2 z Java Via I O drivers Yes Yes Yes Form historical data and alarm pages Linked to user profiles Windows 98 2000 or Windows XP On the fly alarms historical data Windows 2000 or Windows XP Consult our Human Machine Interfaces catalogue 1 Magelis XBT terminals behave transparently on restoration of power Telemecanique SCADA supervisory software Magelis Compact PC industrial PCs Magelis Modular PC industrial PCs PC micro computers Servers Web architecture embedded HMI in PLC Ethernet TCP IP modules with embedded Web server QA TSX Micro TSX ETZ Premium TSX ETY Quantum 140 NOE 771 FactoryCast Gateway TSX ETG 1060 Premium TSX WMY 100 Quantum 140 NWM 100 00 Micro
46. Examples continued Combined Copper and Fiber wiring MES Client ene y pem N Server Firewall Copper link n Es Bs Bs Es Advantys STB iml iol Quantum _ Altivar 71 1 3 Premium Ositrack Quantum FactoryCast 8 gateway Hub or unmanaged Modbus Managed switch switch For key 1 3 Straight cables 2 4 Crossed cord cables 5 6 7 Fiber optic cables 8 Cables with IP 67 connector see pages 3 26 and 3 27 3 25 Wiring System continuea 490 NTe 000 ee f MT RJ A x us SC 490 NOC 000 05 f MT RJ GLS MY ST 490 NOT 000 05 f MT RJ 490 NOR 000 05 3 26 Ethernet in Machines and installations Ethernet TCP IP Transparent Ready Services Cabling system ConneXium connection components ConneXium shielded connection cables are available in two versions to meet the various current standards and approvals m ElA TIA 568 standard shielded twisted pair cables These cables conform to o ElA TIA 568 standard category CAT 5E o IEC 11801 EN 50173 standard class D Their fire resistance conforms to o NFC 32070 C2 classification o IEC 322 1 standards o Low Smoke Zero Halogen LSZH m UL and CSA 22 1 approved shielded twisted pair cables These cables conform to o UL and CSA 22 1 standards Their fire resistance conforms to NFPA 70 EIA TIA 568 standard shielde
47. Flash memory card for application saving and activating the standard Web server Transparent Ready Web server class B30 or C30 depending on model An RJ45 connector for connection to the 10BASE T 100BASE TX Ethernet TCP IP network SS 5 A pencil point RESET button for a cold restart of the module On the back panel 2 rotary switches for assigning the IP address in one of 3 modes O address set by the position of the two rotary switches O address set by the application parameters O address set by the Ethernet TCP IP network BOOTP server 0oD0OoOOoON gt Module type Unity Pro software BMX NOE 0100 BMX NOE 0110 Transparent Class B30 C30 Ready Standard Web server Rack Viewer access to the product description and status and to the PLC diagnostics TE Data Editor access to PLC variable via Data Editor access to PLC variable via PC terminal PC terminal pocket PC or PDA terminal Configurable Web server Yes Yes User Web pages available size Yes 16 Mb Standard Ethernet TCP IP communication service Modbus TCP messaging read write data words Ethernet TCP IP I O Scanning Yes advanced Global Data Yes oo FDR server Automatic assignment of IP address and network parameters SMTP E mail notification SNMP network administrator Yes SOAP XML Web services Server Bandwidth management Yes Structure Physical interface 10BASE T 100BASE TX RJ45 Data rate 10 100 Mbit s
48. Function Blocks Hot Standby PLC redundancy system System diagnostics Application diagnostics Diagnostics with location of error source PLC simulator Debugging and display Hypertext link animations in graphic services languages Step by step execution breakpoint Watchpoint Operator screens Diagnostic viewer Creation of hyperlinks XML import export Application converters Concept and PL7 software Utilities for updating PLC operating systems Communication drivers for Windows 2000 XP Unity Pro Servers openness UDE support Dynamic exchange with 3 party tools OFS OFS exchanges Static exchange thru XML XVM export files Other services A TSX PCI 20 P TSX P57 20 Modicon M340 Automation P TSX P57 5e Q 140 CPU 651 671 TSX P57 2e 3e 4e 5e M A P Q LE P TSX H57 24 44M 140 CPU 67 160 Compatible Modicon M340 PLCs BMX P34 1000 BMX P34 1000 BMX P34 1000 BMX P34 1000 Modicon BMX P34 20e0 BMX P34 20e0 BMX P34 2000 BMX P34 20e0 platforms Atrium slot PLCs TSX PCI 204M TSX PCI 204M TSX PCI 204M TSX PCI 354M TSX PCI 354M Premium CPUs TSX P57 Ce 0244 0244M TSX P57 Ce 0244 0244M TSX P57 Ce 0244 0244M TSX P57 104 1634 154M TSX P57 104 1634 154M TSX P57 204 2634 254M TSX P57 204 2634 254M TSX H57 24M TSX P57 304 3634 354M TSX P57 4634 454M TSX H57 24 44M TSX P57 104 1634 154M TSX P57 204 2634 254M TSX P57 30
49. IP 67 wiring Presentation Description Characteristics page 3 38 page 3 40 page 3 40 3 41 References Modicon M340 Automation Platform CANopen machine and installation bus Wiring system fis Standard tap junctions and connectors CET Designation Description No Length Reference Weight 1 kg IP 20 CANopen tap 4 SUB D ports Screw terminal block for 1 TSXCANTDM4 0 196 junction connection of trunk cables Line termination IP 20 connectors 90 angled 2 TSXCANKCDF90T 0 046 TSX CAN TDMA Se female 9 pin Straight 2 m TSXCANKCDF180T 0 049 a SN 90 angled with 9 pin SUB D for connectinga PC 4 TSXCANKCDF90TP 0 051 Switch for line RN or diagnostic tool termination IP 67 M12 connectors Male FTXCN12M5 0 050 Female FTXCN12F5 0 050 IP 20 CANopen tap 2 RJ45 ports 9 VW3CANTAP2 junctions for Altivar le lt a and Lexium 05 drives VW3 CAN TAP2 Designation Description No Length Unit Weight Em 1 reference kg CANopen cables Standard C marking low smoke Halogen free 5 50m TSXCANCA50 4 930 24 AWG Flame retardant IEC 60332 1 100 m TSXCANCA100 8 800 300 m TSXCANCA300 24 560 Standard UL certification C marking 5 50 m TSXCANCB50 3 580 flame retardant IEC 60332 2 100 m TSXCANCB100 7 840 300 m TSXCANCB300 21 870 For harsh environments 3 or mobile installati
50. In this mode the counter calculates the number of pulses applied to the IN_A input at time intervals defined by the user As an option it is possible to use the IN_AUX input during a period of time provided that the enable bit has indeed been configured The module counts the pulses applied to the IN_A input each time the pulse for this input lasts longer than 50 us without anti bounce filter Pulses with less than 100 ms synchronization are lost Downcounting This function is used to list a group of operations In this mode when counting is enabled software validation via the valid_sync command a rising or falling edge on the IN_AUX input causes a value defined by the user to be loaded in the counter The counter decreases on each pulse applied to the IN_A input until it reaches the value 0 Downcounting is made possible when the force_enable command is high software positioning The smallest pulse applied to the IN_AUX input is 100 us The frequency applied to the IN_AUX input is at maximum 1 pulse every 25 ms Loop modulo counting This function is used in packaging and labeling applications where actions are repeated on series of moving objects The counter increases on each pulse applied to the IN_A input until it reaches the preset modulo value On the next pulse in the upcounting direction the counter is reset to O and upcounting restarts The maximum frequency applied to the IN_A input is 10 kHz The smallest pulse applied t
51. Input ground Vrms 3500 2500 Output ground Vrms 500 Input fuse incorporated No Emissions Radiation EN 55022 Class B and GL levels Immunity Electrostatic discharge IEC EN 61000 4 2 6 kV contact 8 kV air accordingto EN 61000 6 2 Radiated electromagnetic fields IEC EN 61000 4 3 level 3 10 V m ana al Induced electromagnetic fields IEC EN 61000 4 6 level 3 10 V m Rapid transients IEC EN 61000 4 4 4 kV Surges IEC EN 61000 4 5 2 kV Primary outages IEC EN 61000 4 11 voltage dips and interruptions 1 No ground screw on ABL 8RPM 24200 power supply Description References Dimensions Schemes page 23 page 29 page 30 page 31 5 24 Characteristics continuea echnical ch Type of power supply Certifications Power supplies and transformers Power supplies for DC control circuits Regulated switch mode power supplies Phaseo power supplies Universal range ABL 8WPS24200 CB scheme EN 60950 1 UL pending cCSAus ABL8WPS24400 Conformity to standards Safety EN 60950 1 EN 61204 SELV EMC EN 61000 6 1 EN 61000 6 2 EN 61000 6 3 EN 61000 6 4 EN 61204 3 Input circuit LED indication ES Input values Nominal values V 380 500 V 3 phase L1 L2 L3 Permissible values V 320 550 V Permissible frequencies Hz 47 63 Maximum inrush current A
52. MERC RER Te 2 42 am MEB Motion EunctlomBlIoGKS EN or ee eU me 2 44 2 1 Modicon M340 Automation Platform Discrete I O modules Input modules and mixed I O modules 2 2 gt I e DN 24 V 48 V 24 V 48 V 100 120V 16 isolated channels Via BMX FTB 2000 2010 2020 20 pin cage clamp screw clamp or spring type removable terminals Type 3 Type 1 Type 1 Type 3 Positive Pos or neg 2 wire 3 wire PNP any type 2 wire 2 wire 3 wire PNP or NPN any type 1 16 A Available 4 quarter 2007 Telemecanique and outputs only 32 isolated channels Via one 40 pin connector Type 3 64 isolated channels Via two 40 pin connectors Non IEC 24 V 1 0 24 V inputs relay outputs 8 isolated inputs and 8 isolated outputs Via BMX FTB 2000 2010 2020 20 pin cage clamp screw clamp or spring type removable terminals Type 3 24 V I O 16 isolated inputs and 16 isolated outputs Via one 40 pin connector Positive Positive Positive 2 wire 3 wire PNP any type BMX DDI 3202K 1 16 BMX DDI 6402K APE 1B24M Dialbase interface with 81 8Q Configurable output fallback continuous monitoring of output control and resetting of outputs in case of internal fault Yes Protected Not protected Protected Positive Positive BMX DDM 16022 BMX DDM 16025 1 17 BMX DDM 3202K AP
53. Marker labels For plastic splitter boxes Packs of 10 FTXBLA10 0 010 For metal splitter boxes Packs of 10 FTXMLA10 0 010 1 For numbers see page 3 41 2 For ATV 71HeeeM3 ATV 71HD11M3X HD15M3X ATV 71H075N4 HD18N4 drives this connector can be replaced by the TSXCANKCDF180T connector 3 43 Presentation description BMX P34 2010 Modicon M340 Automation Platform Modbus serial link and character mode Magelis XBT Modicon M340 i WV Eana a fatal OE L We Modbus serial link Altivar 71 Modbus 3 d party product Preventa Lexium 05 XPS MC The Modbus bus is used for master slave architectures it is necessary however to check that the Modbus services used by the application are implemented on the devices concerned The bus comprises one master station and several slave stations Only the master station can initiate the exchange direct communication between slave stations is not possible Two exchange mechanisms are possible m Question answer where the requests from the master are addressed to a given slave The master then waits for the response from the slave m Broadcasting where the master broadcasts a message to all the slave stations on the bus These stations execute the order without transmitting a response The BMX P34 1000 2010 2020 processors in the Modicon M340 automation platform range integrate a serial link that can operate un
54. PE p FES i sae Al mar Li us 3 Dra bis i SM Emm Li Fo r Jd A NN Ethernet solutions with the Modicon M340 platform The M340 PLC has 2 types of connection to the Ethernet network m The 10 100BASE TX port integrated in BMX P34 2020 2030 Performance processors which also process the application exchanges with other modules supported by the rack and other communication ports CANopen bus or Modbus serial link m The 10 100BASE TX port in the BMX NOE 0100 and BMX NOE 0110 modules on which unlike the Performance processor all the resources are allocated to Ethernet TCP IP communication 2 These fundamentally different hardware characteristics result in equally different capacities in terms of service and performance B The integrated port is a low cost way of satisfying applications that have minimal Ethernet port integrated in Ethernet module demands in terms of communication less than 500 useful messages s in ine BMX Pad 2020 2090 BMX NOE 0700 0710 environments little affected by interference m Where there are a large number of exchanges or network capacity approaches its limitation use of a dedicated module is unavoidable Presentation Performances Selection References Connections pages 3 4 and 3 5 pages 3 16 to 3 21 pages 3 2 and 3 3 pages 3 22 and 3 23 pages 3 24 to 3 37 3 21 Product data sheet Modicon M340 Automation Platform Processors with integrated Ethernet port BMX P34
55. V 0 5 V 10 V 1 5V 0 20 mA 4 20 mA 20 mA 0 20 mA 4 20 mA 0 20 mA 4 20 mA 0 20 mA 4 20 mA 4 channels 2 channels 4 channels 2 channels Fast 1 1 x no of declared channels ms Fast 1 1 x no of By default 5 ms for all 4 channels declared channels ms By default 5 ms for all 4 channels x 1ms x 2 ms 16 bits 16 bits 12 bits in 10 V range 12 bits Between channels 300 V Between channels and bus 2 000 V Between channels and ground 2 000 V Via 20 pin removable terminals screw or spring type Between channels 1 400 V Between channels and bus 2 000 V Between channels and ground 2 000 V 10 bits in 20 mA range Between group of input channels and group of output channels 1 400 V Between channels and bus 2 000 V Between channels and ground 2 000 V BMX FTW e018 cord sets with one end with color coded wires 3 or 5 m long 2 32 HEART Le j FOOD Pd TEREE EA 4 channel sub base for direct connection of 4 inputs delivers and distributes 4 protected isolated power supplies 5 16 and 2 32 2 23 Presentation Modicon M340 Automation description Platform Analog I O modules The analog I O module offer consists of B Three isolated analog input modules O 4 analog high speed channels 16 bits voltage or current BMX AMI 0410 O 4 and 8 analog channels 15 bits sign for thermocouple
56. and jack 4 aut hala ael Fhe Te Ac anklackian_w HM FLAW mede DIFFERENT NO CONE TCE327001 uit This main screen consists of a general view made up of a number of windows and toolbars which can be arranged as required on the screen 1 Menu bar from which all functions can be accessed 2 Toolbar consisting of icons from which the most frequently used functions can be accessed 3 Application browser which can be used to browse the application based on a conventional and or a functional view 4 Editor windows area which can be used to view a number of editors at the same time configuration editor Structured Text Ladder etc language editors data editor 5 Tabs for direct access to editor windows 6 Information window with tabs User Errors Import Export Search Replace etc 7 Status bar Accessing functions All functions can be accessed via drop down menus from the menu bar The toolbar which consists of icons provides more rapid access to the most frequently used functions This toolbar which is displayed by default can be customized and is divided into three groups m Main toolbars which are visible at all times m Contextual toolbar which is displayed when the corresponding editor is selected m Toolbar with zoom functions in and out full screen view for editor window The three groups are classified according to the category of functions available m File management New Project Open Save Print
57. and lout and via a volt free relay contact whether or not the PLC states are guaranteed All products are equipped with an output voltage adjustment potentiometer in order to be able to compensate for any line voltage drops in installations with long connection cable runs These power supplies are designed for direct mounting on a 35 mm 1 T rail Description Characteristics References Dimensions Schemes page 23 pages 24 to 28 page 29 page 30 page 31 5 22 Presentation continued Power supplies and transformers description Power supplies for DC control circuits Regulated switch mode power supplies Phaseo powwer supplies Universal range There are four references available in the Universal range of Phaseo power supplies for phase to neutral or phase to phase connection m ABL 8RPS24030 72 W 3A 24 V m ABL 8RPS24050 120W 5A 24 V m ABL 8RPS24100 240W 10A 24 V m ABL 8RPM24200 480 W 20A 24 V The Universal range of Phaseo power supplies also features two references for 3 phase connection m ABL 8WPS24200 480 W 20A 24 V m ABL 8WPS24400 960 W 20A 24 V A range of function modules also allows functions to be added to the Universal range of Phaseo power supplies so as to ensure continuity of service O A Buffer module or Battery check modules combined with their batteries to ensure continuity of service in the event of a network power outage O A Redundancy module to meet the most demanding requireme
58. aspects of the process control system E Links to the PLC logic E Links to the graphic representation in the supervisory system E Description of I O interfaces E Description of interfaces intended for HMI SCADA supervisory E Information related for handling alarms and events llDocumentation In UAG these multi faceted elements are called SCoDs Smart Control Devices They are created using UAG s specific SCoD editor A SCoD is defined for each control devices and is created with the help of the SCoD editor by E Using the DFB or EFB interface of the PLC logic Unity Pro Concept by importing FBD Language E Assigning a supervisory graphic reference Monitor Pro 1 or others E Defining the Smart control Device parameters and their behavior in the process control system O control device parameters and attributes from the process side operating modes threshold limits alarm texts etc O I O parameters and attributes for PLC logic parameters and attributes for HMI SCADA supervisory E Defining configuration screens for the UAG user interface B Defining default or initial parameters This means that you can integrate your process expertise and know how in your own SCoD libraries and reuse them again and again in all your UAG applications Customization UAG can be used to define your own standards and apply them It provides a uniform solution based on your standards and prepares for validation operations
59. automation platform Protecting the application If necessary it is possible to prohibit access to the application in terms of reading or modifying the program by only loading the executable code to the PLC Additionally a memory protection bit set in configuration mode is also available to prevent any program modification via the programming terminal or downloads Modifying the program in online mode As with Modicon Premium and Quantum platforms with Unity Pro software the online program modification function is available on the Modicon M340 automation platform with the option of adding or modifying the program code and data in different places in the application in a single modification session thus ensuring modification is homogenous and consistent with the controlled process The application internal RAM memory area authorizes these program modification or addition sessions while observing the recommendation to structure the application program in several reasonably sized sections 1 7 Characteristics Modicon M340 Automation Platform Processor modules Modicon M340 Micro PLCs have been designed to conform with the main national and international standards relating to electronic devices for industrial control systems see pages 6 2 to 6 7 Standards certifications and environmental conditions Char Processor Standard Performance BMX P34 1000 BMX P34 2010 BMX P34 202
60. blow fuses 0 125 A 10 ABE7FU012 0 010 5 x 20 250 V UL 0 5 A 10 ABE7FU050 0 010 1A 10 ABE7FU100 0 010 2A 10 ABE7FU200 0 010 3 4A 10 ABE7FU400 0 010 6 3A 10 ABE7FU630 0 010 h Description For common Color Distance between Reference Weight AR1SB3 cable ends cm kg Jumper Coil White 12 ABFCO8R12W 0 020 Modularity 8 x 1 mm 2 ABFCOSRO2W 0 010 v Red 12 ABFCO8R12R 0 020 2 ABFCO8R02R 0 010 Blue 12 ABFC08R12B 0 020 2 ABFCO8R02B 0 010 ABFCO8Reee Presentation compatibility Dimensions pages 5 8 and 5 9 pages 5 18 and 5 19 5 17 Dimensions Common side view Connection interfaces Advantys Telefast ABE7 pre wired system ABE7H20E000 ABE7H32E000 ABE7H16Cee ABE7H16CMee ABE7e16M111 ABE7e16T111 ABE7H16R50 ABE7H12R50 ABE7H08R1 e ABE7H08R21 ABE7R08S111 S111E ABE7H08S21 ABE7CPA21 40 412 7H20E 7H32E000 ABE 7H16Cee 7e16M111 ABE 7H16 12 08eee 7R08S111e 7H16CMee 7e16T111 7CPA21 410 412 b 67 a 106 110 b 70 77 b1 56 b 49 89 b1 58 58 C 59 b1 41 5 58 C 58 58 C 60 54 1 Additional shunt terminal block ABE7BV10 7BV20 Common side view ABE7H16R2e ABE7H12R2e ABE7H16R3e ABE7R16S21e ABE7H16e43 ABE7H16R1e ABE7H12R1e ABE7H12S21 ABE7S16S2B0 S2B02E ABE7H16S2e ABE7R168S11e ABE7R08S210 ABE7S16E2ee S16E2eeE ABE7S08S2B0 ABE7CPA02 ABE7CPA03 ABE7S08S2B1 S08S2B1E ABE7S16S1B2 ABE7R08S216 ABE7CPA31 o0000000000000000000 00000000
61. by the digital analog converter O Use of factory calibration parameters Bm Interface and communication with the application O Managing exchanges with the processor r1 Geographical addressing O Receipt of the configuration parameters for the module and its channels O Transmission of module status to the application m Module monitoring and indication of any faults to the application r1 Output power supply test O Channel range overshoot test O Output fault presence test o Watchdog test The BMX AMM 0600 mixed module is a module with 4 inputs 14 12 bits and 2 outputs 12 bits non isolated between one another For each of them it offers the ranges O Voltage 10 V 0 10 V 0 5 V and 1 5 V O Current 0 20 mA and 4 20 mA Functions The BMX AMM 0600 module has the following functions B Protection of the module against overvoltages m Adaptation to the different actuators voltage or current output Bm Conversion of digital signals 10 bits or 12 bits depending on the range to analog signals Bm Conversion of application data into data that can be used by the digital analog converter m Module monitoring and fault indication to the application Converter test range overshoot test watchdog test Description Characteristics References page 2 26 pages 2 28 to 2 30 page 2 31 2 27 Characteristics Input module Modicon M340 Automation Platform Analog I O modules BMX AMI 0410 Input type I
62. channels circuit breaker 1 5 In lt group of channels circuit breaker 0 125 A Id lt 2 In lt ld lt 0 185 A Sensor and preactuator voltage OK V gt 18 control thresholds Fault lt 14 Insulation resistance MO gt 10 at 500 V Dielectric Primary secondary Vrms 1 500 50 60 Hz for 1 minute strength Between groups of inputs and outputs V 500 Outputs ground or outputs internal 1 500 50 60 Hz for 1 1 500 50 60 Hz for 1 logic minute minute Reliability MTBF in hours At T ambient 30 C 447 581 432 904 Consumption 3 3 V Typical mA 79 125 Maximum mA 111 166 24 V Typical mA 59 69 preactuators 2 Maximum mA 67 104 Maximum dissipated power W 3 7 4 Temperature derating None 1 All outputs are equipped with a fast demagnetization circuit for the electromagnets Discharge time for the electromagnets lt L R 2 Excluding load current References Connections pages 2 16 to 2 17 pages 2 18 to 2 21 2 15 References Modicon M340 Automation Discrete I O modules Discrete input modules ER Type of Input voltage Connection by IEC 1131 2 Modularity Reference Weight current 1 conformity no of channels kg 24 V positive Screw or spring type 20 pin Type 3 16 isolated inputs BMXDDI1602 0 115 i logic removable terminal block One 40 pin connector Type 3 32 isolated inputs BMXDDI3202K 0 112 1 Two 40 pin connectors Non IEC 64 isolated inputs BMXDDI6402K 0 145 BMX Del 16
63. delivered must be reduced Mounting To allow heat dissipation the power supplies must not be in contact with each other In all cases there must be adequate convection around the products to assist cooling There must be sufficient clearance around the Universal range of Phaseo power supplies O 50 mm above and below o 10 mm on the sides Description References Dimensions Schemes page 23 page 29 page 30 page 31 5 26 Output characteristics continued Behavior in the event of overloads Load limit Power supplies and transformers Power supplies for DC control circuits Regulated switch mode power supplies Phaseo power supplies Universal range Behavior in the event of overloads m Automatic reset protection mode current limiting If the output current exceeds approximately 1 2 In the output current is limited to this value The value of the output voltage can then be less than 21 V but the diagnostic relay opens allowing the anomaly to be fed back to the automation system and thus prevent feedback of any undefined logic state On elimination of the overload the output voltage reverts to its preset value m Manual reset protection mode undervoltage detection If the output current exceeds approximately 1 2 In the power supply stops completely before the output voltage drops below 21 V and no longer delivers any current The fault is memorized as long as voltage is present at the power supply primary Th
64. downtime is much reduced since Unity SFC View enables maintenance staff to locate the source of the problem much more quickly Unity SFC View is designed for end users and system designers who wish to integrate this control into their HMI system Unity SFC View is compatible with most HMI platforms handling ActiveX Control components such as Vijeo Look control software or Monitor Pro supervisory software or in a programming environment such as Visual Basic Presentation continued Overview tep sets ACTI ta 5 and ACTIO Horror 1 tec 10 000ms 05m 18s 120ms Simple detailed view AL ALTI do ricas TES S WO ALTIa m ko cheats acies 5 Wo ALT end io et LIGHT v A TV AS m LS de porra chest Ha il 4 m Detailed view Property Pages a x General Diagnosis Overview Detads Details Simple Text Font Coke Project File FF Use OPC Project OPC Access Path rEsrsFcva OPC Update Fiate masc 1000 F FF OPC Connect FF Enable OFC Updates FF homai Project Reload B Shoes Time ln mit OPC Heterork Server Chain Contecl V anable H ame EVT Command Unity Nehvork Server or ce sw SFC View properties page eg Modicon M340 Automation Platform Unity SFC View software Unity SFC View offers 3 views B An overview for managing selection of SFC charts m Two detailed views presenting the status and diagnostic da
65. for developing made to order solutions for example interfaces with an electrical CAD system automatic application generator etc a Access to Unity Pro object servers O Reserved for IT development engineers using Visual Basic or C Compatible with o Unity Pro Extra Large programming software H All Modicon M340 PLCs O All Atrium slot PLCs O All Premium Unity CPUs n All Premium Unity CPUs oO AllQuantum Unity CPUs o All Quantum Unity CPUs o All Quantum Unity CPUs Unity SFC View 4 34 Unity Developer s Edition 4 28 4 3 Presentation lasua oora File Edit toolbar R SR ds m FBD language editor contextual toolbar anse To aa PLC toolbar for debug mode OQ e Toolbar with zoom in and out Modicon Automation Platform Unity Pro software Unity Pro s main screen provides access to all available tools in a user friendly format that has been redesigned on the basis of feedback received from users of Concept and PL7 application design software EN Urety Mio XL machine 1 ee Fh de Wien jeie Iook aki PLE Debug inde ef 2 jalgmee5 7 les zsmm EN Chart MAST machine AR Fes jj Cited Tapes LL ee jj Citer FW Tape LL see C Vansubles amp LIP lagi anced LJ Cherry ner lj Deti V iiir Bl E Debed H ri poda a Bl Crea ire gh_ m N EN midle anin jach 1 uut and mot jack J uut low anin jack 7 eut
66. in Sequential Function Chart SFC language running on Premium Quantum Unity PLCs The HMI station compatible with Windows 2000 or Windows XP Professional operating systems must support ActiveX Control components Unity SFC View V2 0 requires m Unity Pro V3 e XL to be ordered separately m OFS V3 3 data server software to be ordered separately Unity SFC View multilingual software supplied on a CD ROM includes m The SFC View ActiveX Control component m The EFB function block library for Unity Pro V3 e m An example of how to integrate SFC View in Unity Pro projects m The electronic documentation English French and German The Unity SFC View integration example illustrates the main possibilities offered by Unity SFC View This is an executable program which does not need HMI software in order to run It helps the user understand how to configure and use the Unity SFC View ActiveX Control component Description Type of license Reference Weight kg Unity SFC View software Single 1 station UNYSDUMFUCD20 packages version V2 0 Team 10 stations UNYSDUMFTCD20 Site 100 stations UNYSDUMFFCD20 4 37 Presentation Modicon M340 Automation setup Platform Unity Dif application comparison software Unity Dif application comparison software for Modicon M340 Premium Atrium Quantum platforms is an optional program which complements the Unity Pro Extra Large programming software It is
67. is also visible on the right hand side of the module 3 A module and channel status display block 4 Aconnector taking the 20 pin removable terminal block for connecting sensors or preactuators on screw or spring type terminals To be ordered separately 5 A BMX FTB 2000 20 pin removable terminal block or preformed cord sets with 20 pin terminal block at one end and wires at the other BMX FTW e01S or with 25 pin SUB D connector BMX FCA ee0 for direct connection to Advantys Telefast ABE7 sub bases see page 2 30 3 SS VO modules connected via 40 pin connector SS T i 2 BMX ART 0e14 analog input modules have the following on the front panel ri Arigid body providing support and protection for the electronic card 0 3 2 A module reference marking a label is also visible on the right hand side of the module 3 A module and channel status display block 4 A 40 pin connector for connecting the sensors To be ordered separately 5 Preformed cord sets with a 40 pin connector at one end and wires at the other BMX FCW e01S or with 25 pin SUB D connector BMX FCA ee2 for direct connection to Advantys Telefast ABE7 sub bases see page 2 31 To be ordered separately regardless of the type of module B A shielding connection kit to protect against electrostatic discharge consisting of a metal bar and two sub bases for mounting on the rack supporting the analog modules B A set of STB XSP 3020 clamping rings for
68. link 1000 m isolated link 1000 m isolated link Maximum length of tap links 15 m non isolated link 15 m non isolated link 40 m isolated link 40 m isolated link Services Requests 252 data bytes per RTU request 1 K data bytes per request 504 data bytes per ASCII request Security control parameters One CRC on each frame RTU One LRC on each frame ASCII One LRC on each frame ASCII Monitoring Diagnostic counters event counters 1 For an isolated link you must use the TWD XCA ISO terminal port cable connector Modbus system functions Modbus functions available on serial ports Code Modbus slave server Modbus master client integrated to Modicon M340 processors 01 Read n output bits Read output bits 02 Read n input bits Read input bits 03 Read n output words Read words 04 Read n input words Read input words 15 Write n output bits Write n output bits 16 Write n output words Write n output words O capacity 1 Memory capacity Integrated Reference Weight communication ports 3 kg OS SN Standard processor with integrated serial link BMX P340 10 a gt 512 discrete I O 2 048 Kb integrated Modbus serial link BMXP341000 0 200 gt E 128 E S analog I O we tri 20 application Dl a A specific channels P Performance processors with integrated serial link BMX P340 20 e 1024 discrete I O 4 096 Kb integrated Modbus serial link BMXP342010 0 210 256 E S analog I O CANopen bus gj 1 a 36 app
69. module These modules are inserted into the first two slots of each rack marked CPS The power required to supply each rack depends on the type and number of modules installed in the rack It is therefore necessary to draw up a power consumption table rack by rack to determine the BMX CPS eee0 power supply module most suitable for each rack see page 6 8 Power supply modules SSS Line supply Available power 1 Reference Weight AS 3 3 V 2 24 V 24 V Total kg rack 2 sensor 3 1 LET n 24 V 8 3 W 16 5 W 16 5 W BMXCPS2010 0 290 ac c isolated 1 24 48 V 15W 31 2 W 31 2W BMXCPS3020 0 340 e isolated i J 100 240 V 83W 16 5 W 10 8 W 20 W BMXCPS2000 0 300 15 W 31 2 W 21 6 W 36 W BMXCPS3500 0 360 BMX CPS 2010 3020 Des Separate parts RE Description Composition Type Reference Weight LLL kg Pack of 2 One 5 pin terminal Cage clamp BMXXTSCPS10 0 020 removable block and one 2 pin Spring type BMXXTSCPS20 0 015 connectors terminal block BMX CPS 2000 3500 1 The sum of the absorbed power on each voltage 3 3 V and 24 V should not exceed the total power of the module See the power consumption table on page 6 8 2 3 3 V and 24 V rack voltages for powering Modicon M340 PLC modules 3 24 V sensor voltage for powering the input sensors voltage available via the 2 pin removable connector on the front panel Presentation Description Functions Characteris
70. oe se 43 A GP1264L2 vencer ea 27 ABE7H16C10 10 ABSTEASES sisi cetess 15 BMAFIW1001 ses 17 FEIXGYI2IZ 2e 9t RR 43 REG 120487 e tuba ee 27 ABE7H16C11 iiiv eps 10 ABSTEASFO 200 vare 15 BMXFCW301 17 FTXDG12 ucc ER 43 ABE H16UC21 4i 10 ABS7EA3M5 15 BMXFCW501 17 FIXDP2I15 uci ES ses 43 CHAPTER 4 ABE7H16C31 10 ABSTEGSAL 222469 3 xs 15 BMXFCW1001 17 FTXDP2130 sorted s n 43 110XCA28201 sss 31 ABE7H16CM11 10 ABS7ECS3B2 es 15 BMXFCW303 17 FTXDP2150 sisas 43 110XCA28202 31 ABE7H16CM21 10 ABS7EC3E2 15 BMXFCW503 17 FTXDP2206 cts carta ea eatin 43 110XCA28203 31 ABE7H16F43 5 vx n 11 ABS7SA2M 15 BMXFCW1003 17 FIXDP2210 russes 43 990NAA26320 31 ABE HTOHRT1O 000 rk ER 11 ABS7SA3MA 15 BMXFGGOBI ise RR 17 FIXDP2220 5 ouod dnd 43 990NAA26350 31 ABEZHTBORTT us sra 11 ABSISGIB 50030 5ws des 15 BMXFCC101 17 FTXDP2250 ks eie sons 43 BMXXCAUSBHO18 31 ABE7H16R11E cir xxn 11 ABS7BG2E nie x 15 BMXFCC201 17 FTXMLA10 cote teehee dus 43 BMXXCAUSBH045 31 ABE7H16R20 11 ABS7SC3BA 15 BMXFCC301 17 LUSGUS Lodo adeb oh bad 46 TSXCRJMD25 31 ABE HTBR21 2 icin eee eed 11 ABSISGSE 4124565 66 E bres 15 BMXFCG501 iue e 17
71. of charts and also events such as error notification or chart selection This data can be used to launch programs or operator screens 4 35 Presentation continued Modicon M340 Automation Platform Unity SFC View software Basic architecture Unity SFC View is used in a configuration where the OFS and Unity Pro software reside on the same PC platform as the HMI application Operator station with HMI application and Unity Pro Q OFS and SFC View programs and projects Modicon M340 Premium Atrium or Quantum with Unity SFC program Distributed architecture In a distributed configuration the OFS and Unity Pro software can be installed on different servers Operator station with HMI Unity projects application and SFC View projects Ethernet TCP IP Mo DCOM OFS server P Server Unity PLC network Modicon M340 Premium Atrium or Quantum with Unity SFC program 4 36 Presentation continued Modicon M340 Automation Platform Unity SFC View software When integrated in an HMI application Unity SFC View can be used to monitor and control charts in applications developed
72. on a PC station m From the ConneXium diagnostic software TCS EAZ 01P SFE10 m From the standard SNMP manager software Presentation Performance Selection References Connections pages 3 4 and 3 5 pages 3 16 to 3 21 pages 3 2 and 3 3 pages 3 22 and 3 23 pages 3 24 to 3 37 3112 Functions continuea Modicon M340 Automation Platform Ethernet TCP IP network and communication services and Transparent Ready services INCTIONS continued FDR Faulty Device Replacement service The faulty device replacement service uses standard address management technologies BOOTP DHCP and the TFTP Trivial File Transfer Protocol file management service to simplify maintenance of Ethernet products Using FDR you can replace a faulty device with a new one that will then be detected configured and automatically rebooted by the system The main steps in replacement are 1 1 A device using the FDR service malfunctions 2 Another similar device is taken from maintenance storage preconfigured with the Device E name for the faulty device and installed on the network Depending on the devices addressing can be performed using rotary buttons for example Advantys STB distributed I O system a or Advantys OTB distributed I O system or can be given via the keypad integrated in the device for example Altiva adjustable speed drives 3 The FDR server detects the new device allocates it an IP address and transfers th
73. recognition of or access to the memory card S _ 5 An RJ45 connector for the Modbus serial link or character mode link RS 232C RS 485 2 wire non isolated With in addition for model BMX P34 2010 5 A 9 pin SUB D connector for the CANopen master machine and installation bus BMX P34 2020 2030 Performance single format processors have the following on the front panel Securing screw for locking the module in its slot marked 0 in the rack A display block comprising 8 or 10 LEDs depending on the model RUN LED green Processor running program executing ERR LED red Processor or system fault I O LED red I O module fault SER COM LED yellow Activity on the Modbus serial link o CARD ERR LED red Memory card missing or faulty O ETH ACT LED green Activity on the Ethernet TCP IP network o ETH STS LED green Ethernet TCP IP network status O ETH 100 LED red Data rate on the Ethernet TCP IP network 10 or 100 Mbps With in addition for model BMX P34 2030 O CAN RUN LED green Integrated machine installation bus operational O CAN ERR LED red Integrated machine installation bus fault 3 Amini B USB connector for a programming terminal or Magelis XBT GT operator interface 4 A slot equipped with Flash memory card for backing up the application an LED located above this slot indicates recognition of or access to the memory card 5 An RJ45 connector for connection to the Ethernet TCP IP 10BASE T
74. specific GNU compiler is used It is supplied with the Unity EFB Toolkit Types Library Manager ial xl Enhancing the function library A Types Vaile types FFB Types Once the function has been debugged it can be generated and distributed and the A updating tool supplied with Unity Pro can be used to enhance the libraries on a user SD Lb _ ion station amp Communication P MM on Version management means that at any time the user knows the level of functions BC CONT_CTL To i A n s S 3 EFC Custom Lis g Anay 0 3 of REAL 11 installed on a station and can update the application with the latest existing versions t i EF gt B 3 ET Fandy amp Lk SETSYSERR lt EF gt Cj SAMPLET toto lt Sbuct CODD Compatibility SCD Obsolete Lb Unity EFB Toolkit is compatible with Unity Pro Small Medium Large and Extra Large Developing EF functions and EFB functions is possible for the Modicon M340 Premium Atrium and Quantum platforms The companion software for Unity Pro Unity EFB Toolkit can be used to create EF elementary blocks and EFB elementary function blocks These are developed in Visual C language and are integrated in Unity Pro function block libraries The Unity EFB Toolkit software and its documentation are supplied in electronic form on CD ROM in English Description Type of Language Reference Weight license kg Unity EFB Toolkit kit for Single English UNY
75. standard for data exchange m SOAP Single Object Access Protocol carried via the HTTP Hypertext Transfer Protocol channel m WSDL Web Services Description Language in XML format SOAP is currently considered to be the reference protocol including in industry It has since been adopted by technology leaders such as Microsoft eNET SQL Server Office etc IBM Java Web Sphere Lotus ORACLE Sub and SAP 1 FactoryCast includes a plug in for FrontPage 2000 This plug in makes it easier to set up animations for real time access to the PLC variables in HTML pages created by the user They are created in the HTML editor by simply inserting customized graphic objects 2 Web services available 4 quarter 2007 3 Module available 4 quarter 2007 References pages 3 22 and 3 23 3 6 Functions continuea Modicon M340 Automation Platform Ethernet TCP IP network Transparent Ready service and SOAP XML Web services Embedded SOAP XML Web Services Modbus XMLDa Web services This new Transparent Ready service offers the previously unused or uncommon possibility of making an IT e business application interact directly with the control system levels using the same standards BAX LJZ MIN UAE Y ce AY amas lit With the implementation of Modbus XMLDa Modbus XML Data access Web services in FactoryCast Web servers the IT engineer can easily create an application which will access the desired informa
76. type 1 x 100BASE TX port Shielded connectors RJ45 Medium Shielded twisted pair category CAT 5E Total length of pair 100m Fiber optic ports Number and type 1 x 100BASE FX port Connectors SC Medium Multimode optical fiber Length of optical fiber 50 125 um fiber 3000 m 1 62 2 125 um fiber 3000 m 1 Attenuation analysis 50 125 um fiber 8 dB 62 2 125 um fiber 11 dB Redundancy P1 and P2 redundant power supplies Power supply Voltage 24 V 18 32 safety extra low voltage SELV Power consumption 160 mA 190 max at 24 V Removable connector 5 pin Operating temperature 0 60 C Relative humidity 10 95 non condensing Degree of protection IP 20 Dimensions WxHxD 47 x 135 x 111 mm Mounting On symmetrical DIN rail 35 mm wide Weight 0 230 kg Conformity to standards cUL 60950 UL 508 and CSA 142 UL 1604 and CSA 213 Class 1 Division 2 C GL LED indicators P1 and P2 power supplies Ethernet link port status Alarm relay Power supply fault Ethernet network fault or communication port fault 1 A max voltage free contact at 24 V 499 NTR 101 00 Reference 1 Length depends on the attenuation analysis and attenuation of the optical fiber typical value 2000 m 3 29 Product data sheet Ethernet in Machines and installations Ethernet TCP IP Transparent Ready Services Cabling system ConneXium unmanaged switches Collision domai
77. used to assign associated properties to steps activity time actions transitions variable linked to transition condition etc Presentation page 4 4 Setup pages 4 5 to 4 8 References pages 4 29 and 4 31 Functions pages 4 18 to 4 28 Structure pages 4 9 to 4 11 4 15 IEC languages continuea Modicon Automation Platform Unity Pro software Structured Text language is a sophisticated algorithmic type language which is particularly suitable for programming complex arithmetic functions table operations message handling etc EM pump 1 MAST lolx pump 1 management FS if pump 1 start then pump 1 cmd true end if if not start and waiting x then pump 1 cmd false end if if pump 1 cmd and pump 1 speed 100 then pump 1 speed pump _1 speed 2 end if if not pump 1 cmd and pump 1 speed 0 then pump 1l speed pump 1 speed 4 end if END IF animation drilling amp threading high anim not jack 1 out and not jack 3 out midle anim jack 1 out and not jack 3 out low anim jack 1 out and jack 3 out hole animi end threading x or unblocking x hole animZ end drilling x or unblocking x af no selection hot cool Sal pump_1 M Program structure section or subroutine Structured Text language which can be used to directly transcribe an analysis based on an organization chart is structured into expressions composed of a series of instructions organized in
78. used to compare two Unity applications generated by Unity Pro and automatically provide an exhaustive list of all the differences between them The Unity Dif program increases productivity in the main life phases of a control system based on a M340 Premium Atrium Quantum platforms B Application development and debugging m Starting up installations and processes B Operation and maintenance of installations and processes Unity Dif software is an efficient tool for handling Unity applications for m Control system design offices m Operation and maintenance managers m Installers and systems integrators O The Unity Dif software can be used in one of two modes B Interactive mode when the comparison is launched by an operator command double click on the Unity Dif software icon m Automatic mode when it is launched by a previously established call command These comparison commands locate all the differences between two applications in terms of m The hardware configuration Modicon M340 Premium Atrium Quantum m The network configuration Ethernet TCP IP network CANopen bus and RIO remote I O m The entire of variables and function block instances m The application structure and its content regardless of the language s used m The function modules m The code for the DFB user function blocks and DDT coumpound data m The project options The result of the comparison between the two applications can be m Dis
79. x 100BASE FX port 2 x 100BASE FX ports 1 x 100BASE FX port 2 x 100BASE FX ports Connectors SC Medium Multimode optical fiber Single mode optical fiber Length of optical fiber 50 125 um fiber 5 000 m 1 62 2 125 um fiber 4 000 m 1 9 125 um fiber 32 500 m 2 Attenuation analysis 50 125 um fiber 8 dB 62 2 125 um fiber 11 dB 9 125 um fiber 16 dB Topology Number of switches Cascaded Unlimited Redundant in a ring Redundancy P1 and P2 redundant power supplies Power supply Voltage 24 V 18 32 safety extra low voltage SELV Power consumption mA max 200 240 200 240 Removable connector 5 pin Operating temperature 40 70 C Relative humidity 10 95 non condensing Degree of protection IP 20 Dimensions WxHxD 47x135x 111 mm Mounting On symmetrical DIN rail 35 mm wide Weight 0 330 kg 0 335 kg 0 330 kg 0 335 kg Conformity to standards CUL 60950 cUL 508 and CSA 142 UL 1604 and CSA 213 Class 1 Division 2 C GL LED indicators P1 and P2 power supplies Ethernet link status transmission activity Alarm relay Reference Activity power supply fault Ethernet network fault or communication port fault 1 A max voltage free contact at 24 V 499 NMS 251 02 499 NSS 251 01 499 NSS 251 02 499 NMS 251 01 1 Length depends on the attenuation analysis and attenuation of the fiber optic typical value 2 000 m 2 Length depends on the a
80. 0 adapter connector and female RJ45 connector Power cables Female M12 straight 2 6 6 XZCP1164L2 connector 5 16 4 XZCP1164L5 Female M12 elbowed 2 5 8 2 XZCP1264L2 connector 5 16 4 XZCP1264L5 Power Female M12 straight XZCC12FDM50B connectors connector Female M12 elbowed XZCC12FCM50B connector 3 27 Ethernet in Machines and installations Ethernet TCP IP Transparent Ready Services Cabling system ConneXium hub Hubs concentrators are used for transmitting signals between several media ports Hubs are plug and play devices that require no configuration The use of hubs makes it possible to create the following topologies B Star topology using hubs B Tree topology using hubs Consult our catalog Ethernet TCP IP and Web technologies Transparent Ready DTE Star topology Tree topology Ready Hubs Interfaces Copper cable ports Number and type 4 x 10BASE T ports Shielded connectors RJ45 Medium Shielded twisted pair category CAT 5E Total length of pair 100 m Fiber optic ports Number and type Topology Number of cascaded hubs max 4 Number of hubs in a ring Redundancy P1 and P2 redundant power supplies Power supply Voltage 24 V 18 32 safety extra low voltage SELV Power consumption 80 mA 130 max at 24 V Removable connector 5 pin Operating temperature 0
81. 0 Aand2 sat Buffer module ABL 8BUF24400 1 200 a power outage 1A Holding time 9 min at 40 A 2 hrs at Battery check module ABL 8BBU24200 0 500 1 A depending on use with a battery 20 A output current A check module battery unit and load Battery check module ABL 8BBU24200 0 700 1 40 A output current A 3 2 Ah battery module 2 ABL 8BPK24A03 3 500 A 7 Ah battery module 2 ABL 8BPK24A03 6 500 A 12 Ah battery module 2 ABL 8BPK24A12 12 000 A Continuity after Paralleling and redundancy of the Redundancy module ABL 8RED24400 0 700 a malfunction power supply to ensure uninterrupted operation of the application excluding AC line failures and application overloads Discriminating Electronic protection 1 10 A Protection module with ABL 8PRE24100 0 270 downstream overload or short circuit with 4 output single pole breaking 3 A protection terminals from a Universal range Protection module with ABL 8PRP24100 0 270 Phaseo power supply 2 pole breaking 4 3 A Primary 5 Secondary Reference Weight Input voltage Universal range power supply Output Nominal module output current voltage current kg 24 V 2 2 A 5 6 5V 6A ABL 8DCC05060 0 300 9 24 17A 7 15V 2A ABL 8DCC12020 0 300 Designation Description Composition Unit reference Weight kg Fuse For ABL 8PRe24100 discriminating 4x3A 4x7 5Aand4x ABL 8FUSO1 assemblies Protection modules 15A For ABL 8BKP24Aee Battery
82. 0 BMX P34 2030 Maximum No of racks 4 6 8 or 12 slots 1 configuration Max number of slots for processor and 12 modules excluding power supply module Functions Max no 1 Discrete I O 512 1 024 704 in single rack configuration 64 I O x 11 Analog I O 128 66 in single rack 256 66 in single rack configuration 4 2Q x 11 configuration 41 20 x 11 Control channels Programmable loops via CONT CTL process control EFB library Counter channels 20 36 Motion control Independent axes on Independent axes on CANopen bus via CANopen bus via MFB library MFB library Integrated Ethernet TCP IP 1 RJ45 port 10 100 Mbps with Transparent connections Ready web server class B10 standard CANopen master bus 1 9 pin SUB D 1 9 pin SUB D Serial link 1 RJ45 port Modbus communication master slave RTU ASCII or character mode non isolated RS 232C RS 485 0 3 19 2 Kbps USB port 1 port 12 Mbps Communication Ethernet TCP IP 1 RJ45 port 10 100 Mbps with module Transparent Ready web server class B30 standard with BMX NOE 0100 module Transparent Ready web server class C30 configurable with BMX NOE 0110 module Internal user Total capacity Kb 2 048 4 096 RAM Program constants and symbols Kb 1 792 3 584 Data Kb 128 256 Memory card Supplied as standard Backup of program constants symbol and data reference BMX RMS 008MP Activation of standard web server class B10
83. 000000000000 b b 12 c ABE 7000000 7eR08S210e 7S16S1B2e 7R08S216 All sub bases b 70 77 b1 b1 58 58 C 58 C 58 58 1 Additional shunt terminal block ABE7BV10 7BV20 ABE7R16T2ee ABE7P16T2ee ABE7R16T3ee ABE7P16T3ee ABE7P16F31e Common side view 5 18 ABE7CPA01 ABE7CPA11 CPA12 CPA13 Oi Note details of the front view are the same as for the ABE7CPAO1 ABE7P08T330 Dimensions continued Connection interfaces Advantys Telefast ABE7 pre wired system ABE7ACCO2 ABE7ACCO3 i oo T m LO LO v m 15 48 45 57 _ 48 57 ABE7ACC80 130 ABE7ACC04 ABE7ACCO5 ABE7ACC10 ABE7ACC11 Note Drawing representing ABE7ACC04 and ABE7ACCO5 ABE7ACC82 ABE7ACC83 ABE7TES160 o o o o ale alc oo o jo o o o o o o e o o o o o lo o o o o o o o o o o t i 15 170 4x04 3 uU 50 32 59 Mounting hole dimensions for sub bases using mounting kit ABE7ACCO1 a ABE7 G H ABE7 G H ABE7 G H ACCO2 38 82 H12R1e 11 22 H16F43 194 82 c 1 ACCO3 53 101 H12R2e 11 22 H16S43 194 82 poo TT ACC04 53 101 H16Rie 113 82 S16E2ee 194 82 Ok a ACCO5 53 101 H16R2e 11 22 S16S1B2 11 82 B
84. 0e 24 V negative Screw or spring type 20 pin Non IEC 16 isolated inputs BMXDAI1602 A 0 115 logic removable terminal block 48 V positive Screw or spring type 20 pin Type 1 16 isolated inputs BMXDDI1603 A 0 115 logic removable terminal block 24 V Screw or spring type 20 pin Type 1 16 isolated inputs BMXDAI1602 A 0 115 removable terminal block 48 V Screw or spring type 20 pin Type 3 16 isolated inputs BMXDAI1603 A 0 115 removable terminal block 100 120 V Screw or spring type 20 pin Type 3 16 isolated inputs BMXDAI1604 0 115 removable terminal block BMX DDI 3202K BMX DDI 6402K Ee is Discrete output modules Type of Output voltage Connection by IEC 1131 2 Modularity Reference Weight current 1 conformity no of channels kg 24 V 0 5 A Screw or spring type 20 pin Yes 16 protected BMXDDO1602 0 120 solid state positive logic removable terminal block outputs 24 V 0 5 A Screw or spring type 20 pin Non IEC 16 protected BMXDDO1612 A 0 120 negative logic removable terminal block outputs 24 V 0 1 A One 40 pin connector Yes 32 protected BMXDDO3202K 0 110 positive logic outputs BMX BMX DRA Two 40 pin connectors Yes 64 protected BMXDDO6402K 0 150 DDO 16e2 0805 1605 outputs ny triac 100 240 Screw or spring type 20 pin 16 outputs BMXDAO1605 A 0 140 removable terminal block 12 24 V 3 A Screw or spring type 20 pin Yes 8 non protected BMXDRA0805 0 145 24 240 V _ 3 A removable terminal block outputs 24 V 2 A Screw or spring ty
85. 1 hour in every 24 hours Output limit Voltage including Possible up to V 19 30 19 30 values ripple 30 V limited to 1 hour in every 24 hours Currents Per channel mA 625 125 Per module A 5 3 2 Input impedance at nominal voltage KO 6 8 9 6 Input response time Typical ms 4 4 Maximum ms 7 7 Reverse polarity on inputs Protected Protected IEC 1131 2 conformity Yes type 3 Yes type 3 Compatibility with 2 wire 3 wire sensors IEC 947 5 2 IEC 947 5 2 Input type Current sink Current sink Leakage current At state 0 mA 0 5 0 1 Residual voltage At state 1 V 1 2 lt 1 5 for I20 1 A Minimum load impedance Q 48 220 Output response time 1 ms 1 2 1 2 Max overload time before fault state ms 15 15 Compatibility with IEC 1131 2 DC inputs Yes type 3 not IEC Yes type 3 not IEC Paralleling of outputs Yes 2 maximum Yes 3 maximum Switching frequency on inductive load Hz 0 5 LI 0 5 LI Built in protection Against Yes by Transil diode Yes by Transil diode overvoltages Against inversions Yes by Yes by reverse mounted reverse mounted diode Use a 2 A fuse diode Use a 2 A fuse on the preactuator on the preactuator 24V 24V Against Use one 0 5 A Yes by current limiter Use one 0 5 A Yes by current limiter Short circuits and fast blow fuse per and electronic fast blow fuse per and electronic overloads group of
86. 100BASE TX ports Shielded connectors RJ45 Medium Shielded twisted pair category CAT 5E Total length of pair 100m Fiber optic ports Number and type Connectors Medium Length of optical fiber 50 125 um fiber 62 2 125 um fiber 9 125 um fiber Attenuation analysis 50 125 um fiber 62 2 125 um fiber 9 125 um fiber Ethernet services FDR SMTP V3 SNTP client multicast filtering for optimization of the Global Data protocol configuration via Web access VLAN IGMP Snooping RSTP Rapid Scanning Tree Protocol priority port data stream control secure port Topology Number of switches Cascaded Unlimited Redundant in a ring max 50 Redundancy Redundant power supplies redundant single ring ring coupling Power supply Voltage Operation 9 6 60 V 18 30 V safety extra low voltage SELV Power consumption 5 3 W 5 3W Removable connector 6 pin Operating temperature 0 60 C Relative humidity 10 90 non condensing Degree of protection IP 20 Dimensions WxHxD 47x131x111mm 74 x 181 x 111 mm Mounting On symmetrical DIN rail 35 mm wide Weight 0 400 kg 0 410 kg Conformity to standards IEC 61131 2 IEC 61850 3 UL 508 UL 1604 Class 1 Division 2 CSA C22 2 14 cUL CSA C22 2 213 Class 1 Division 2 cUL C GL LED indicators Power supply status alarm relay status active Power supply status alarm relay status activ
87. 16 into 2 x 8 channels allows connection to an 8 channel sub base 8 channel Optimum or Universal Advantys Telefast ABE7 passive connection sub bases or adapter sub bases 1 Connection of the 24 V power supply is only possible using Advantys Telefast ABE7 sub bases Equipotentiality of the O V supplies is required References pages 5 10 to 5 16 5 8 Dimensions pages 5 18 and 15 19 Combinations Connection interfaces Advantys Telefast ABE7 pre wired system Interface with Modicon M340 I O modules I O modules on the Modicon M340 platform Discrete 24 V Analog Inputs Outputs Inputs Inputs Outputs Outputs 2x16l 4x161 2x16Q 4x16Q 1x161 41 41 2x4 2Q 1x16Q With Modicon M340 modules BMX DDI DDI DDO DDO DDM AMI ART ART AMO 3202K 6402K 3202K 6402K 3202K 0410 0414 0814 0210 Preformed cord sets at both ends BMX FCCee1 FCCee3 FCCee3 FCAee0 FCAee2 FCAee0 Passive connection sub bases Optimum ABE7H20Eee0 low cost 16 channels ABE7H16Cee miniature Universal ABE7H08Ree 8 channels ABE7H08S21 Universal ABE7H16Rie6e 16 channels ABE7H16R50e ABE7H16R2ee ABE7H16S21e ABE7H16R3e ABE7H16R23 ABE7H16S43 ABE7H16F43 Input adapter sub bases with solid state relays Universal ABE7S16E2000 16 channels Welded solid state relays removable terminal blocks ABE7P16F31e Removable solid state relays
88. 2000 Professional and Windows XP operating systems It comprises m Documentation in electronic format in 6 languages English Spanish French German Italian and Chinese m Converters for converting applications created with Concept and PL7 Pro programming software m PLC simulator Cables for connecting the processor to the programming PC must be ordered separately Presentation Setup Structure IEC language Functions page 4 4 pages 4 5 to 4 8 pages 4 9 to 4 11 pages 4 12 to 4 17 pages 4 18 and 4 28 4 29 References continuea Unity Pro Small version 3 0 software packages Modicon Automation Platform Unity Pro software For PLCs Description Type of license Reference Weight kg BMX P34 1000 Unity Pro Small software Single station UNYSPUSFUCD30 BMX P34 20e0 packages Group 3 stations UNYSPUSFGCD30 Team 10 stations UNYSPUSFTCD30 Software upgrades from Single station UNYSPUSZUCD30 e S Group 3 stations UNYSPUSZGCD30 icro ProWORX software Team 10 stations UNYSPUSZTCD30 NxT 32 Lite Unity Pro Medium version 3 0 software packages For PLCs Description Type of license Reference Weight kg BMX P34 1000 Unity Pro Medium software Single station UNYSPUMFUCD30 BMX P34 20e0 packages Group 3 stations UNYSPUMFGCD30 T9527 09 97 20 Team 10 stations UNYSPUMFTCD30 TSX PCI 57 20 l Software upgrades fr
89. 2000 cage clamp connectors are equipped with captive screws maximum tightening torque 0 5 N m 4 4 Ib in Screw clamp terminal blocks The capacity of each terminal is o Minimum One or two 0 34 mm wires 22 AWG ri Maximum Two 1 5 mm wires 14 AWG BMX FTB 2010 screw clamp connectors are equipped with captive screws maximum tightening torque 0 5 N m 4 4 Ib in Spring type terminal blocks The capacity of each terminal in the BMX FTB 2020 spring type terminal blocks is ri Minimum Two 0 34 mm wires 22 AWG Preformed cord set with 40 pin connector at one end and O Maximum Two 1 5 mm wires 14 AWG 2 wires at the others Preformed cord sets with 40 pin connector at one end and wires at the other Preformed cord sets can be used for easy direct wire to wire connection between the I O of modules with connectors 1 and the sensors preactuators or intermediate terminals These preformed cord sets comprise O At one end a 40 pin connector 2 with either of the following One sheath 3 containing 20 wires sized 0 34 mm 22 AWG BMX FCW ee1 Two sheaths 4 each containing 20 wires sized 0 34 mm 22 AWG BMX FCW ee3 O At the other end 5 color coded wires conforming to standard DIN 47100 see page 2 21 Preformed cord set with 40 pin connector and HE 10 connector for Advantys Telefast ABE7 pre wired I O system Preformed cord sets with 40 pin connector and HE 10 connector s Two types of cord sets can be us
90. 2020 and BMX P34 2030 Modicon M340 processors with integrated Ethernet port have the following on the front panel Securing screw for locking the module in its slot marked 0 in the rack A display unit including at minimum 3 LEDs relating to the Ethernet port ETH ACT LED green Activity on the Ethernet TCP IP network ETH STS LED green Ethernet TCP IP network status ETH 100 LED red Data rate on the Ethernet TCP IP network 10 or 100 Mbit s A mini B USB connector for a programming terminal or Magelis XBT GT operator interface A slot equipped with its Flash memory card for saving the application and activating the standard Transparent Ready Web server class B10 5 An RJ45 connector for connection to the 10BASE T 100BASE TX Ethernet TCP IP network Also included depending on the model 6 BMX P34 2020 processor An RJ45 connector for the Modbus serial link or character mode link RS 232C RS 485 2 wire non isolated BMX P34 2030 processor A 9 pin SUB D connector for the master CANopen machine and installation bus On the back panel 2 rotary switches for assigning the IP address in one of 3 modes O address set by the position of the two rotary switches O address set by the application parameters O address set by the Ethernet TCP IP BOOTP server OO D DO ND Module type Unity Pro software BMX P34 2020 BMX P34 2030 Transparent Class B10 Ready Standard Web server Rack Viewer access to the product
91. 230 V Screw ABE7S16E2MO 0 407 Spring ABE7S16E2MOE 0 407 Output Universal sub bases with solid state relays No of Isolation Output Output Fault Type of Reference Weight channels PLC Oper voltage current detection connection ative part signal 1 kg 8 No 24 V 0 5 A Yes 2 Screw ABE7S08S2BO 0 252 Spring ABE7S08S2BOE 0 252 2 A Yes 2 Screw ABE7S08S2B1 0 448 Spring ABE7S08S2B1E 0 448 16 No 24 V 0 5 A Yes 2 Screw ABE7S16S2B0 0 405 Spring ABE7S16S2BOE 0 405 Non Screw ABE7S16S1B2 0 400 Spring ABE7S16S1B2E 0 400 Output Optimum amp Universal sub bases with electromechanical relays No of Relay Number Output Polarity Type of Reference Weight channels width of contacts current distribution connection operative part kg 8 5 mm 1 N O 2A Contact common Screw ABE7R08S111 0 252 per group of4 Spring ABE7R08S111E 0 252 channels Se Latching 2A Voltage free Screw ABE7R08S216 0 448 5 ere Spring ABE7R08S216E 0 448 TT 10 mm 1 N O 5 Voltage free Screw ABE7R08S210 0 448 AS Spring ABE7R08S210E 0 448 ABE7R08S216 16 5 mm 1 NO 2A Contact common Screw ABE7R16S111 0 405 per group of Spring ABE7R16S111E 0 405 8 channels 10 mm 1 NO 5A Voltage free Screw ABE7R16S210 0 405 Spring ABE7R16S210E 0 405 Common per Screw ABE7R16S212 0 400 group of Spring ABE7R16S212E 0 400 8 channels on both poles 1 A fault on a sub base output Qn will set PLC output Qn to special mode which will be
92. 25 ABE7LOGF25 0 200 Description No of channels Characteristics Sold in lots of Unit Weight reference kg Kit for mounting 10 ABE7ACCO1 0 008 on solid plate Splitter sub base 16 as 1 ABE7ACCO2 0 075 2 x 8 channels Redundant output i 16 as 1 ABE7ACC10 0 075 sub base 2 x 16 channels Redundant input 16 as 1 ABE7ACC11 0 075 sub base 2 x 16 channels Plug in continuity blocks Width 10 mm 4 ABE7ACC20 0 007 Width 12 mm 4 ABE7ACC21 0 010 GU AO Locating device for 100 ABE7ACC30 0 100 removable terminal block Enclosure feedthrough 32 40 pin 1 ABE7ACC80 0 300 with industrial connector Plug in 40 pin 32 For mounting on 1 ABE7ACC81 0 370 male connector ABE7ACC80 Enclosure feedthrough 16 19 pin 1 ABE7ACC82 0 150 with CNOMO M23 connector 8 and 12 19 pin 1 ABE7ACC83 0 150 1 x20 pin HE 10 connector PLC end ABE7BV20 Impedance adapter Used with 1 ABE7ACC85 0 012 for Type 2 compatibility ABE7ACC82 and ABE7ACC83 IP 65 cable gland For 3 cables 5 ABE7ACC84 0 300 Additional snap on 8 10 screw terminals 5 ABE7BV10 0 030 8 terminal blocks 10 spring terminals 5 ABE7BV10E 0 030 3 ha shunted terminals ed FW E yo 16 20 screw terminals 5 ABE7BV20 0 060 y YE 20 spring terminals 5 ABE7BV20E 0 060 SNe VO simulator sub base 16 Display forcing 1 ABE7TES160 0 350 inhibition continuity A er Self adhesive For 6 characters 50 AR1SB3 0 001 ABE7TES16 marker tag holder Quick
93. 25 for 2 ms max Power factor 0 65 0 85 Efficiency at nominal load gt 92 Dissipated power at nominal load W 38 4 76 8 Anti harmonic filtering Yes via integrated PFC Power Factor Correction passive filter Operating mode in the event of phase failure V Operation possible for a few minutes then protection trips Output circuit Compatibility with function modules Buffer battery and battery check unit redundancy discriminating protection Diagnostics LEDs on front panel Current green orange and red voltage green red and off Relay Closed relay Uy gt 21 6 V contact 230 V 0 5 A max 24 V 5 mA min Nominal output values Output voltage Uo V 24 Current A 0 20 0 40 Power W 480 960 Permissible temporary inrush current boost A 1 5 In for 4 s maximum see curves on page 5 27 Precision Output voltage Uo V Adjustable 24 28 8 Line and load regulation 1 3 96 Residual ripple noise mV 200 peak peak Holding time Ui 400V ms gt 18 gt 14 for max Protection Against short circuits Permanent automatic or manual restart Against overloads lt 1 10 In after boost function Against overvoltages V 30m2 s Against undervoltages V Tripping if Ug lt 21 6 in manual mode Thermal Yes Operating and environmental characteristics Connections Input mm 3 x 0 5 4 screw terminals 22 12 AWG ground Output mm 4 x 0 5 10 screw terminals 22 8 AWG Diagnostic relay mm 2 x 2 5 removable screw terminal block
94. 3 Single entry and central information management ensure data consistency and the integration of the control PLC and monitoring HMI SCADA systems f PolyEthylenProduction Physical model process view aa CleaninPlace BM Process components and logical structureation of the process are based on the ISA 3 9 DistillationColumn p 9 8 DisColUn S88 standard 2 Por Pa VASDO Adopting the ISA S88 standard provides the following benefits Q BotLevAi AIA01T 2 BotPu PSS01 M Considerable process flexibility 2 CondCoolVa VASDO1 o I l 2 OvhdFiVa VASDO1 E Significant reduction in development and delivery timescales Q OvhdLev i AIAQTT 2 OvhdOutVa VASDO1 M A standardized uniform solution Q PreHiStmVa VASDO1 2 SU NA DU E Reuse of sub elements 2 RefFlowAi AIAOTT c RawMaterial sa an UAG offers the 6 structural levels from the ISA S88 standard site area process cell e RawMat2 unit equipment module and control module amp O Reactor These levels can be found again within the applications structure supervision and PLC generated by UAG Process parameters for control devices such as motors control loops and valves are set at control module level E E PEROU em ommo dl Topological model automation view og 144 dug Els us _e _ _ Q _ _ i ___ In a Collaborative Control environment UAG can be applied to the entire process renne reee rERRRT A control monitoring and super
95. 370 1 300 1 Not equipped with relays 2 Both technologies electromechanical and solid state may be combined on the same sub base 3 2 connection methods are available enabling inputs and outputs to be connected to the same sub base at the same time 4 Per group of 8 channels 5 Per group of 4 channels Presentation compatibility Dimensions pages 5 8 to 5 9 pages 5 18 to 5 19 5 13 References continued Connection interfaces Advantys Telefast ABE7 pre wired system Discrete output adaptation sub bases for plug in relays Output Optimum amp Universal sub bases for solid state and or electromechanical relays 2 No of Relay For Isolator Fuse per Polarity Type of Reference Weight chan width relay type per channel distribution operative part connection nels channel kg 16 5mm ABR7S11 No No Contact common per group ABE7P16T111 0 550 ABS7SC1B of 4 channels Contact common per group ABE7P16M111 2 0 550 of 4 output channels and 2 common input terminals 10mm ABR7S2e No No Voltage free Screw ABE7P16T210 3 0 615 i e ABE7P16T230 3 0 655 e ABE7ACC20 Spring ABE7P16T230E 3 0 655 3 a LA A NE Yes Voltage free Screw ABE7P16T214 0 675 ABE7P16T208 No Common on both poles 4 Screw ABE7P16T212 0 615 Yes Common on both poles 4 Screw ABE7P16T215 0 670 8 12mm ABR7S33 No No Voltage free Screw ABE7P08T330 0 450 ABS7A3e Spring ABE7P08T330E 0 450 AB
96. 3M5 0 014 Output 24V 2A 24 V ABS7SC3BA 0 016 Self protected 1 5A 5 48 V ABS7SC3E 0 016 24 240 V ABS7SA3MA 0 016 Relay width Control Output Number of Sold in Unit Weight voltage current 1 contacts lots of reference 5 mm 24 V 5 A Ith 1 NO 4 ABR7S11 0 005 10 mm 24 V 5 A Ith 1 N O 4 ABR7S21 0 008 1 C O 4 ABR7S23 0 008 12 mm 24 V 10 A Ith 1 C O 4 ABR7S33 0 017 8 A Ith 2 C O 4 ABR7S37 0 017 48 V 8 A Ith 1 C O 4 ABR7S33E 0 017 Description Extractor for 5 mm miniature relays Reference Weight kg ABE7ACC12 0 010 1 See characteristics table for specifications of relays in the sub bases Presentation compatibility pages 5 8 to 5 9 Dimensions pages 5 18 to 5 19 5 15 References Connection interfaces Advantys Telefast ABE7 pre wired system Connection sub bases for counter and analog channels Functions For Modicon Compatible Type of Type of Reference Weight PLCs modules connection connection Telefast 2 side kg a oo Counting TSX Micro Integrated 15 pin SUB D Screw ABE7CPAO01 0 300 DU HER and analog analog ACE E E and counter AAA TSX 37 22 z PRRRRRPERIRIPRPR TSX CTZeA ABE7CPAO01 Counting Axis control Premium TSX CTYeA 15 pin SUB D Screw ABE7CPAO01 0 300 Position control TSX CAYe1 Parallel output absolute Premium TSX CTYeA 15 pin SUB D Screw ABE7CPA11 0 330 encoder connection TSX CAYe1 Distribution of Modicon M340 BMX ART 0414 25 pin SU
97. 4 3634 354M TSX P57 4634 454M TSX P57 5634 554M TSX H57 24 44M Quantum CPUs Software name Unity Pro Small Unity Pro software type Pages 4 27 4 2 140 CPU 311 10 140 CPU 434 12U Unity Pro Medium Unity Pro Large 140 CPU 311 10 140 CPU 434 12U 140 CPU 651 50 60 140 CPU 671 60 Unity Pro Extra Large UNY SPU SFe CD30 UNY SPU MFe CD30 UNY SPU LFe CD30 UNY SPU EFe CD30 EF EFB function development software in C language Enhancement of EF and EFB function block libraries O Creation of families o Development of functions in C language O Access to all data and variable types O Debugging functions step by step breakpoint O Use of functions created in all languages Supplied with o Microsoft Visual C o GNU source code and compiler Compatible with o Unity Pro Small Medium Large and Extra Large programming software All Modicon M340 PLCs O All Atrium slot PLCs o All Premium Unity CPUs o All Quantum Unity CPUs O Unity EFB Toolkit 4 32 Software for firmware and application loading Simple and easy to use software to upgrade a Modicon M340 PLC when the user doesn t need to display modify the program Upload download o CPU and Ethernet module firmware O PLC project including Program Located and unlocated data User files and user web pages Compatible with o Unity Pro Small Medium Large and Extra Large programming software
98. 4 LEDs specific to processor operation RUN ERR I O CARD ERR 1 or 2 LEDs specific to the other communication ports SER COM or CAN RUN and CAN ERR 1 E F i i as a K elt l Vs Ivi ive E dj 4 MA LE 4 4 BMX P34 2020 BMX P34 2030 3 22 Description I O capacity Memory capacity Other integrated Reference Weight communication ports kg Processors with 1024 discrete I O Modbus serial link or BMXP342020 0 205 integrated 256 analog I O character mode Ethernet link 36 app sp channels CANopen bus BMXP342030 0 215 Transparent Ready Web server class B10 4096 Kb integrated 1 SER COM for serial link or CAN RUN and CAN ERR for CANopen bus Product data sheet Modicon M340 Automation continued Platform Ethernet network module The BMX NOE 0100 and BMX NOE 0100 modules are a standard module occupying a single slot in the rack of the Modicon M340 platform equipped with a Standard processor or associated Performance processor maximum of 1 module per configuration E e Le 1 p MCN The BMX NOE 01e0 module has the following on the front panel Securing screw for locking the module in its slot in the rack A display unit consisting of 6 LEDs including 3 relating to the Ethernet port ETH ACT LED green Activity on the Ethernet TCP IP network ETH STS LED green Ethernet TCP IP network status ETH 100 LED red Data rate on the Ethernet TCP IP network 10 or 100 Mbit s A slot equipped with its
99. 4 x 20 A and 6 x 30 A ABL 8FUS02 Clip on marker All products except ABL 8PReeeeee Order in multiples of 100 LAD 90 0 030 labels ABL 8PReeeeee Order in multiples of 22 ASI20MACC5 DIN rail For ABL 8BPK2403 Battery Module Single unit ABL 1A02 mounting kit Cables Comnection cable between ABL8 BBU RS232 3 m SR2CBLO1 0 150 and PC for updating the software USB 3 m SR2USB01 0 150 EEPROM Backup and duplication of ABL8 BBU Single unit SR2MEMO2 0 010 memory parameters 1 For table of compatibility of battery check module battery unit with holding time depending on the load consult our Phaseo Power supplies and transformers catalogue 2 Supplied with 20 or 30 A fuse depending on the model 3 Supplied with four 15 A fuses 4 Local reset via pushbutton or automatic reset on elimination of the fault and diagnostic relay 5 Voltage from a 24 V Universal range Phaseo power supply A Available 2 quarter 2007 Description Characteristics Dimensions Schemes page 23 pages 24 to 28 page 30 page 31 5 29 Dimensions Power supplies and transformers internal schemes Power supplies for DC control circuits Regulated switch mode power supplies Phaseo power supplies Universal range ABL 8RPS24eee ABL 8RPM24200 ABL 8WPS24eee Common side view ABL 8 a b RPS24030 120 44 RPS24050 120 56 RPS24100 140 85 RPM24200 140 145 WPS24200 155 95 WPS24400 155 165 ABL 8RPS24050 ABL 8RPS24100
100. 605 BMX DRA 0805 BMX DRA 1605 Preactuators Preactuators Channel Chnl Preactuators Channel 0 12 24 V 24 V 240V Description Characteristics References pages 2 6 and 2 7 pages 2 10 to 2 15 pages 2 16 and 2 17 2 19 Connections continued Modicon M340 Automation Platform Discrete I O modules BMX DDM 16025 BMX DDM 16022 Chnl Sensors Sensors Preactuators Preactuators BMX DDM 3202K gt Chnl Sensors J O O1 B D x dH LE all c ee IIE C IIE HIE HL I mE __ O OO O O O O O O O O O OO Y Y Y 9 Y O O O O G9 9 Xe C Xe X9 gt dazagzseoeouonosov o i N A lt Preactuators Fu 0 5 A fast blow fuse Description Characterist1 ics References pages 2 6 and 2 7 pages 2 10 to 2 15 pages 2 16 and 2 17 2 20 Connections continuea Correspondence of connector pins with the wire colors at the sheath end 20 wires Cord set with one sheathed end with wires BMX FCW e01 20 wires 20 wires Cord set with two sheathed ends with wires BMX FCW e03 20 wires Cord set with 1 sheathed end with wires BMX FTW e01 Modicon M340 Automation Platform Discrete l O modules Cord set color codes in accordance with DIN 47100 Connector 32 64 channel Color at sheath 32 64 channel 32 channel
101. 7 Advanced openness which is reserved for experienced IT engineers supports the development of interfaces between Unity and expert tools as well as specific user defined functions This type of development requires expert IT knowledge in the following areas B C or Visual Basic languages m Client server architectures m XML and COM DCOM technologies m issues relating to data synchronization As a supplement to the Unity Pro Extra Large software 3 the UDE Unity Developer s Edition development tool UNY UDE VFU CD21E can be used to set up made to order solutions In addition to a development kit it includes the Unity servers and documentation Unity Developer s Edition is compatible with m Unity Pro PLC configuration Extra Large m All Modicon M340 processors m All Atrium slot PLCs m All Premium Unity processors m All Quantum Unity processors 1 Also available as separate part TLX CD DRV 20M 2 Windows 98 only 3 Only Unity Pro Extra Large implements dynamic databases management for OFS data servers and 3 party software References pages 43 29 and 4 31 Presentation Setup Structure page 4 4 pages 4 5 to 4 8 pages 4 9 to 4 11 4 28 IEC language pages 4 12 to 4 17 References Modicon Automation Platform Unity Pro software Unity Pro Small Medium Large and Extra Large software packages The software is available in 4 versions m Unity Pro Small for programm
102. 8 BMXFCA300 31 TCSECL1M3M5S2 27 UNYSPUMFGCD30 30 ABE7P16T210 3 14 BMXDDO1602 8 BMXFCA500 31 TCSMCN3M4F3C2 47 UNYSPUMFTCD30 30 ABESPIGT292 2 o nn 14 BMXDDO1612 8 BMXFCA152 31 TCSMCN3MAMSS2 47 UNYSPUMFUCDSO 30 ABELPTOTELTA exce ans 14 BMXDDO3202K 8 BMXFCA302 31 TLACDCBAO05 42 UNYSPUMZGCD30 30 ABE7P16T215 14 BMXDDO6402K 8 BMXFCA502 31 TLACDCBAO15 42 UNYSPUMZTCD30 30 ABE7P16T230 3 14 BMXDRA0805 8 BMXEHCO200 41 TLACDCBAO30 42 UNYSPUMZUCDSO 30 ABE7P16T230E 3 14 BMXDRA1605 8 EMXEH DBDO 4 52 a da ts 41 TLACDCBAO50 42 UNYSPUSFGCD30 30 ABE7P16T318 14 BMXEHCOP2OU amp us sex rna 8 BMXXTSHSC20 41 TSXCANCA100 42 UNYSPUSFTCD3O 30 ABE7P16T318E 14 BMXEHCGOBOU 24 be exea 8 BMXFTB2000 41 TSXCANCA300 42 UNYSPUSFUCD30 30 ABE7P16T330 14 BMXNOE0100 8 BMXFTB2010 41 TSXCANCASO 42 UNYSPUSZGCD30 30 ABE PIGTSS0E 14 BMXNOE0110 8 BMXFTB2020 165000005 41 TSXCANCADDO3 42 UNYSPUSZTCD30 30 ABE7P16T332 14 BMXP341000
103. 8 international standard as a fieldbus They also comply with the Chinese National Standard managed by ITEI Interfacing CANopen with Modbus TCP IP CiA DSP 309 2 provides standardized organization of CANopen data to be carried on a Modbus TCP IP Ethernet network The specification reserves the Modbus 43 13 function code for this purpose This function code is reserved exclusively for CANopen Characteristics of Modbus TCP IP Maximum size of data m Read 125 words or registers m Write 100 words or registers Presentation Performance Selection References Connections pages 3 4 and 3 5 pages 3 16 to 3 21 pages3 2 and 3 8 pages 3 22 and 3 23 pages 3 24 to 3 37 3 11 Functions continuea Modicon M340 Automation Platform Ethernet TCP IP network and communication services and Transparent Ready services I O Scanning service Word table Modicon M340 E HER Input words Output words ex of devices an OOOOOOOOOOOOOOUS ll The I O Scanning Service is used to manage the exchange of remote I O states on the Ethernet network after simple configuration without the need for any special programming I O scanning is performed transparently by means of read write requests according to the Modbus client server protocol on the TCP IP profile This scanning principle via a standard protocol is used to communicate with any device supporting a Modbus server on TCP IP This service allow
104. 8 pages 4 9 to 4 11 pages 4 12 to 4 17 pages 4 29 and 4 31 4 22 Functions continued Modicon Automation Platform Unity Pro software Integrated diagnostics Diagnostics integrated into Modicon M340 Atrium Premium and Quantum automation platforms System diagnostics Diagnostics viewers Vijeo Designer Monitor Pro Thin client Magelis PC CO0000000 Processor for In rack I O Remote 1 0 A system bits and modules modules BEBEBBESEHEE words on Fipio bus or CANopen Ethernet TCP IP Al Application diagnostics TI Quantum Premium Modicon M340 Unity Pro The diagnostics offer for Modicon M340 Atrium Premium and Quantum platforms is based on three components B System diagnostics m DFB and EFB diagnostic function blocks for system and application diagnostics m Error message display system or viewers supplied as standard with Magelis9 XBT GT and PC terminals Vijeo Designer Monitor Pro supervisory software and Unity Pro setup software System diagnostics The system diagnostics for the Modicon M340 Atrium Premium and Quantum platforms supports the monitoring of system bits words and I O modules and the activity times minimum maximum of SFC steps After the user chooses the relevant option in the application configuration any event will result in time stamped messag
105. 9 7 40 41 8 42 9 43 10 44 11 d 13 E bes 24 V 24V 15 48 49 Fu 20 51 24V E 54 55 56 57 58 59 BMX DDI 1603 a 62 Fu 63 Chnl Sensors fa 24 V 4V ij z 2 3 BMX DDI 3202K Connector A inputs 10 132 4 BMX DDI 6402K Connector A inputs l0 132 and connector B inputs 133 163 R For correspondence of the 40 pin connector pins with the wire colors of BMX FCW e01 e03 7 prewired cord sets in accordance with DIN 47100 see table on page 2 21 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Fu L B 48V BMX DAI 1602 1603 1604 BMX DAI 1602 use in 24 V negative logic Chnl Sensors Chn sensors 0 0 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 13 14 14 15 15 p 24V N P N voltage 24 V BMX DAI 1602 48 V BMX DAI 1603 100 120 V BMX DAI 1604 Fu 0 5 A fast blow fuse 2 18 Connections continued Modicon M340 Automation Platform Discrete I O modules BMX DDO 1602 BMX DDO 3202K 6402K B Chnl Preactuators BMX DDO 1612 Chnl Preactuators Q 9 6000 0OO O OOOOOS O O O BMX DDO 3202K Connector A outputs QO Q32 BMX DDO 6402K Connector A outputs Q0 Q32 and connector B outputs Q33 Q63 Nota For correspondence of the 40 pin connector pins with the wire colors of BMX FCW e01 e03 prewired cord sets in accordance with DIN 47100 see table on page 2 21 OANDABRWBN O oo GO D BMX DAO 1
106. 9 8 490NOR00003 5 16 4 490NOR00005 15 49 2 490NOR00015 Wiring system continuea Ethernet in Machines and Installations Ethernet TCP IP Transparent Ready Services Cabling system ConneXium connection components Description Optical fiber Type Reference Weight kg Fiber optic Multimode 50 125um 1000BASE SX TCSEAAF1LFU00 0 040 modules for or 62 5 125um Gigabit ports with Single mode 9 125um 1000BASE LH TCSEAAF1LFHOO 0 040 LC connector a 1 Multimode 50 125um 1000BASE LX TCSEAAF1LFS00 0 040 TCS EAA F1LFe 00 or 62 5 125um Single mode 62 5 125um Configuration Via the USB port on the front of the TCSEAMO100 backup key switch used to save and retrieve the switch configuration update the internal software 1 Dimensions W x H X D 20 x 18 x 50 mm Description Preformed at both Rep Length Reference Weight ends m ft kg Copper cables 1 IP 67 4 pin M12 8 1 3 3 TCSEC1M3M1S2 connector 1 5 4 9 TCSECL1M3M1X5S2 and 1 RJ45 connector 3 9 8 TCSECL1M3M3S2 E 5 16 4 TCSECL1M3M5S2 x 10 32 8 TCSECL1M3M10S2 25 82 TCSECL1M3M25S2 E 40 131 2 TCSECL1M3M40S2 2 IP 67 4 pin M12 1 3 3 TCSECL1M1M1S2 connectors 1 5 4 9 TCSECL1M1M1X5S2 E 3 98 TCSECL1M1M3S2 E 5 16 4 TCSECL1M1M5S2 10 32 8 TCSECL1M1M10S2 25 82 TCSECL1M1M25S2 40 131 2 TCSECL1M1M40S2 M12 RJ45 IP 67 female 4 pin M12 TCSEAAF11F13F0
107. ADDED 383 DELETED 446 Structured Text MODIFIED 433 ADDED 4291 DELETED 4195 MOVED O Instruction List NO DIFFERENCES Sequential Function Chart NO DIFFERENCES Animation Tables MODIFIED O ADDED 60 DELETED 24 Functional Modules MODIFIED 23 ADDED O DELETED O MOVED O Project Settings NO DIFFERENCES Non compared part s Filters Shown rd E Hidden Report in Tree View Confiquration 0 XBus 0 ITSXEKY12 1 TSXP574634M 3 TSXETY4103 Derived Data Types Derived FB Types RESS_DE_3F_TEST l Reaulation This software extension used to compare two PL7 applications generated by Unity Pro software version 2 V2 1 Function Target Type of device Reference Weight extension PLC kg target Unity Dif application Unity Pro Single UNYSDUDFUCD20 comparison software Extra Large 1 station extension Modicon M340 CD Rom containing Premium Atrium software and electronic Quantum documentation English French 4 39 Presentation functions Unity Loader 1 0 Pest Disenaing Syrien Diptera Alsat PC Fe C vogue F r chrender inci nds ander FF Enable Tranter Hamer Laat Bud cri PC Foi Data LE Pre Fei e chen E lc tm parda Ea m E F rabis Terie Lact fukt Thi from Ta 04 men Fem 0 Ta AR Xu LI d T amp XM Yau Fem Ta V Linde Car Wibes aa eu PC Pieseet Filed PLE Prset Flea E Prgms Fiche Ec
108. Aee2 cord sets A Available 4t quarter 2007 Description Functions Characteristics page 2 24 pages 2 26 and 2 27 pages 2 28 to 2 30 2 31 Presentation Functions Automation platform Modicon M340 processors Programmable process control Up ue DL LEE AAC CN ORG dues Dua TT Process control in machines 1 Baa Pos SAB ce Be ss Be 5m TH H E Unity Pro software contains CONT_CTL a library of 36 function blocks used to y create control loops for machine control E suus pjs El m Lu tn pr c dre ya Imm Siructure diagram of the riper controller Modicon M340 processors meet the requirements for closed loop control functions in machines are adequately met by Modicon M340 thanks to the wealth of functions ME in the library and the flexibility with which function blocks can be linked together TEC ME tea through programming This solution therefore eliminates the need for external e controllers and simplifies the overall control architecture of the machine as well as Bum Bm m umm its design roll out and operation He EH mL ess ms gt OMAA 2 The function blocks EF or EFB can be used in all Unity Pro languages i e LD md HL ST IL and FBD FBD is particularly suitable for accessing control processing ee sl operations in Unity Pro software through its assistant for entering and viewing at mer C parameters and function bl
109. Automation amp Control Modicon M340 PLC Automation Platform Unity Software im Y elder Telemecanique us telemecanique com This international site www us telemecanique com allows you to access all the Telemecanique products in just 2 clicks via comprehensive range data sheets with direct links to m Complete library technical documents catalogs certificates FAQs brochures m Selection guides from the e catalog m Product discovery sites and their Flash animations You will also find illustrated overviews news to which you can subscribe a discussion forum the list of country contacts To live automation solutions every day Flexibility m Interchangeable modular functions to better meet the requirements for extensions m Software and accessories common to multiple product families Compactness m High functionality in a minimum of space m Freedom in implementation Simply Smart wd T ta s Z i od Reli q Nr Ingenuity m Auto adapts to its environment plug amp play m Application functions control communication and diagnostics embedded in the products m User friendly operation either directly on the product or remotely Simplicity m Cost effective optimum offers that make selection easy for most typical applications m Products that are easy to understand for users electricians and automation specialists m User friendly int
110. B D Screw ABE7CPA412 0 180 4 thermocouples BMX ART 0814 Distribution of Premium TSX AEY1614 25 pin SUB D Screw ABE7CPA12 0 300 16 thermocouples ABE7CPA412 410 21 Passive distribution of Premium TSX ASY810 25 pin SUB D Screw ABE7CPA02 0 290 8 channels on screw TSX AEY1600 terminal block with TSX AeY800 shielding continuity Distribution and supply of Modicon M340 BMX AMI 0410 25 pin SUB D Screw ABE7CPA410 0 180 4 analog channels protected isolated 816477 Distribution of 4 analog Premium TSX ASY410 25 pin SUB D Screw ABE7CPA21 0 180 output channels TSX AEY420 z D Distribution and supply Premium TSX AEY800 25 pin SUB D Screw ABE7CPA03 0 330 of 8 analog channels with TSX AEY1600 ABE7CPAOZ limitation of each current loop Distribution and supply Premium TSX AEY810 25 pinSUB D Screw ABE7CPA31 0 410 of 8 analog input channels Spring ABE7CPA31E 0 410 isolated from each other with 25 mA channel limiter Safety Premium TSX PAY2e2 25 pinSUB D Screw ABE7CPA13 0 290 Presentation compatibility Dimensions pages 5 8 and 5 9 pages 5 18 and 5 19 5 16 References continued 816483 Connection interfaces Advantys Telefast ABE7 pre wired system Accessories for connection sub bases pre cut label sheets 160 labels Description Operating system Reference Weight kg Software for marking Under Windows ABE7LOGV10 0 350 customer labels version 3 1 or 95 ABE7ACCO2 Pack of
111. Channel type Non isolated high level inputs Non isolated high level outputs Number of channels 4 2 Ranges 10V 0 5 V 0 10 1 5V 0 20 4 20 10V 0 20 4 20 mA mA mA mA Maximum conversion Voltage V 1125 a125 value Current mA 0 30 0 24 mA Resolution bits 14 12 13 12 12 12 11 Filtering 1st order digital filtering by firmware Precision of internal conversion resistor 250 Q 0 2 25 ppm C Read cycle time Fast ms 1 1 xno of channels used periodic reading of no of declared channels Default ms 5 for 4 channels Conversion time ms lt 2 Permitted overload on Voltage V 30 E Lies the input channels Current mA 30 0 24 Measurement errors At 25 C FS 0 25 0 35 0 25 1 Maximum at 0 60 C FS 0 35 0 50 0 60 Temperature drift 30 ppm C 50 ppm C 100 ppm C Recalibration Internal None factory calibrated Fallback mode 2 Default or configurable Isolation Between group of input channels and V 1 400 group of output channels Between channels and bus V 2 000 Between channels and ground V 2 000 Consumption Typical mA See power consumption table page 6 8 1 FS Error as a of full scale 2 Default Output at O V or mA Configurable Hold last value or set at predefined value for each channel Description page 2 24 2 30 Functions pages 2 26 and 2 28 References Modicon M340 Automation Platform Analog I O modules DX d EM eTerenc
112. E 1B24M Dialbase interface LU9 G02 splitter boxes 8 motor starters and BMX FCC ee1 ee3 preformed cord sets Depending on model 8 or 16 channel passive sub bases with or without LED with common or 2 terminals per channel LU9 G02 splitter boxes 8 motor starters and BMX FCC ee1 ee3 preformed cord sets Depending on model 16 channel active sub bases with solid state or electromechanical fixed or removable relays 5 48 V 24 V 24 V 240 V or voltage free with common or 2 terminals per channel screw or spring type connection ABE7H20Ee00 ABE7H16Cee ABE7H08Ree 7H08S21 ABE7H16R1e 7H16R50 ABE7H16R2e 7H16S21 ABE7H16R3e 7H16R23 ABE7H16S43 ABE7S16E2ee ABE7P16F3100 BMX FCC ese1 FCC ee3 5 10 to 5 16 2 17 Telemecanique ABE7H20Ee00 ABE7H16Cee ABE7H08Ree 7H08S21 ABE7H16R1e 7H16R50 ABE7H16R2e 7H16S21 ABE7H16R3e 7H16R23 ABE7H16S43 7H16F43 ABE7S16E2ee ABE7S16Seee 7R16S ABE7P16F3100 ABE7R16Teee 7P16Teee BMXFCC ee3 5 10 to 5 16 2 17 2 3 Selection guide continued Modicon M340 Automation Platform Discrete I O modules Output modules solid state gt sn un T paje LI f w H f K y 24 V 0 1 A per channel 32 protected channels 64 protected channels Via one 40 pin connector Via two 40 pin connectors Configurable output fallback continuous monitoring of output control and resetting of outputs in case of in
113. E Automation product certiticallols aca eUam UR a AES SEES 6 6 EXNROWEerconsumplontables eo bae de ee 6 8 m index Bisleroductreferencedndex ecc ec ce LE cM C 6 9 Advantys Altivar Atrium Concept ConneXium FactoryCast Fipio Fip way Lexium Magelis Modbus Modbus Plus Modicon M340 Modsoft Momentum Monitor Pro OsiTrack Phaseo PL7 PowerSuite Premium Preventa ProWORX Quantum Tego Telefast Telemecanique TeSys Transparent Ready Twido TwidoSuite Unity Unity Pro and Vijeo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric Other trademarks used herein are the property of their respective owners i Simply Smart Modicon hardware platforms and Unity software A naturally productive pair The family of Modicon PLC platforms associated with Unity software offers you ingenuity flexibility and openness to ever increasing productivity Modicon M340 PLC concentrates power and innovation offering the optimum response to the needs of machine manufacturers It is also the ideal companion for Modicon Premium PLC and Modicon Quantum PLC to satisfy the need for automation of industrial processes and infrastructures Programming software Automation platforms Modicon M340 PLC the ideal solution for machine specialists Robust powerful and compact the new Modicon M340 PLC is the ideal solution for machine manufac
114. E7H12R20 0 300 Yes Oor24V Screw ABE7H12R21 0 300 Screw ABE7H128S21 0 375 16 1 1 No No Screw ABE7H16R10 0 274 beni TEEN EET Yes No Screw ABE7H16R11 0 274 2 No No Screw ABE7H16R50 0 196 Spring ABE7H16R50E 0 196 2 2 No Oor24V Screw ABE7H16R20 0 300 Yes Oor24V Screw ABE7H16R21 0 300 Spring ABE7H16R21E 0 300 Screw ABE7H168S21 0 375 Spring ABE7H16S21E 0 375 3 3 No Oor24V Screw ABE7H16R30 0 346 Yes Oor24V Screw ABE7H16R31 0 346 Type 2 input 1 16 2 2 Yes Oor24V Screw ABE7H16R23 0 320 Input 16 2 1 Yes 24 V I F 2 Screw ABE7H16S43 0 640 Output 16 2 1 Yes OV I F 2 Screw ABE7H16F43 0 640 1 For Modicon Premium 2 With LED to indicate blown fuse Presentation compatibility Dimensions pages 5 8 to 5 9 pages 5 18 to 5 19 5 11 References continued Connection interfaces Advantys Telefast ABE7 pre wired system Discrete input output adaptation sub bases with soldered relays and removable terminal blocks Adaptation sub bases with soldered relays Input Universal sub bases with solid state relays No of No of Isolation PLC Voltage Type of Reference Weight channels terminals Operative part connection per channel kg 16 2 Yes 24 V Screw ABE7S16E2B1 0 370 Spring ABE7S16E2B1E 0 370 48 V Screw ABE7S16E2E1 0 370 Spring ABE7S16E2E1E 0 370 48 V Screw ABE7S16E2E0 0 386 Spring ABE7S16E2E0E 0 386 110V Screw ABE7S16E2F0 0 397 Spring ABE7S16E2F0E 0 397
115. H amp BDH servo motors from 0 9 to 42 5 kW o Lexium9 17D For BPH BPL and SER servo motors from 1 5 to 70 A rms 1 O IclA IFA IFE IFS For integrated motor drives from 0 05 to 0 25 kW In compliance with PL Copen specifications the MFB library allows easy and flexible motion programming with Unity Pro software as well as axis diagnosis In maintenance operations drives can be replaced quickly and efficiently thanks to drive parameter download blocks Setting up drives on the CANopen network is facilitated through Motion Tree Manager organization in the Unity Pro browser making it easy for users to access the application drives The features of the MFB library are particularly suitable for machines with independent axes For these modular special machines MFB function blocks are the perfect solution for controlling single axes The following are typical applications for this type of architecture o Automatic storage removal O Handling r1 Palletizers depalletizers O Conveyors o Packaging simple label application O Grouping ungrouping r1 Adjustment axes in flexible machines etc The table below lists the function blocks of the MFB library and the drives compatible with them The prefix indicates the block family r1 MC Function block defined by the Motion Function Blocks PLCopen standard o TE Function block specific to Telemecanique products o Lxm Function block specific to Lexium servo drives
116. Modbus master slave mode or in character mode non isolated RS232 RS485 0 3 19 2 Kbps 1 programming port PC terminal 1 BMX NOE 0100 0110 network module 1 x TOBASE T 100BASE TX Modbus TCP IP BOOTP DHCP FDR Global Data I O Scanning web server standard class B30 or configurable class C30 4 096 Kb 3 584 Kb 256 Kb 8 Mb as standard a 16 Mb with optional card BMX RMS 008MPF 1 1 64 8 1 K instructions ms 6 4 K instructions ms 24 V isolated 24 48 V isolated or 100 240 V power supply module 1 9 1 3 Presentation Modicon M340 automation platform at pr PF m ue our vd CEN eS GD I O and application specific modules BMX P34 processor or power supply 1 4 Modicon M340 Automation Platform Processor modules Standard and Performance processors from the Modicon M340 automation platform manage an entire PLC single rack station on which a maximum of 11 slots can be equipped with O Discrete I O modules O Analog I O modules Oo Application specific modules counter Ethernet TCP IP communication The four processors offered have different memory capacities processing speeds number of I O and number and type of communication ports In addition depending on the model they offer a maximum non cumulative of o 512 to 1024 discrete I O O 128 to 256 analog I O O 20 to 36 counter channels O Oto 2 Ethernet TCP IP n
117. Mounting On 1_F rail 35 x 7 5 mm and 35 x 15 mm Operating position Vertical Connections Series Possible see page 5 28 Parallel Possible see page 5 28 Degree of protection IP 20 conforming to IEC 60529 Environment Operating temperature C 25 60 derating from 50 C see page 5 26 Storage temperature C 40 70 Maximum relative humidity 90 during operation 95 in storage Vibration acc to EN 61131 2 3 11 9 Hz amplitude 3 5 mm 4 11 9 150 Hz acceleration 2 g Protection class according to VDE 0106 1 Class Dielectric strength Input output Vrms 4000 lt 50 Hz for 1 min Input ground Vrms 3500 Output ground Vrms 500 Input fuse incorporated No Emissions Radiation EN 55022 Class B and GL levels according to EN 61000 6 3 Conducted on the power line EN 55022 Class B and GL levels Harmonic currents IEC EN 61000 3 2 Immunity Electrostatic discharge IEC EN 61000 4 2 6 kV contact 8 kV air according to EN 61000 6 2 Radiated electromagnetic fields IEC EN 61000 4 3 level 3 10 V m andal Induced electromagnetic fields IEC EN 61000 4 6 level 3 10 V m Rapid transients IEC EN 61000 4 4 4 kV Surges IEC EN 61000 4 5 1 kV Primary outages IEC EN 61000 4 11 voltage dips and interruptions Description References Dimensions Schemes page 23 page 29 page 30 page 31 5 25 Output characteristics Power supplies and transformers Power supplies for DC control circuits Regulated switch mode power supplies Phaseo power supplies Univers
118. NCBDD1 42 ABE7ACCO1 17 ABEZRISMTTI soon 13 BMXP342010 9 490NTCO0005U 26 TSXCANCBDD3 42 ABE7ACCO2 17 ABE7R16S111 12 BMXP342020 9 490NTCO0015 26 TSXCANCBDD5 42 ABE7ACC10 17 ABE7ZR16S111E 12 BMXP342030 9 490NTCO0015U 26 TSXCANCD100 42 ABE7ACC11 sisi 17 ABE7R16S210 12 BMXRMSOO8MP 9 490NTC00040 26 TSXCANCD300 42 ABE7ACC12 15 ABE7R16S210E 12 BMXRMSOO8MPF 9 490NTCO00040U 26 TSXCANCD50 42 ABE7ACC20 17 ABE ZH188212 3 00090090 12 BMXXBO600 15 490NTCOO080 26 TSXCANKCDF180T 42 ABEZACG21 eise us 17 ABE7R16S212E 12 BMXXBP0400 15 490NTC00080U 26 TSXCANKCDF9OT 42 ABE7ACC30 17 ABE7R16T111 12x ex es 13 BMXXBP0800 15 490NTWO00002 26 TSXCANKCDF9OTP 42 ABE7ACC80 17 ABE7R16T210 ier 9 se 13 BMXXBP1200 15 490NTWO0002U 26 TSXCANTDM4 42 ABE7ACC81 17 ABE ZRIOT2A12 suisse 13 BMXXCAUSBHO18 9 490NTWOO0005 26 TSXCSA100 47 ABE7ACC82 17 ABE7R167230 sse 13 BMXXCAUSBHO045 9 490NTWOOO0058U 26 TSXCSA200
119. O 0210 Screw clamp z BMXFTB2010 BMX AMM 0600 Spring type E BMXFTB2020 Preformed cord sets BMX AMI 0410 One 20 pin removable terminal 3m BMXFTW301S BMX AMO 0210 block 5m BMXFTW501S BMX FTW e01S BMX AMM 0600 One end with color coded wires BMX ART 0414 One 40 pin connector 3m BMXFCW301S BMX ART 0814 2 One end with color coded wires 5 m BMXFCW501S Advantys Telefast ABE7 pre wired I O system Advantys Telefast BMX AMI 0410 Distribution of isolated power ABE7CPA410 0 180 ABE7 sub bases supplies Delivers 4 protected isolated power supplies for 4 20 mA inputs Direct connection of 4 inputs BMX ART 0414 Connection and provision of cold ABE7CPA412 0 180 BMX ART 0814 junction compensation for thermocouples Direct connection of 4 inputs Preformed cord sets for BMX AMI 0410 One 20 pin removable terminal 1 5m BMXFCA150 ABE7CPAeee block and one 25 pin SUB D 3m BMXFCA300 E sub bases connector for ABE7CPA410 5 BMXFCA500 E sub base BMX ART 0414 One 40 pin connector and 1 5m BMXFCA152 BMX ART 0814 one 25 pin SUB D connector for 3 m BMXFCA302 ABE7CPA412 sub base 5m BMXFCA502 1 The shielding on the cord sets carrying the analog signals must always be connected to the P t BMX XSPee00 shielding connection kit mounted under the rack holding the analog modules e see page 1 15 i 2 The BMX ART 0814 8 channel module requires two ABE7CPA412 sub bases and two BMX FCA e02 BMX FC
120. Output 11 B4 White green Input 28 60 Output 28 60 Output 12 A4 Brown green Input 29 61 Output 29 61 Output 13 B3 White yellow Input 30 62 Output 30 62 Output 14 A3 Yellow brown Input 31 63 Output 31 63 Output 15 B2 White gray 24 V 24 V 24 V A2 Gray brown 24 V 24V 24V B1 White pink 24V 24V 24V A1 Correspondence of 20 pin removable terminal block pins with the wire colors Correspondence of terminal block pins with the wire colors at the Terminal sheath end Pink brown at sheath end 24 V 24 V 24V Color at sheath 16 channel 8 or 16 channel 16 channel block pin no end inputs outputs 1 0 1 White Input O See page 2 19 Input O 2 Brown Input 1 See page 2 19 Input 1 3 Green Input 2 See page 2 19 Input 2 4 Yellow Input 3 See page 2 19 Input 3 5 Gray Input 4 See page 2 19 Input 4 6 Pink Input 5 See page 2 19 Input 5 7 Blue Input 6 See page 2 19 Input 6 8 Red Input 7 See page 2 19 Input 7 9 Black Input 8 See page 2 19 Sensor common power supply 10 Purple Input 9 See page 2 19 Sensor pwr supply 11 Gray pink Input 10 See page 2 19 Output O 12 Red blue Input 11 See page 2 19 Output 1 13 White green Input 12 See page 2 19 Output 2 14 Brown green Input 13 See page 2 19 Output 3 15 White yellow Input 14 See page 2 19 Output 4 16 Yellow brown Input 15 See page 2 19 Output 5 17 White gray Power supply See page 2 19 Output 6 18 Gray brown common pwr sup Se
121. P_TABLE1 Linearization of characteristic curves using first order interpolation SAH Detection of a rising edge HYST_XXX Detection of high threshold with hysteresis 1 INDLIM_XXX Detection of high and low thresholds with hysteresis 1 Output value processing MS Manual control of an output MS_DB Manual control of an output with dead zone PWM1 Control via pulse width modulation SERVO Control for servo motors SPLRG Control of two Split Range actuators Setpoint management RAMP Ramp generator with separate ascending and descending ramps RATIO Ratio controller SP_SEL Selection of setpoint value local operator or remote processing Based on the sequencing of function blocks the FBD language integrated into Unity Pro programming language is particularly suitable for building control loops Designers can use FBD to easily associate blocks from the CONT_CTL library with their own DFB blocks written in Unity Pro software ST IL or LD language or in C language All Unity Pro standard debugging services see page 4 21 are available In particular the Modicon M340 processor simulator can be used to check correct execution of processing offline The CONT CTL control function block library is available in all versions of Unity Pro software It is compatible with all processors in the Modicon M340 Premium Quantum and Atrium PLC ranges The technical documentation provides many examples of how to set up programmable process
122. Removable screw terminal blocks 170 ADe OTB 1eO DM9LP Consult our catalog Modicon Momentum automation platform Consult our catalog Advantys OTB distributed I O Telemecanique Parallel interface module for TeSys Quickfit and TeSys U motor starters Screw or spring connectors STB Dee Aee Consult our catalog Advantys STB distributed I O 2 35 Presentation Modicon M340 Automation Platform BMX EHC 0200 0800 counter modules BMX EHC 0200 and BMX EHC 0800 counter modules for the Modicon M340 automation platform are used to count the pulses generated by a sensor or to process the signals from an incremental encoder The two modules differ in the number of counter channels maximum input frequencies functions and auxiliary input and output interfaces Counter module No of Maximum Integrated No of No of channels frequency functions physical physical inputs outputs BMXEHCO200 2 60 kHz Upcounting 6 2 Downcounting Period meter Frequency meter Frequency generator Axis control BMXEHCO800 8 10 kHz Upcounting 2 Downcounting Measurement Interface The sensors used on each channel can be B 2 wire 24 V proximity sensors B 3 wire 24 V proximity sensors m 10 30 V output signal incremental encoders with push pull outputs BMX EHC 0200 0800 counter modules can be used to meet the demands of applications such as m Alarm generation on empty unwinder status using the ratio B Sorting small parts usin
123. S7SC3ee ABE7ACC21 16 12mm ABR7S33 No No Voltage free Screw ABE7P16T330 0 900 ABS7A3e Spring ABE7P16T330E 0 900 ABS7SC3ee ABE7ACC21 Common on both poles 5 Screw ABE7P16T332 0 900 ABR7S33 No Yes Voltage free Screw ABE7P16T334 0 900 ABS7A3M ABS7SC3E ABE7ACC21 Yes Yes Common on both poles 5 Screw ABE7P16T318 1 000 Spring ABE7P16T318E 1 000 1 Not equipped with relays 2 2 connection methods are available enabling inputs and outputs to be connected to the same sub base at the same time 3 With relay ABR7S21 for sub base ABE7P16T210 with relay ABR7S23 for sub base ABE7P16T2300 4 Per group of 8 channels 5 Per group of 4 channels Presentation compatibility Dimensions pages 5 8 to 5 9 pages 5 18 to 5 19 5 14 References continued dl Tae ABS7SC1B ia Bah ES 81 ABR7S2e ABR7S3e Connection interfaces Advantys Telefast ABE7 pre wired system Plug in relays Relay Functions Input circuit Output circuit Unit reference Weight width Current Nominal Current 1 Nominal 5mm Output 24V 2A 24 V ABS7SC1B 0 010 10 mm Output 24V 0 5 A 5 48 V ABS7SC2E 0 016 24 240 V ABS7SA2M 0 016 12 mm Input 5V TTL 24 V ABS7EC3AL 0 014 24V 24 V ABS7EC3B2 0 014 Type 2 48 V 24 V ABS7ECS3E2 0 014 Type 2 50 Hz 48 V 24 V ABS7EA3E5 0 014 60 Hz 110 130 V 24 V ABS7EA3F5 0 014 50 Hz 230 240 V 24 V ABS7EA
124. SE OUTPUT START Anpgrss 1 HUMBER OF TLWESHHG J ALTERS COUNTER 1 COUNTER 2 OUTPUT cO OU PUT c OLE PUT CO OT PUT CO Des Dees ci Marge zea Mii Maree Ts ny s Camp oo he es mun p se COUNTER 1 AA rr nmm COUNTER 1 fr 3 COUNTER 2 Vires Cn COUNTER 2 A n la teurs Ier 1 0 modules parameter setting Z nee Pia te Hide Cet MA feed e Al e ee A The cace ss cer endi e er id Bor lee mon ie ed pr The debe opened Sr nri DODO pa tn mero j iasi CODE PALA EI mu Communication folder with 2 networks declared Modicon Automation Platform Unity Pro software Hardware configuration The first step when creating an automation project based on a Modicon M340 Atrium Premium or Quantum platform is to select the processor for which a rack and power supply are defined by default The configuration editor supports the intuitive and graphics based modification and extension of this configuration with the following elements m Racks power supply m PCMCIA memory or communication cards Atrium Premium on the processor m Discrete I O analog I O or application specific modules m Etc Configuration and parameter settings for I O and application specific modules From the configuration screen for Modicon M340 Atrium Premium or Quantum racks the parameters screen displayed for the module concerned can be used to define the operating characte
125. SMTP V3 SNTP client multicast filtering for optimization of the Global Data protocol configuration via Web access VLAN IGMP Snooping RSTP Rapid Scanning Tree Protocol priority port data stream control secure port Topology Number of switches Cascaded Unlimited Redundant in a ring max 50 Redundancy Redundant power supplies redundant single ring ring coupling Power supply Voltage Operation 9 6 60 V 18 30 V safety extra low voltage SELV Power consumption 6 5 W 7 3 W 6 5 W 7 3 W Removable connector 6 pin Operating temperature 0 60 C Relative humidity 10 90 non condensing Degree of protection IP 20 Dimensions WxHxD 74 x 131x111 mm Mounting On symmetrical DIN rail 35 mm wide Weight 0 410 kg Conformity to standards IEC 61131 2 IEC 61850 3 UL 508 UL 1604 Class 1 Division 2 CSA C22 2 14 cUL CSA C22 2 213 Class 1 Division 2 cUL C GL LED indicators Power supply status alarm relay status active redundancy redundancy management fiber port status and fiber port activity Alarm relay Reference Power supply fault Ethernet network fault or communication port fault 1 A max voltage free contact at 24 V TCSESM TCSESM TCSESM TCSESM TCSESM 083F1CU0 083F2CU0 083F1CS0 083F2CS0 083F2CX0 3 34 1 Length depends on the attenuation analysis and attenuation of the fiber optic typical value 2 000 m 2 Length depends on the attenuation analysis and attenuatio
126. SPUZFUCD30E developing EF and EFB 1 station software and blocks electronic documentation 4 33 Presentation 4 34 Modicon M340 Automation Platform Unity SFC View software Unity SFC View is integrated in human machine interface HMI applications for monitoring Unity Pro sequential applications written in sequential function chart language SFC or Grafcet executed by a PLC Set up in the same way as an ActiveX control component Unity SFC View is used to display status information relating to SFC charts executed by a Modicon M340 Premium or Quantum PLC Installed on an HMI station Unity SFC View monitors and controls the status of SFC charts in real time supplying detailed diagnostic data Unity SFC View reads the necessary data from the Unity project database in offline mode The PLC data is accessed online via the OFS OPC Factory Server Without needing to recreate SFC charts in the HMI environment Unity SFC View reads the structure of the SFC charts directly from the Unity project database Modifications made to the SFC application are detected and updated at any time In online mode Unity SFC View accesses the PLC diagnostic data thus enabling awareness and tracking of the occurrence of the first fault and subsequent faults System
127. TCSCCE4F3M05 42 TSXCUSB485 31 ABE7H16R21E xs 11 ARISB3 xicas 17 BMXFCC1001 17 TCSCCE4F3M1 42 TSXPCX1031 31 ABE7H16R23 11 BMXFGOGDB3S estee ses 17 TCSCCU4F3M05 42 UNYSDUDFUCD20 39 ABE7H16R30 500 600 ek 11 CHAPTER 6 BMXFCC103 ce ek 17 TCSCCU4F3M1 42 UNYSDUMFFCD20 37 ABE7H16R31 iil 11 BMXAMI0410 8 BMXFCG2098 cs asa cR Rx 17 TCSCTNO11M11F 43 UNYSDUMFTCD20 37 ABE7H16R50 scies 11 BMXAMMO600 8 BMXFCC303 17 TCSEAAF11F13F00 27 UNYSDUMFUCD20 37 ABE7H16R50E sex 11 BMXAMO0210 8 BMXFCC503 2 2 000050 ss 17 TCSEAAF1LFHOO 27 UNYSMUZUCD30 39 ABE7H16S21 11 BMXART0414 8 BMXFCC1003 17 TCSEAAFILFSO0 27 UNYSPUEFFCD30 30 ABE7HT16S21E 544 ceux was 11 BMXART0814 8 BMXAMI0410 31 TCSEAAFILFUOO 27 UNYSPUEFGCD30 30 ABE7H16843 11 BMXCPS2000 8 BMXART0414 31 TGSEAMOTOO 2 262 seras 27 UNYSPUEFTCD30 30 ABE7H20E100 issues 10 BMXCPS2010 200530900 8 BMXART0814 31 TCSEC1M3M1S2 27 UNYSPUEFUCD30 30 ABE7H20E200 4 10 BMXCPS3020 8 BMXAMO0210 31 TCSECL1M1M10S2 27 UNYSPUEZFCD30 30 ABE7H20E300 10 BMXCPS3500
128. VW3CANKCDF180T 43 ABEZFLMOO ext 17 ABFCO8RO2B 17 BMXDDO6402K 16 FIXONT2MS 26 ce civ ene 42 VW3CANTAP2 42 ABE7FU630 4E 17 ABFCOBRO2R 17 BMXDAO 1605 16 FTACGNSISO sierra 42 ABLZBS3B aida es 47 ABE7H08R10 11 ABFCO8RO2W 17 BMXDRAO805 16 FIXGNS1580 4 om 42 XGSZ24 issus ek eo xe 46 ABEZHO8H11 ve RA 11 ABFCO8R12B 17 BMXDRA1605 16 FTXCN3203 42 XZCC12FCM50B 27 ABETHO8R2T ek 11 ABFCO8R12R 17 BMXDDM16022 17 FIAGNS206 264060659 ses 42 XZCC12FCM50B 43 ABE7HOBS21 oc ase dens cars 11 ABFCO8R12W 17 BMXDDM16025 17 FTXCN3210 5 oso es 42 XZCC12FDM50B 27 ABEZBHT2HTO cis rr 11 ABRAS Eee sas 15 BMXDDM3202K 17 FTXCN3220 42 XZCC12FDM50B 43 ABE7H12R11 rs 11 ABR7S21 iue R 15 BMXFTB2000 17 FTXCN3230 42 XZCC12MCM50B 43 ABE HT2R20 css en 11 ABR7S529 ericsson 15 BMXFTB2010 17 FTXCN3250 series ea 42 XZCC12MDM50B 43 ABE7H12R21 04 coco ke em eek 11 ABRISOS b422 c0netee R4 s 15 BMXFTB2020 17 FIXONGTI x oe 43 XZCP1164L2 is css ns 27 ABE7H12R50 11 ABR7S33E i x 15 BMXFTW301 17 FTXONTL12 sc r s mu 43 XZCP1164L5 27 ABE7H125S21 usure 11 ABR7S37 ccs 15 BMXFTW501 seed sense 17 PIAGY 1208 sucia oda
129. Voltage Operation 9 6 60 V 18 30 V safety extra low voltage SELV Power consumption 6 5W 7 3 W 6 5 W 7 3W Removable connector 6 pin Operating temperature 0 60 C Relative humidity 10 90 non condensing Degree of protection IP 20 Dimensions WxHxD 47 x 1381 x 111 mm Mounting On symmetrical DIN rail 35 mm wide Weight 0 400 kg Conformity to standards IEC 61131 2 IEC 61850 3 UL 508 UL 1604 Class 1 Division 2 CSA C22 2 14 cUL CSA C22 2 213 Class 1 Division 2 cUL C GL LED indicators Power supply status alarm relay status active redundancy redundancy management copper port status and copper port activity Alarm relay Reference Power supply fault Ethernet network fault communication port fault redundancy fault 1 A max voltage free contact at 24 V TCS ESM TCS ESM TCS ESM TCS ESM 043F1CU0 043F2CU0 043F1CS0 043F2CS0 3 32 1 Length depends on the attenuation analysis and attenuation of the fiber optic typical value 2 000 m 2 Length depends on the attenuation analysis and attenuation of the fiber optic typical value 15 000 m Product data sheet Ethernet continued in Machines and installations Ethernet TCP IP Transparent Ready Services Cabling system ConneXium managed switches Ready sl _ x a CI 1 F 4 Switches Copper twisted pair managed Interfaces Copper cable ports Number and type 4 x 10 100BASE TX ports 8 x 10
130. WPS24e00 Universal range of Phaseo power supplies is capable of starting and delivering a nominal current and voltage for a few minutes in the event of failure of one phase Their protection thermal then trips and they are reset automatically Description References page 23 page 29 Dimensions Schemes page 30 page 31 5 27 Output characteristics Power supplies and transformers continuea Power supplies for DC control circuits Regulated switch mode power supplies selection Phaseo power supplies Universal range schemes Series or parallel connection Series connection Parallel connection ABL8RP ABL8RP ABL8RP ABL8RP ABL 8WP ABL 8WP ABL 8WP ABL 8WP bo ome c d 1 1 2 x 24 V I out 24 V 2 x out Family Series Parallel ABL 8RPS 8RPM 8WPS 2 products max 1 2 products max Nota Series or parallel connection is only recommended for products with identical references For better availability the power supplies can also be connected in parallel using the ABL8 RED24400 Redundancy module Type of line supply 115 V phase to neutral 230 V phase to phase 400 V phase to phase Type of protection Thermal magnetic Thermal magnetic Thermal gG gL circuit breaker circuit breaker magnetic fuse circuit breaker Telemecanique Merlin Gerin Telemecanique Merlin Gerin Telemecanique GB2 IEC C60N IEC C60N IEC
131. Y RS SS TE SO SO Discrete BMX DDI ee02K input modules BMX DDO ee02K output modules and BMX DDM 3202K mixed I O modules equipped with one or two 40 pin connectors The module modularity ee is 32 or 64 channels Cord set equipped with connectors one 40 pin connector with one or two 20 pin HE 10s 2 models are available cord sets with one or two 20 wire sheaths 22 AWG equipped with an HE 10 moulded connector BMX FCC ee1 ee3 These cord sets are available in 0 5 1 2 3 5 or 10 m lengths 16 channel Optimum or Universal Advantys Telefast ABE7 passive connection sub bases or adapter sub bases Cord set equipped with connectors including one 25 pin SUB D type on the sub base end 2 models are available depending on the type of connections on the analog module side 20 pin screw terminal block BMX FCAee0 cord set for ABE7CPA410 sub bases 40 pin connector BMX FCAee2 cord set for ABE7CPA412 analog input module These cord sets are available in 1 5 3 or 5 m lengths 5 Sub bases for analog input modules o ABE7CPA410 for connection on a screw terminal block of 4 current voltage inputs of the BMX AMI 0410 analog module with supply of 4 isolated protected power supplies for the current loop inputs o ABE7CPA412 for connection on a screw terminal block of 4 thermocouple inputs for the BMX ART 0414 0814 analog module with supply of cold junction compensation for these inputs 6 7 ABE7ACC02 sub base for splitting
132. YNC input is 100 us The frequency applied to the IN SYNC input is at maximum 1 pulse every 5 ms The maximum value of the preset value is 4 294 967 295 1 The maximum count value is 4 294 967 295 units 1 Loop modulo counting This function is used in packaging and labeling applications where actions are repeated in series of moving objects In the counting direction the counter increases until it reaches the preset modulo value On the next pulse the counter is reset to 0 and counting restarts In the downcounting direction the counter decreases until it reaches the value O On the next pulse the counter is reset to the preset modulo value Downcounting can then restart The maximum frequency applied to the IN A and IN B inputs is 60 kHz The smallest pulse applied to the IN SYNC input is 100 us The frequency applied to the IN SYNC input is at maximum 1 pulse every 5 ms The frequency of the modulo event is at maximum 1 every 5 ms The maximum modulo and counter value is 4 294 967 295 1 32 bit counter counting This function is used mainly in the axis following The maximum frequency applied simultaneously to the IN A and IN B inputs is 60 kHz The smallest pulse applied to the IN SYNC input is 100 us The frequency of the referencing event is at maximum 1 every 5 ms The counter value is between 2 147 483 647 and 2 147 483 647 2 Width modulation In this operating mode the module uses an internal clock generator to s
133. aces catalogue 5 33 Human Machine Interfaces Operator dialogue terminals Magelis graphic terminals Colour LCD TFT with touch sensitive screen 320 x 240 pixels with optimum viewing angle 1 5 7 color 10 4 color Via keypad with Via touch sensitive Via keypad with 10 static function keys screen 12 static function keys 8 soft function keys 10 soft function keys 12 service keys 12 service keys 12 alphanumeric keys 12 alphanumeric keys 16 Mb Flash EPROM via PCMCIA type Il card 50 to 720 application alarm help and print out 30 to 480 application alarm help and print out form pages depending on the memory card form pages depending on the memory card used 512 alarms maximum used 512 alarms maximum 64 Alphanumeric bitmap bargraph gauge potentiometer selector 125 records maximum with 5000 values maximum 16 Yes Access to the PLC real time clock 1 alarm relay Uni TE Modbus KS and for PLC brands Uni TE Modbus KS Modbus TCP IP Uni TE GE Fanuc Omron Allen Bradley and Siemens TCP IP 1 and for PLC brands GE Fanuc Omron Allen Bradley and Siemens RS 232C or RS 422 485 Modbus Plus Fipio Fipway avec carte additive PCMCIA type III 1 Ethernet TCP IP 10BASE T 100BASE TX 1 RS 232C serial link 1 XBT L1003 under Windows 98 Windows 2000 and Windows XP Magelis XBT F01 XBT F02 F03 Consult our Human Mach
134. akes it easier to install the modules since the inputs or outputs can be accessed using screw terminals Two special sub bases are available Advantys Telefast ABE7CPA410 sub base The Advantys Telefast ABE7CPA410 sub base is mainly used in conjunction with the BMX AMI 0410 voltage current analog 4 input module It is used to m Connect the four sensors directly m Remotely locate the input terminals in voltage mode B Power the 4 20 mA conditioners one channel at a time with 24 V voltage protection and circuit limiting to 25 mA while maintaining isolation between channels B Protect the current impedance matching resistors integrated in the sub base against overvoltages BMX FCA ee2 cord sets BMX ART 0414 4 channel module 3 ABE7CPA412 Connection is via the BMX FCA ee0 cord set 1 5 3 or 5 m long sub base Advantys Telefast ABE7CPA412 sub base The Advantys Telefast ABE7CPA412 sub base is specially designed as a wiring interface for the BMX ART 0414 and BMX ART 0814 thermocouple modules It is used to m Connect the four thermocouple probes m Provide external cold junction compensation with a temperature probe integrated in the sub base m Ensure continuity of the shielding The BMX ART 0814 module requires two Advantys Telefast ABE7CPA412 sub bases The connection with each sub base is made via a BMX FCA ee2 cord set 1 5 3 or 5 m long Functions Characteristics References pages 2 26 and 2 27 page
135. al range Derating The ambient temperature is a determining factor that limits the power an electronic power supply can deliver continuously If the temperature around the electronic components is too high their life will be significantly reduced The nominal ambient temperature for the Universal range of Phaseo power supplies is 50 C Above this temperature derating is necessary up to a maximum temperature of 60 C The graph below shows the power in relation to the nominal power that the power supply can deliver continuously depending on the ambient temperature P Pn 96 T e A o A A A ae a ee en rmewwea Ss 80 AAA a ES RS DO d CE ss 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 Maximum operating temperature C ABL 8RPM ABL 8RPS ABL 8WPS mounted vertically Derating should be considered in extreme operating conditions O Intensive operation output current permanently close to the nominal current combined with a high ambient temperature r1 Output voltage set above 24V to compensate for line voltage drops for example r1 Parallel connection to increase the total power General rules to be complied with Intensive operation See derating on above graph Example for ABL 8RPS Without derating from 0 C to 50 C Derating of nominal current by 2 per additional C up to 60 C Rise in output The nominal power is fixed voltage Increasing the output voltage means that the current
136. ally using an external HTML editor FrontPage or similar not supplied User Web pages created in the FactoryCast environment are actual animated supervision screens and can be used to monitor your process Based on Web technologies HTML and Java they provide real time access to PLC variables using the FactoryCast graphic object library Java beans OoOOmgood E rpm cim ere cinis The BMX NOE 0110 FactoryCast module 3 incorporates a standard SOAP XML data server that provides direct interoperability between automation devices and computer management applications MES ERP SAP eNet application etc SOAP XML Web Services embedded in the PLC Communication between platforms or applications is now a necessity in a market where e manufacturing and e business are an essential fact of life for companies Web service technology currently represents the most successful strategy for ensuring interoperability of heterogeneous software applications via an Intranet or the Internet independently of any platform operating system and programming language The standardization of Web services has come about as a result of joint development between Microsoft and IBM among others validated at the W3C World Wide Web Consortium as an open standard It now provides all the tools specifications and environments needed for each platform Web services are based on standards such as m XML eXtensible Markup Language the universal
137. an be used as negative logic source 24 V inputs compatible with 3 wire sensor NPN type but in this case are not IEC compliant 2 9 Characteristics Modicon M340 Automation Platform Discrete I O modules Environment Conformity to standards NEC 63 850 IEC 664 IEC 1131 2 UL 508 UL7 46C CSA 22 2 no 142 Temperature derating The characteristics at 60 C are assured for 60 of inputs and 60 of outputs at state 1 Module BMX DDI 1602 BMX DDI 1603 BMX DDI 3202K BMX DDI 6402K BMX DAI 1602 Number of inputs 16 32 64 16 Connection Spring or screw type 20 pin One 40 pin Two 40 pin Spring removable terminal block connector connectors or screw type 20 pin removable terminal block Nominal input values Voltage V 24 48 24 Current mA 3 5 25 25 1 3 Logic Positive sink Negative source Input limit At state 1 Voltage V gt 11 gt 34 gt 11 gt 15 gt 14 values Current mA e gt 2 52 gt 1 gt 2 for U gt 11 V for U gt 34 V for U gt 11 V for U gt 15 V At state 0 Voltage V lt 5 lt 10 lt 5 Current mA lt 15 lt 0 5 lt 1 5 lt 0 5 Sensor power supply V 19 30 possible 38 60 19 30 possible up to 34 V limited to 1 hour in every including ripple up to 34 V limited 24 hours to 1 hour in every 24 hours Input impedance at nominal voltage KQ 6 8 19 2 9 6 24 6 4 Response time filtering Typical
138. and the supervory level This type of direct integration is also available with the iFix supervisory and control system GE Fanuc Open integration Open integration is based on all the UAG application information made available via XML file format This XML file is generated by UAG and can be imported into many third party SCADA systems once it has been customized using the XLS style sheets specific to the third party system Regardless of whether direct or open integration is involved UAG provides you With total consistency within your control monitoring and supervision system throughout the application s entire life References Modicon Premium Quantum automation platform Unity Application Generator This specialized software program UAG Unity Application Generator is multilingual available in English French and German and is compatible with the Windows 2000 Professional and Windows XP operating systems UAG can be used to model and generate process applications in a collaborative environment It generates the PLC code Unity Pro amp Concept and the elements required by the HMI monitoring system Magelis SCADA Monitor Pro V7 2 or third party supervision systems There are two types of software license available for UAG Medium M and Large L They are determined by the functional level of the HMI integration E The Medium version generates HMI information using customizable XML files XSL style shee
139. andard one connector for a PC servo drive terminal Y connector CANopen Modbus TCSCTN011M11F IP 67 connection accessories For Advantys FTB monobloc I O splitter boxes Designation Composition No Length Reference Weight 1 m kg IP 67 line terminator Equipped with one M12 connector 13 FTXCNTL12 0 010 for end of bus 24 V power supply Equipped with two 5 pin 7 8 connectors 16 0 6 FTXDP2206 0 150 connection cables 1 FTXDP2210 0 190 2 FTXDP2220 0 310 5 FTXDP2250 0 750 Equipped with one 5 pin 7 8 connector at one end 17 1 5 FTXDP2115 0 240 and wires at the other end 3 FTXDP2130 0 430 5 FTXDP2150 0 700 T junction box Equipped with two 5 pin 7 8 connectors FTXCNCT1 0 100 for power supply Separate parts Designation Composition Sold in Reference Weigh t kg Connectors 7 8 type 5 pin Male FTXC78M5 0 050 Female FTXC78F5 0 050 Straight M12 type 5 screw terminals Male XZCC12MDM50B 0 020 Female XZCC12FDM50B 0 020 Angled M12 type 5 screw terminals Male XZCC12MCM50B 0 020 Female XZCC12FCM50B 0 020 Sealing plugs For M8 connector sold in packs of 10 FTXCMO8B 0 100 For M12 connector FTXCM12B 0 100 sold in packs of 10 For 7 8 connector FTXC78B 0 020 Y connector Connection of two M8 connectors to M12 connectoron FTXCY1208 0 020 splitter box Connection of two M12 connectors to M12 connector on FTXCY1212 0 030 splitter box Diagnostics adapter Equipped with two M12 connectors FTXDG12 0 020
140. are transferred from the PLC to the PC a private file specific to Unity Loader is created The operation is then possible in the other direction Unity Pro cannot be used to perform this type of transfer In order to simplify project management Unity Loader defaults to store the three files read in the PLC in the same directory with an identical file name the project name by default but with a different file extension The default choice suggested can be modified by the user Once connected to the PLC Unity Loader displays the characteristics of the data read in the PLC Similarly when the files are selected on the PC the corresponding characteristics are also displayed All the data necessary to decide on the action required is displayed on a single screen The three components of the project are selected by default provided that they are valid for the chosen direction of transfer Transfer of one or two of the components can be disabled All of the transfers are performed in a single command Functions continuea reference Unity Loader Scan Metwork Page 129 169 10 0 tel 133 163 10 10 El ATT DOBLEROIFEJK BMP 1 rise lourd el ris Unity Loader Network scanning Automation platform Modicon M340 PLC Unity Loader software File transfer to the Modicon M340 PLC Ethernet communication module The BMX NOE 0100 BMX NOE 0110 communication modules contain a memory cartridge that can store user web page
141. ation Degree of protection IP 20 Dimensions WxHxD 111x131x111 mm Mounting On symmetrical DIN rail 35 mm wide Weight 0 410 kg cUL 60950 UL 508 and CSA 142 UL 1604 and CSA 213 Class 1 Division 2 C GL Power supply status alarm relay status active redundancy redundancy management fiber port status and fiber port activity Power supply fault Ethernet network fault or communication port fault 1 A max voltage free contact at 24 V Conformity to standards LED indicators Alarm relay TCS ESM 103F2LGO Reference TCS ESM 103F23G0 1 With TCS EAA F1LFUOO fiber optic module to be ordered separately see page 3 27 2 With TCS EAA F1LFHOO fiber optic module to be ordered separately see page 3 27 3 With TCS EAA F1LFS00 fiber optic module to be ordered separately see page 3 27 3 37 Presentation Modicon M340 Automation Platform CANopen machine and installation bus Schneider Electric has selected CANopen for its machines and installations because of its wealth of functions and its resulting benefits in the automation world This decision was based on the general acceptance of CANopen and the fact that CANopen products are increasingly used in control system architectures CANopen is an open network supported by more than 400 companies worldwide and promoted by CAN in Automation CiA CANopen conforms to standards EN 50325 4 and ISO 15745 2 Schneider Electric is he
142. ation s entire life cycle Presentation continuea DO UAG DS iard Microsoft Internet Expterer alc xi Fle Edt Wem Foveetes Tous Hap OA Qh rente Greda DIU Address lis CMOS ond gt uo um n 1 0 pan Schneider Electric pr br 4 1 2004 2 59 35 PM 0200 ntent G header ect f C UAG demolosp te Unity Application Generator v2 0 ener HMI date ow FactoeryFioor twork_type Ethermet sbnate b 255 255 255 0 e DS1 appicat th C UAG e QU1 de ton Quantum ect nar PLCI ect_path CACC mmur pe date server bs1 h j nur 1 t FectoryFloor 139 158 105 10 ant FactoryFioor 139 158 105 112 Modicon Premium Quantum automation platform Unity Application Generator UAG can openly interface with many of the SCADA systems currently available on the market Direct integration Direct integration by UAG automatically generates the Monitor Pro V7 2 supervisory application elements which are E Variables with symbol and attributes M Alarm server configuration BI Trend server configuration real time and historical E Mimics graphic objects of the devices NW Configuration of the Modbus TCP IP communication driver In addition for each modification by UAG the Monitor Pro V7 2 application is automatically updated without any conflicts or risk of disruption of added or changed elements UAG therefore ensures data consistency between the automation control
143. ation A s lt 0 6 lt 1 ao It on activation As 0 15 lt 0 2 lt 0 3 Micro break duration Line accepted ms lt 1 Integrated protection With internal fuse not accessible Secondary Useful power Max W 17 32 3 3 V voltage Nominal voltage V 3 3 2 Nominal current A 2 5 4 5 Typical power W 8 25 14 85 24 V output Nominal voltage V 24 3 Nominal current A 0 7 1 3 Typical power W 16 8 31 2 Integrated protection on the voltages 4 Yes against overloads short circuits and overvoltages Max dissipated power W 8 5 Max length of Copper wires with 1 5 mm cross section m 20 10 power Supply Copper wires with 2 5 mm cross section m 30 15 cable Insulation Dielectric strength Primary secondary and primary ground Vrms 1 500 50 Hz for 1 min at an altitude of 0 4 000 m Insulation resistance Primary secondary MQ gt 10 and primary ground y power supply module BMX CPS 2000 BMX CPS 3500 Primary Voltages Nominal V 100 240 Limit including ripple V 85 264 Frequencies Nominal limit Hz 50 60 47 63 Power Apparent VA 70 120 Current Input nominal rms Arms 0 61 at 115 V 0 31 at 240 V 1 04 at 115 V 7 0 52 at 240 V Initial power up V 120 240 120 240 at 25 C inrush A 30 60 30 60 1 12t on activation A s lt 0 5 lt 2 lt 1 lt 3 It on activation As 0 03 0 06 lt 0 05 lt 0 07 Micro break d
144. ation for each alarm O Dates and times of the occurrence removal of a fault r1 Alarm message r1 Alarm status O Type of associated diagnostic function block DFB JA dg poe ie o AA Bree Graphic Data Editor function This function is used to create the graphic views animated by the PLC variables that can be accessed via their address or their symbol 3 access to located data The ready to use graphic editor is available online connected to the BMX NOE 0110 module 1 ee a a a Sa Pr A o APN p j These views are created from a library of predefined graphic objects by simple pes copy paste operations The objects are configured to suit the user s requirements Analog Maler Mose Conia Savion on ES color PLC variables name etc i List of proposed graphic objects nm mel s h JE a m Analog and digital indicators Lan ii A I TF E hommaan Mensage une Rotary Select mc SL Horizontal and vertical bar charts Boxes for displaying messages and entering values Push button boxes Functions for recording trends Vats valves motors etc Library of predefined graphic objects Customized graphic objects can be added to this list They can be reused in user Web pages that have been created using standard software for editing HTML pages The views thus created are saved in the BMX NOE 0110 module and displayed using any Web browser Swe ST Eu User Web page hostin
145. avily involved in working groups which are important for machine and installation architectures systems and products CANopen brings transparency to Ethernet CAN in Automation and Modbus IDA have worked together to create a standard that ensures total transparency between CANopen and Modbus TCP IP The result of this collaboration has been the CiA DSP309 2 specification defining communication standards between a Modbus TCP IP network and a CANopen bus The specification defines mapping services enabling CANopen devices to communicate with a Modbus TCP IP network through a gateway The data ina CANopen device can be accessed in both read and write mode This specification is the first standard available for developing an open standard communication between Modbus TCP IP and CANopen It is driving Schneider Electric network solutions toward better integration diagnostics and configuration of distributed applications It allows machines and installations to be connected to an Ethernet network continuously while combining the advantages of each network in its specific area Lexium 15 Modicon M340 Lexium 05 ATV 31 Advantys STB 1 to 127 slaves Osicoder FTB 1CN FTB 1CN TeSys Quickfit with TeSys D The CANopen bus is a multi master bus ensuring reliable deterministic access to real time data in control system devices The CSMA CA protocol is based on broadcast exchanges sent cyclically or on an event to ensu
146. be displayed separately or at the same time horizontal or vertical windows by clicking the icons in the Ta Structural view toolbar 3 Station Y enin Structural view 2 Local Quantum Bus a Ei de 1 Quantum Drop for local This conventional view allows you to access all the different components of the m E 1 140 XBP 010 00 application configuration programming function blocks debugging etc via the 00 Bree 2 40 xBP 008 00 application browser Derived Data Types _ Derived FB Types ES Variables amp FB instances The browser gives an overall view of the program and offers fast access to all y Elementary Variables application components oO sioe 1 Configuration editor 10 ived Yariabl E 2 DFB user function block and DDT Derived Data Type editors 3 Communication 4 Program editor Mee O O O 5 Variables editor a Description architectur z ETHERNET Usine 5 Animation tables editor Cy Program 7 Operator screens editor Y Tasks 5 Documentation editor CN MAST 3 Sections SF Sections From any level in the tree structure you can E Events 9 Create a hyperlink to a comment or description Y 2 pon 10Create a directory for storing hyperlinks used to access a set of user folders Lontrainte timer poc Y KO Events From this level it is also possible to zoom in and only view the detailed levels for a Operator Screens bh Documentation E ES Title page Functional view e Genera
147. block r1 One or two 40 pin connector s A wide range of discrete inputs and outputs can be used to meet whatever requirements arise in terms of O functions AC or DC I O positive or negative logic r1 modularity 8 16 32 or 64 channels per module The inputs receive signals from the sensors and perform the following functions O acquisition O adaptation O electrical isolation O filtering O protection against interference signals The outputs memorize commands issued by the processor to enable control of the actuators via the decoupling and amplification circuits BMX Del DeO DRA discrete I O modules are standard format 1 slot Their case ensures IP 20 protection of the electronics and they are locked into position by a captive screw 1 A gt l O modules connected via 20 pin removable terminal block 2 1 Rigid body providing support and protection for the electronic card 2 Module reference marking a label is also visible on the right hand side of the module Ss gm 3 Channel status display block 4 Connector accepting the 20 pin removable terminal block for connecting sensors or preactuators 4 To be ordered separately A BMX FTB 2060 20 pin removable terminal block or a preformed cord set with a 20 pin removable terminal block at one end and wires at the other see page 2 7 b Module and 20 pin removable terminal block I O modules connected via 40 pin connector 1 Rigid body providing support and prot
148. c a tat m E Enabia Trarnier User eh Files Data Shear Lees aes Files Ha Data Siege ea organes Mer Card Long dia ppl PLE Rum Base UK Fia pec 131 22 EE ua EE EE EE Unity Loader Project tab Unity Loader 1 0 Dci Vase AAA MAC Adee CORRE TS Birsig Card Mea adden 1500 PUE RUN Sue Fes Space Unity Loader Operating System tab 4 40 Automation platform Modicon M340 PLC Unity Loader software Unity Loader is companion software to Unity Pro and is used to perform maintenance operations on automation applications Its easy setup and the small size of its executable make it an essential tool for updating Modicon M340 PLC projects when it is not necessary to read or modify the program It is also essential software for updating the embedded software on the M340 PLC It performs the following two main functions m Transfer of automation project components from the PC to the PLC or from the PLC to the PC such as the program data files and user Web pages stored in the memory cartridge m Transfer of embedded software from the PC to the processor or Ethernet communication modules The software is designed to be used by people with limited automation expertise The interface consists of four tabs and buttons within each of the tabs to perform different operations B Thefirst tab Project is used for project transfers program data and user files The three exchan
149. cation 1 Prj1 2 This line displayed in red belongs to application 2 Prj2 The source code extracts of both applications can be used to locate the differences precisely Differentiation report The Report command allows to generate the report file txt ompared Files E 1 D Test UDIFMATVv17 XEF Prj2 D XTest UDIFXATv25 XEF amp ectalmsrEC OGeBHLERERCOb SELAE ateTime of ReportGeneration 26 03 2007 10 16 13 achine Name so fravier indows UserName FR ACC FRavier First file D Test_UDIF ATV17 XEF seit Name 04604 CIRE T el Size 4163 72 KB Date 2007 1 26 yyyy mm dd Time 14 16 17 hh mm ss Version 1 0 289 Product Unity Pro L V2 2 0 c806 Company Schneider Automation PLC Address 2 0 5YS XIPO1 Second file D Test UDIFNATv25 XEF Name DA604 Size 4183 58 KB Date 2007 1 26 yyyy mm dd Time 14 15 33 hh m ss Version 1 0 403 Product Unity Pro L V2 2 0 c806 Company Schneider Automation PLC Address 2 0 SYS XIPO1 ompared Part s Configuration MODIFIED O ADDED 21 DELETED 21 Derived Data Types NO DIFFERENCES Derived FB Types MODIFIED 51 ADDED 2 DELETED 24 MOVED Variables amp FB Instances MODIFIED 29 ADDEO 71 DELETED 2 Communi cation MODIFIED O ADDEO DELETED 2 Motion NO DIFFERENCES Program MODIFIED 88 ADDED O DELETEO O MOVED 0 Function Block Diagram MODIFIED 48 ADDED 93 DELETED 70 Ladder Diagram MODIFIED 276
150. cation that operates on the computer station m SNMP agent for the network device server application al Transparent Ready devices can be managed by any SNMP network manager er pests d rr including the HP Openview and IBM Netview e Ti The SNMP managers standard protocol is used for access to configuration and IEEE en management objects that are contained in the device MIB Management Information send A es 7 Base These MIBs must comply with certain standards to be accessed by any O L3 msm 9 commercially available manager but depending on the complexity of products manufacturers can add certain objects to private databases H CLEFS rene rt AA Lg LL ut ajta inte il Tad TES DA E TR vri ai reri um ers a AER RACE AH Li Automatic recognition of IP devices via the ConneXview diagnostic software for Ethernet industrial networks u The Transparent Ready private MIB presents management objects specific to the Telemecanique offering These objects simplify the installation setup and maintenance of Transparent Ready devices in an open environment using standard network management tools Transparent Ready devices support 2 levels of SNMP network management m The Standard MIB ll interface An initial level of network management is accessible via this interface It enables the manager to identify the devices making up the architecture and retrieve general information on the conf
151. ccess to the various graphic symbols in the language via the mouse or keyboard O pop up menu which can be accessed by right clicking with the mouse m Unlimited number and length of comments These comments can be positioned as text objects in any cell graphical languages or at any point in expressions textual languages m Assisted data entry functions for O Accessing DFB function libraries the variables editor or the text object for entering comments O Initializing a variable reference O Initializing the animation table on selected variables O Displaying and modifying the properties of the selected variable O Creating variables in real time without having to use the data editor B Cut Copy Paste Delete Move B Setting bookmarks on lines of text or in the margin so that you can O Easily locate lines in important program sections O Browse in an editor by bookmark label or the line and column number Presentation Setup Structure Functions References page 4 4 pages 4 5 to 4 8 pages 4 9 to 4 11 pages 4 18 to 4 28 pages 4 29 and 4 31 4 12 IEC languages continued Modicon Automation Platform Unity Pro software Each section or subroutine using Ladder language consists of a series of rungs which are executed sequentially by the PLC Each rung consists of graphic objects placed in cells arranged in columns and lines corresponding to contacts links coils operation blocks EF EFB DFB function blocks jum
152. control function blocks in FBD LD IL and ST languages The techniques for adjusting process control loops are described in the document Process control Unity V3 0 available on the www telemecanique com website 1 XXX depending on the type of variable DINT INT UINT UDINT REAL Modicon M340 Automation Platform Distributed I O system CANopen 1 monobloc splitter Splitter of 16 I 8 1 8 O 12 l 4 O 16 I O or 8 I 8 1 0 24 V 24 V M12 connectors Plastic and metal Consult our catalog IP 67 splitter boxes 2 34 Ethernet TCP IP 1 base with 1 communicator Ethernet TCP IP CANopen Modbus communication RS 485 1 interface module Ethernet TCP IP CANopen 1 NIM interface module 32 I O modules Base of 161 321 80 160 32 O 10 1 8 O 121 80 Module of 21 41 61 161 20 40 600r 160 16 1 8 O 16 1 12 O and 16 1 16 O 24 V 120 V and 230 V 24 V 24 V 115 V and 230 V 24 V 120 V 230 V a and relay Bases 8 16 or 4 O voltage current Base 4 thermocouple or RTD Base 2 channels 10 kHz 200 kHz 24 V and relay Integrated in interface module 2 channels 5 kHz 20 kHz 2 PWM function channels 24 V 115 230 V a and relay Modules 2 and 2 O voltage current Module 2 thermocouple or RTD Module 1 channel 40 kHz Base 6 1 30 120 V with 1 Modbus port Screw or spring terminal blocks Plastic
153. converter converts the application into Unity Pro but does not guarantee that it will operate correctly in real time lt is therefore essential to test or debug any converted application PL7 Unity Pro software converter Premium and Atrium slot PLC The conversion can be performed from a PL7 application V4 or later Premium PLC or Atrium slot PLC In order to perform the conversion the source file complete application or source file user function block must be exported in PL7 The conversion procedure is similar to that of the Concept conversion described above Note Conversion of PLC applications created with Concept Modsoff and ProWORX 1M software in LL984 is possible Please consult your local sales office OS Loader software is designed for updating operating systems on Atrium Premium and Quantum platforms and is supplied with Unity Pro software It can be used to upgrade the processor and modules from PL7 or Concept software for compatibility with Unity Pro m Premium TSX P57 2e3M 2623M and TSX P57 3e3M 3623M processors m Quantum 140 CPU 434 12A and 140 CPU 534 14A processors requires PV 04 or later m Ethernet TSX ETY e102 and 140 NOE 771 e1 communication modules These operating system updates are performed as follows for the various types of processor m Uni Telway RS 485 terminal link for Premium processors m Modbus or Modbus Plus terminal link for Quantum processors m Ethernet TCP IP ne
154. d can be created by data entry or initialized automatically from the selected program section In addition to data animation it is possible to m Modify bit variables or force them to O or 1 m Change the display format m Copy or move variables B Search by cross reference m Display the list of forced bits These tables can be stored in the application Debugging of DFB user function blocks The parameters and public variables of these blocks are displayed and animated in real time using animation tables with the possibility of modifying and forcing the required objects In the same way as with other program elements the watchpoint breakpoint step by step execution and program code diagnostics functions can be used to analyze the behavior of DFBs Setting a breakpoint in a DFB user function block instance stops the execution of the task containing this block Presentation Setup page 4 4 pages 4 5 to 4 8 Structure IEC language References pages 4 9 to 4 11 pages 4 12 to 4 17 pages 4 29 and 4 31 4 21 Functions continuea Processing parameters C Initialize Chart Disable Time Check Y Disable Transitions Disable Actions Operation Clear Chart Set Pre positionned Select active steps Set Selected Steps Modicon Automation Platform Unity Pro software Debugging in Sequential Function Chart SFC language The various debugging tools are also available in SFC language Howev
155. d in the toolbars My debug toolbar X OW 2 aS amp GS D ED User created toolbar containing all the debugging tools Ge It is also possible to enhance Unity Pro s main menu bar by adding direct links to CNRS z other software tools Toolbars Tools A utility in the Unity Pro program group can be used to change the working language This is then applied the next time the program is launched Six languages are available English French German Italian Spanish and Chinese Add Menu Text Advantys configuration software Remove Command C Program Files Schneider El Bem Arguments PF Initial Director ne MoveDown ok Ame ae Menu for adding and deleting tool access from Unity Pro Presentation Structure IEC language Functions References page 4 4 pages 4 9 to 4 11 pages 4 12 to 4 17 pages 4 18 to 4 28 pages 4 29 and 4 31 4 8 Software structure Modicon Automation Platform Unity Pro software E ees A AI AAA OTtWare struciure The Modicon M340 Atrium Premium and Quantum platforms set up by Unity Pro software support two types of application structure m Single task This is the more simple default structure in which only the master task is executed m Multitask This structure which is more suitable for high performance real time events consists of a master task a fast task periodic tasks and high priority event triggered tasks T
156. d system Hsc Y i requirements qualification X RO System ood Automation Camp Manufacturing Practice build UAG uses ISA S88 standard terminology for batch control and adopts the GAMP methodology for creating an automated system The inclusion of these two standards provides major support in the task of approving and validating processes Validation according to FDA 21CFR Part 11 regulations is simplified by UAG as it provides All process information at a single point based on functional analysis Automatic generation of process applications by UAG Archiving in compliance with FDA regulations Alog of all interactions by UAG Electronic documentation UAG tracks and documents every modification made The version control system in compliance with regulation FDA 21 CFR Part 11 ensures simple straightforward validation Active collaboration Compatible with third party tools UAG arranges existing information according to your operating objectives and constraints Open import export interfaces are available at every level facilitating the connection of third party tools at any time This means that you can share your expertise by reusing for example data from your CAD tools Total user accessibility With its multi user environment and common language UAG facilitates sharing among process and PLC developers as well as maintenance engineers and operating staff UAG ensures optimum productivity throughout your applic
157. d twisted pair cables Description Preformed at both ends Rep Length Reference Weight m ft kg Straight cables 2 RJ45 connectors 1 2 6 6 490NTWO00002 For connection to terminal 5 16 4 490NTWO0005 E devices DTE 12 39 4 490NTWO0012 40 131 2 490NTW00040 80 262 5 490NTW00080 Crossed cord 2 RJ45 connectors 2 5 16 4 490NTC00005 cables For connections between 15 49 2 490NTC00015 nubs Switches RIO 40 131 2 490NTC00040 transceivers 80 262 5 490NTC00080 UL and CSA 22 1 approved shielded twisted pair cables Description Preformed at both ends Rep Length Reference Weight kg Straight cables 2 RJ45 connectors 3 2 6 6 490NTW00002U For connection to terminal devices DTE 5 16 4 490NTWOO005U 12 39 4 490NTWO0012U 40 131 2 490NTWO00040U 80 262 5 490NTWOO080U 2 RJ45 connectors 4 For connections between hubs switches and transceivers Crossed cord cables 5 16 4 490NTCOO005U 15 49 2 490NTCO0015U 40 131 2 490NTC00040U 80 262 5 490NTC00080U These glass fiber optics are for making connections m To a terminal device DTE m Between hubs transceivers and switches Description Preformed at both ends Rep Length Reference Weight kg Glass fiber optic 1 SC connector 5 5 16 4 490NOC00005 cables 1 MT RJ connector 1 ST connector BFOC 6 5 16 4 490NOT00005 1 MT RJ connector 2 MT RJ connectors 7 3
158. d wires at the 5m FTXCN3150 other end 1 For numbers see page 3 41 2 For connection to the Controller Inside programmable card the VW3 CAN KCDF 180T connector can also be used 3 Standard environment Without any particular environmental constraints Operating temperature between 5 C and 60 C Fixed installation Harsh environment Resistance to hydrocarbons industrial oils detergents solder splashes Relative humidity up to 100 Saline atmosphere Significant temperature variations Operating temperature between 10 C and 70 C Mobile installation 3 42 References continued m B VW3 CAN A71 AMO 2CA 001V000 FTX DP21ee XZ CC12eDM50B XZ CC12eCM50B FTX CY1208 Platform Modicon M340 Automation CANopen machine and installation bus Wiring system Description Designation No Length Unit Weight 1 reference kg CANopen connector 9 pin female SUB D Switch for line termination VW3CANKCDF180T E for Altivar 71 drive 2 Cables exit at 180 Adapter for Altivar 71 CANopen adapter SUB D to RJ45 VW3CANA71 drive Preformed CANopen One RJ45 connector at each end 10 0 3 m VW3CANCARRO3 cord sets for Altivar im VW3CANCARR1 m and Lexium 05 drives CANopen bus Hardware interface for a link conforming to the 14 AM02CA001V000 0 110 adapter for Lexium 15 CANopen st
159. der Modbus master slave RTU ASCII protocol or under character mode protocol For this serial port these processors have the following on the front panel Adisplay block comprising among other LEDs O SER COM LED yellow Activity on the Modbus serial link lit or failure on an equipment present on the link flashing 2 An RJ45 connector for the Modbus serial link or character mode link RS 232C RS 485 non isolated and its black indicator 3 Note For complete processors descriptions see page 1 5 BMX P34 2000 Characteristics References page 3 45 page 3 45 3 44 Characteristics Modicon M340 Automation references Platform Modbus serial link and character mode Protocol Modbus Character mode Structure Type Non isolated serial link 7 Method of access Master slave type Physical Interface RS 232 2 wires RS 485 2 wires RS 232 4 wires RS 485 2 wires Transmission Mode Asynchronous in baseband Asynchronous in baseband Frame RTU ASCII Half duplex Full duplex Half duplex Data rate 0 3 19 2 Kbit s default 19 2 Kbit s 0 3 19 2 Kbit s default 19 2 Kbit s Medium Shielded twisted pair Simple or double Shielded twisted pair shielded twisted pair Configuration Number of devices 2 point to point 32 max per segment 2 point to point 32 max per segment Maximum number of link addresses 248 248 Maximum length of bus 15m 10 m non isolated link 15m 10 m non isolated
160. description and status and to the PLC diagnostics services Data Editor access to the configuration functions and PLC variables Standard Ethernet TCP IP communication service Modbus TCP messaging read write data words Ethernet TCP IP I O Scanning advanced _ Global Data NS FDR Client Automatic assignment of IP address and network parameters SMTP E mail notification SNMP network administrator Yes SOAP XML Web services No Bandwidth management Yes Structure Physical interface 10BASE T 100BASE TX RJ45 Data rate 10 100 Mbit s with automatic recognition Medium Twisted pair Modicon No of discrete I O 1024 M340 No of analog I O 256 processor No of application specific channels 36 Max no of Ethernet TCP IP connections 2 integrated port and BMX NOE 0100 0110 network module Other integrated communication ports Modbus serial link or character mode CANopen bus Operating temperature 0 60 C Relative humidity 10 95 non condensing during operation Degree of protection IP 20 Power supply Via the power supply of the rack supporting the processor Conformity to standards IEC EN 61131 2 UL 508 CSA 22 2 n 142 CSA 22 2 n 213 Class 1 Division 2 C LED indicators Activity on the Ethernet TCP IP network ETH ACT green Status of the Ethernet TCP IP network ETH STS green Data rate on the 10 or 100 Mbit s Ethernet TCP IP network ETH 100 red
161. ding services to handle information exchanged with hardware modules formatting data scaling m Motion Function Blocks library containing a set of predefined functions and data structures to manage motion on drives and servo drives connected on CANopen m Motion library for motion control and fast counting m System library which provides EFBs for the execution of system functions such as evaluation of scan time availability of several different system clocks SFC section monitoring and display of system state as well as management of files inside the Modicon M340 memory cartridge B Obsolete library containing all function blocks used by legacy programming software that are needed to perform application conversions Type library manager ini x Management of user standards AM Types variable types FFE Types Users may create libraries and families for storing their own DFB function blocks and Me 7 EF WE FOB H DOT DDT data structures This enhancement allows users to take advantage of programming standards adapted to their needs along with version management This means that it is possible to m Check the version of the elements used in an application program against those stored in the library m Perform an upgrade if necessary Got fritas Hop User defined library manager Presentation Setup Structure IEC language References page 4 4 pages 4 5 to 4 8 pages 4 9 to 4 11 pages 4 12 to 4 17 pages 4 29 and 4 31
162. e configuration parameters to it 4 The substituted device checks that all these parameters are ompatible with its own characteristics and switches to operational mode a E The FDR server can be ee O Modicon M340 Ethernet module BMX NOE 0100 0110 for Advantys STB I O o A Modicon Premium Ethernet module TSX ETY 4103 5103 o A Modicon Quantum PLC Ethernet module 140 NOE 771 01 771 11 o A Modicon Premium processor with integrated Ethernet port TSX P57 eeeeM O A Modicon Quantum processor with integrated Ethernet port 140 CPU 651 50 60 Presentation Performance Selection References Connections pages 3 4 and 3 5 pages 3 16 to 3 21 pages 3 2 and 3 3 pages 3 22 and 3 23 pages 3 24 to 3 37 3113 Functions continuea Modicon M340 Automation Platform Ethernet TCP IP network and communication services and Transparent Ready services UI IC LI Conunuegd Global Data service Distribution group 1 Data exchange 4 Kb max IP multicast 239 255 255 251 Modicon Premium n F E TE Em JO LO OIL D I Ethernet TCP IP mmm A i gt mm TEC ETE EU El e Modicon Premium IP multicast 289 255 255 250 Distribution group 2 IJ ep OC _ L OU LUO Al The Global Data service exchanges data in real time between stations b
163. e redundancy redundancy management edundancy redundancy management copper port status and copper port activity iber port status and fiber port activity Alarm relay Power supply fault Ethernet network fault or communication port fault 1 A max voltage free contact at 24 V Reference TCS ESM 043F23F0 TCS ESM 083F23F0 3 33 Product data sheet continued Ethernet in Machines and installations Ethernet TCP IP Transparent Ready Services Cabling system ConneXium managed switches Ready Switches Copper twisted pair and fiber optic managed Interfaces Copper cable ports Number and type ux 6 x 7X 6 x 10 100BASE T ports 10 100BASE TX 10 100BASE TX 10 100BASE TX ports ports ports Shielded connectors RJ45 Medium Shielded twisted pair category CAT 5E Total length of pair 100 m Fiber optic ports Number and type 1 x 100BASE FX 2x 100BASE FX 1 x 100BASE FX 2x 100BASE FX 1 1 x port ports port ports 100BASE FX port Connectors Duplex SC Medium Multimode optical fiber Single mode optical fiber Single mode optical fiber and multimode optical fiber Length of optical fiber 50 125 um fiber 5 000 m 1 5 000 m 1 62 2 125 um fiber 4 000 m 1 4 000 m 1 9 125 um fiber 32 500 m 2 32 500 m 2 Attenuation analysis 50 125 um fiber 8 dB 8 dB 62 2 125 um fiber 11 dB 11 dB 9 125 um fiber 16 dB 16 dB Ethernet services FDR
164. e 20 pin terminal block 3m BMXFTW301 0 850 one end with wires One end with color coded wires 5m BMXFTW501 1 400 10m BMXFTW1001 2 780 Preformed cordsets for I O modules with 40 pin connectors Description No of Composition Cross Length Reference Weight sheaths section kg Preformed cord sets with 1 x 20 One 40 pin connector 0 324 mm 3m BMXFCW301 0 820 BMX FTW e01 one end with wires wires 16 One end with 5m BMXFCW501 1 370 channels color coded wires 10m BMXFCW1001 D 770 2 x 20 One 40 pin connector 0 324 mm 3m BMXFCW303 0 900 wires 32 Two ends with 5m BMXFCW503 1 490 channels color coded wires 10m BMXFCW1003 2 960 BMX FCW e01 Preformed cord sets for 1 x 20 One 40 pin connector 0 324 mm 0 5m BMXFCCO51 0 140 Telefast Advantys ABE7 wires 16 One HE 10 connector dm BMXFCC101 0 195 sub bases channels 2m BMXFCC201 0 560 3m BMXFCC301 0 840 5m BMXFCC501 1 390 10m BMXFCC1001 2 780 BMX FCW e03 2x20 One 40 pin connector 0 324 mm 0 5m BMXFCC053 0 210 wires 32 Two HE 10 connectors 1m BMXFCC103 0 350 A channels 2m BMXFCC203 0 630 e SE Y 3m BMXFCC303 0 940 BMX FCC e01 5m BMXFCC503 1 530 10m BMXFCC1003 3 000 Characteristics Connections pages 2 11 to 2 15 pages 2 6 to 2 9 27 Connections Modicon M340 Automation Platform Discrete I O modules BMX DDI 1602 BMX DDI 3202K 6402K Chnl Sensors Chnl Sensors Sensors 0 32 1 33 2 34 3 35 36 4 37 5 38 6 3
165. e ACC10 11 53 101 H16R3e 112 22 S16S2ee 194 82 Hj BIO 0 0 0000000000000 Il pss ss O D Kuss 0005 Rene 10 peooooodoocooood AOEO U H12R50 72 82 RO8S210 113 82 R16T3ee 250 101 H16R50 72 82 R16S111 113 82 P08T330 150 101 R08S1 11 72 82 R16S21e 194 82 P16T3ee 260 101 CPAO1 131 82 S08S2B0 113 22 P16F3ee 260 101 CPA02 113 82 S08S2B1 194 22 CPA1e 131 82 CPA03 113 82 Presentation compatibility References pages 5 8 and 5 9 pages 5 18 to 5 19 5 19 Power supplies and transformers Power supplies for DC control circuits Phaseo power supplies Single phase N L1 or 2 phase L1 L2 connection Single phase N L1 connection Yes for ABL 7RP not for ABL 8REM and not applicable for ABL 8MEM and ABL 7RM Yes Yes voltage detection Automatic restart on elimination on the fault 1 25 to 1 4 In during 1 minute depending on model with ABL8MEM No 4 d s Lj Consult our Phaseo Power supplies and transformers catalog 1 Except ABL 8RPM24200 100 120 V and 200 240 V 2 converter module requires to be associated with the Phaseo Universal range power supply 5 Single phase N L1 or2 phase L1 L2 connection 3 phase L1 L2 L3 connection 3 phase L1 L2 L3 connection Yes Yes Yes current limitation or undervoltage detection Yes current limitation Yes depending on model Yes with buffer module battery and battery check mod
166. e can carry out a maximum of 1 measurement every 5 ms The smallest measurable pulse is 100 ys even if the unit defined by the user is 10 ps The maximum measurable duration is 4 294 967 295 units 1 unit to be defined Ratio count The ratio count mode only uses the IN A and IN B inputs This count mode consists of 2 modes m Ratio 1 used to divide 2 frequencies and useful in applications such as flowmeters and mixers for example m Ratio 2 used to subtract 2 frequencies and useful in the same applications but requiring more precise regulation more similar frequencies Ratio 1 mode presents the results in thousandths in order to have better accuracy a display of 2000 corresponds to a value of 2 and ratio 2 mode presents the results in Hz The maximum frequency that the module can measure on the IN A and IN B inputs is 60 kHz The maximum measurable value is 4 294 967 295 units 1 Downcounting This function is used to list a group of operations In this mode activation of the synchronization function starts the counter which starting with a preset value decreases on each pulse applied to the IN A input until it reaches the value 0 This downcounting is made possible when the enable function has been activated The counting register is thus updated at intervals of 1 ms One basic use of this mode is to use an output to signal the end of a group of operations when the counter reaches O The smallest pulse applied to the IN S
167. e page 2 19 Output 7 19 White pink Power supply See page 2 19 Preactuator pwr sup 20 Pink brown Power supply See page 2 19 Preactuator pwr sup 2 21 2 22 Modicon M340 Automation Platform Analog I O modules E E c Isolated low level voltage inputs resistors thermocouples and temperature probes en LA E Multi range 40 mV 80 mV 160 mV 320 mV 640 mV and 1 28 V Thermocouples type B E J K L N R S T U Temperature probes type Pt 100 Pt 1000 Ni 100 Ni 1000 and Cu 10 2 3 or 4 wire Resistors 2 3 or 4 wire 400 Q or 4 000 Q 4 channels 8 channels 400 ms for all 4 channels 400 ms for all 8 channels 16 bits Between channels 750 V Between channels and bus 2 000 V Between channels and ground 750 V Via 40 pin connector Via two 40 pin connectors BMX FCW e01S cord sets with one end with color coded wires 3 or 5 m long 2 32 Sub base with 4 channels for direct connection of 4 thermocouples plus connection and provision of cold junction compensation 5 16 and 2 32 A Available 4 quarter 2007 Telemecanique Analog inputs Isolated high level inputs Analog outputs Isolated high level outputs Mixed analog I O Non isolated high level Non isolated high level inputs outputs Voltage current Voltage current Voltage current TON 0 TON 0 25 V L5 V 25 V 10V 10 V 0 10
168. e power supply will become operational again if the fault has disappeared after de energizing the primary for a few seconds Nota In both these modes any overload of less than 1 5 In and lasting less than 4 s will be absorbed by the boost circuit and the voltage delivered will stay within the specified limits adjustment voltage 396 Manual reset protection mode ABL 8RPM24200 ABL 8RPS24e00 ABL 8WPS24000 U out 28 8 24 Boost4 s 21 6 In 1 21n 1 5In out Boost repeat accuracy Pout 75 0 Automatic reset protection mode ABL 8RPM24200 ABL 8RPS24eee ABL 8WPS24000 U out 28 8 24 Boost 4 s 21 6 In 1 2 In 1 5 In lout The ABL 8RPS RPM WPS Universal range of Phaseo power supplies has a power reserve allowing them to supply the application with energy up to 1 5 times the nominal current at the intervals illustrated by the graph opposite The boost amplitude and repeat accuracy depend on O The overload duration O The overload intensity O The period between each consumption peak When the power supply can no longer cope repeated overloads overload duration gt 4 seconds power rating gt 150 of nominal power the integrated protection trips This type of operation is described in detail in the user manual which can be downloaded from our website www telemecanique com Behavior in the event of phase failure on three phase power supplies The ABL 8
169. e transfer of a Modicon M340 Atrium Premium or Quantum PLC configuration prepared in the SIS Pro costing and configuration tool for use in the creation of a project in Unity Pro This import function means that the user does not have to repeat the PLC configuration process when this has already been completed in the SIS Pro tool 1 XML language Open text based language providing structural and semantic information Presentation Setup Structure IEC language References page 4 4 pages 4 5 to 4 8 pages 4 9 to 4 11 pages 4 12 to 4 17 pages 4 29 and 4 31 4 26 Functions continued Modicon Automation Platform Unity Pro software Unity Pro s integrated conversion tools can be used to convert PLC applications created with Concept and PL7 programming and setup software in Unity Pro applications Concept Unity Pro software converter Quantum PLC The conversion can be performed from a Concept V2 5 application possible in V2 11 or later but only once it has been updated to version V2 5 In order to perform the conversion the application must be exported to an ASCII file in Concept The export file is converted into Unity Pro source files automatically This source file is then analyzed by Unity Pro At the end of the procedure a conversion report is generated and an output window displays any conversion errors from which the part of the program to be modified can be accessed directly The Concept application
170. e when the DC solid state outputs are configured This configuration offers a choice between O Fallback The channels are set to O or 1 according to the fallback value defined for the group of 8 corresponding channels O Maintain The outputs maintain their state from before the stop I O module diagnostics Each discrete l O module is equipped with a display block on the front panel 2 3 centralizing all the information necessary for module control diagnostics and maintenance The display block comprises 1 A set of 8 16 or 32 green LEDs depending on the module Each LED is associated with one channel 1 9 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 On channel in state 1 Off channel in state O Flashing channel faulty overloaded or short circuit 2 Three LEDs indicating the module status RUN green On Normal operation ERR red On Internal module fault Flashing Exchange fault between the module and the processor I O red On External fault sensor preactuator voltage overload short circuit etc Flashing Terminal block fault 3 A 32 LED green indicating in the case of 64 channel modules whether the set of 32 LEDs 1 displays the state of channels 0 31 off or the state of channels 32 63 on This 32 LED is activated or deactivated by a push button located on top of the module 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Diagnostics via Unity Pro software Using the integrated diagnostics in Unity Pr
171. e x 5 Bool open close eot open lt C3 lt outputs gt Control closing O lt inputs outp olosa_valva Gales Cy public close eot_close f preset ti Time I E Q preset ti Time ST dms Opening time opening 2 3 private m3 FBI 1 TON FBL2 TON E FBI_L3 TON amp d FBI_4 TON 2 8 sections i control lt LD gt B Data Editor to control lt DFB Main characteristics Inputs 32 max 1 Outputs 32 max 2 Inputs outputs 32 max 1 2 Public internal variables Unlimited 3 can be accessed via the application program Private internal variables Unlimited 3 cannot be accessed via the application program Comment 1024 characters max Program sections Unlimited each section can be programmed independently in one of the 4 languages IL ST LD and FBD 1 The maximum cumulative total of inputs and inputs outputs is 32 2 The maximum cumulative total of outputs and inputs outputs is 32 3 For Premium processors see page 1 9 characteristics of memories maximal sizes of objects zones internal unlocated data DFB amp EFB function blocks Presentation Setup Structure IEC language References page 4 4 pages 4 5 to 4 8 pages 4 9 to 4 11 pages 12 to 4 17 pages 4 29 and 4 31 4 19 Functions continued Modicon Automation Platform Unity Pro software
172. ection for the electronic card 2 Module reference marking a label is also visible on the right hand side of the module 3 Channel status display block 4 One or two 40 pin connectors 32 or 64 channels 1 for connecting sensors or preactuators 5 With the 64 channel module a push button which with successive presses displays the state of channels 0 31 or 32 63 on the block 3 see page 2 9 To be ordered separately depending on the type of module One or two preformed cord set s with a 40 pin connector see page 2 7 32 and 64 channel modules with for connection via 40 pin connector s 1 Fujistu FCN 40 pin connector Characteristics References Connections pages 2 11 to 2 15 pages 2 16 to 2 17 pages 2 18 to 2 21 2 6 Presentation continued Modicon M340 Automation Platform Discrete I O modules There are three types of 20 pin removable terminal blocks O Screw clamp terminal block O Cage clamp terminal block O Spring type terminal block Each removable terminal block can accept O Bare wires O Wires equipped with DZ5 CE cable ends One version of the removable terminal block is equipped with BMX FTWee1 cord sets with color coded wires 3 5 or 10 m long Cage clamp terminal blocks The capacity of each terminal is Preformed cord set with removable terminal block at one end o Minimum One 0 34 mm wire 22 AWG anges ALINE OMEN ri Maximum One 1 5 mm wire 14 AWG BMX FTB
173. ections controle AUXO Y Sections Recalibrage 3 SR Sections L AUX CN Events CN Timer Events Timer Timer CN O Events Evtd 4 Animation Tables Application browser Input acquisition Program processing Updating of outputs Program execution Modicon Automation Platform Unity Pro software Master task This task which can be periodic or cyclic executes the main program It is activated systematically Each of its component sections and subroutines can be programmed in Ladder LD Function Block Diagram FBD Structured Text ST or Instruction List IL language Several sections of the master task can be programmed in Sequential Function Chart SFC or Grafcet language Fast task This task which has a higher priority than the master task is periodic to allow time for tasks with lower priorities to be executed It should be used when fast periodic changes in discrete inputs need to be monitored and acknowledged The execution of the master task lower priority is suspended while the fast task is being executed Processing operations in this task must be as short as possible to avoid adversely affecting master task processing operations Each of the component sections and subroutines of the fast task can be programmed in Instruction List Structured Text Ladder or Function Block Diagram language ST IL LD or FBD Auxiliary tasks These tasks which are available on top of t
174. ed for connecting the I O modules with 40 pin connectors 1 using the Advantys Telefast ABE7 pre wired I O system of rapid wiring connections and 2 adaptation interfaces see page 5 8 These preformed cord sets comprise O At one end a 40 pin connector 3 with either of the following One sheath 4 containing 20 wires BMX FCC ee Two sheaths 5 each containing 20 wires BMX FCC ee3 O At the other end one or two HE 10 connectors 6 BMX DDI 3202K 6402K input modules and BMX DDO 3202K 6402K output modules 1 are designed for use in conjunction with Tego Dial and TeSys Quickfit installation help systems The modules are easily connected using a connection cable Example of connection to the Tego Dial installation help system Characteristics References Connections pages 2 11 to 2 15 pages 2 16 to 2 17 pages 2 18to 2 21 2 7 Functions Modicon M340 Automation Platform Discrete I O modules Hot swapping Due to their integrated devices I O modules including application specific modules can be removed and connected while powered up Note When the PLC is powered up and running the I O modules can be removed without any material risk by performing the following sequence before removing the module Disconnect the power voltage on the outputs Disconnect the sensor and preactuator power supply Remove the terminal block or connector l O module assignment Discrete I O modules have different pa
175. eee 3 Screw ABE7H32E300 0 460 Optimum Miniature sub bases Function No of No of terminals LED Polarity Type of Reference Weight chan per onrow Per channel distribution connection nels channel number kg Input or output 16 1 1 No No Screw ABE7H16C10 0 160 5 Yes No Screw ABE7H16C11 0 160 2 2 Yes 0 or 24 V Screw ABE7H16C21 0 205 3 3 Yes Oor24V Screw ABE7H16C31 0 260 y F Input and output 16 1 1 Yes No Screw ABE7H16CM11 0 160 PP ss 1 ABE7H16CM21 2 2 Yes 0 or 24 V Screw ABE7H16CM21 0 200 1 81 8 O these products have 2 common connections which enable inputs and outputs to be connected to the same sub base at the same time Presentation compatibility Dimensions pages 5 8 to 5 9 pages 5 18 to 5 19 5 10 81 References continued Connection interfaces Advantys Telefast ABE7 pre wired system Passive connection sub bases Universal sub bases Function No of No of terminals LED per Polarity Isolator I Type of Reference Weight chan per on row Channel distribution Fuse F connection nels channel number per channel kg Input or output 8 1 1 No No Screw ABE7H08R10 0 187 Yes No Screw ABE7HO08R1 1 0 187 2 2 Yes Oor24V Screw ABE7H08R21 0 218 Screw ABE7HO08S21 0 245 12 1 1 No No Screw ABE7H12R10 0 274 Yes No Screw ABE7H12R11 0 274 2 No No E Screw ABE7H12R50 0 196 2 2 No Oor24V Screw AB
176. elonging to the same distribution group It is used to synchronize remote applications or even to share a common database between a number of distributed applications Exchanges are based on a producer consumer type standard protocol avoiding optimum performances with a minimum load on the network This RTPS Real Time Publisher Subscriber protocol is promoted by Modbus IDA Interface for Distributed Automation and is already a standard adopted by several manufacturers Characteristics A maximum of 64 stations can participate in Global Data within a single distribution group Each station can m Publish 1 variable of 1024 bytes The publication period can be configured from 1 to n processor master task Mast periods m Subscribe between 1 and 64 variables The validity of each variable is controlled by status bits Health Status bits linked to a refresh time out configurable between 50 ms and 1 s Access to an element of the variable is not possible The total size of subscribed variables amounts to 4 contiguous Kbytes To further optimize the performance of the Ethernet network Global Data can be configured with the multicast filtering option which combined with switches in the ConneXium range see pages 3 26 to 3 33 distribute data only to Ethernet ports where there is a station subscribed to the Global Data service If these switches are not used Global Data is sent in multicast mode to all switch ports Global Da
177. en EA E Comparison E Diisgnostica L C Diagnostics m Date and time management EE m Logic processing MEIT m Mathematical processing EE derbi ea m Statistical processing E Moin _ m Character string processing E CAM Comme m Type to type data conversion C3 HHF Start 3 3 Dbsolele Lib E CL pn The Base Lib library which covers standard automation functions is supplemented EC Free Copy by other more application specific libraries and some platform specific functions iem s m Communication library providing an easy means of integrating communication CQ SpCkek programs from PLCs with those used by HMls from the PLC application program Like other function blocks these EFBs can be used in all languages to exchange data between PLCs or to deliver data to be displayed on an HMI B Process control library The CONT_CTL library can be used to set up process specific control loops In particular it offers controller derivative and integral control functions CONT_CTL comes with other families providing additional algorithms e g EFBs for calculating mean values selecting a maximum value detecting edges or assigning a hysteresis to process variables m Diagnostics library which can be used to monitor actuators Also it contains EFBs for active diagnostics reactive diagnostics interlocking diagnostics permanent process condition diagnostics dynamic diagnostics monitoring of signal groups etc m 1 0 management library provi
178. ence see page 4 31 2 These tests are performed without a cabinet with devices fixed on a metal grid and wired as per the recommendations in the manual Grounding and Electromagnetic Compatibility of PLC Systems C tests required by European directives C and based on IEC EN 61131 2 standards 6 3 Environment tests continued Modicon M340 Automation Platform Standards certifications and environmental conditions Immunity to climatic variations Name of test Standards Levels Dry heat IEC EN 60068 2 2 Bd 60 C for 16 hours IACS E10 Cold IEC EN 60068 2 1 Ab amp Ad 0 C for 16 hours with start at 0 C IACS E10 Continuous humid heat IEC EN 60068 2 78 Ca 60 C with 93 relative humidity for 96 hours Cyclical humid heat IEC EN 60068 2 30 Db 55 C 25 C with 93 95 relative humidity with 2 cycles of 12 hours 12 hours Cyclical temperature variations IEC EN 60068 2 14 Na amp Nb 0 60 C with 5 cycles of 3 hours 3 hours IEC EN 61131 2 Withstand to climatic variations Name of test Standards Levels Dry heat power off IEC EN 60068 2 2 Bb amp Bd 85 C for 96 hours Cold power off IEC EN 60068 2 1 Ab amp Ad 40 C for 96 hours IEC EN 60068 2 48 Humid heat power off IEC EN 60068 2 30 dB 25 60 C with 93 95 relative humidity with 2 cycles of 12 hours 12 hours Heat shocks power off IEC EN 60068 2 14 Na amp Nb 40 85 C with 2 cycles of 3 hours 3 ho
179. ent scaling depending on the configuration parameters B Interface and communication with the application O Receipt of the configuration parameters for the module and its channels O Transmission of measured values to the application as well as module status m Module power supply m Module monitoring and indication of any faults to the application O Conversion circuit test O Channel range overshoot test and watchdog test BMX ART 0414 0814 modules are multi range input modules with 4 or 8 low level isolated inputs 15 bits sign respectively Depending on the choice made during configuration the modules offer for each of the inputs the following range m Temperature probe Pt100 Pt1000 Cu10 Ni100 or Ni1000 with open circuit detection m Thermocouple B E J K L N R S T or U with broken wire detection B Resistor 0 400 or 0 4000 Q 2 3 or 4 wire B Voltage 40 mV 80 mV 160 mV 320 mV 640 mV 1 28 V Functions BMX ART 0414 0814 modules offer the following functions m Adaptation and current source per channel O Accepting an overload of 7 5 V O Auto calibration of the analog module offset as close as possible to the input terminal O Selection of the cold junction compensation sensor included in the Advantys Telefast ABE7CPA412 sub base or externally by the Pt 100 probe m Adaptation to input signals Based on a low offset amplifier internal to the A D converter B Conversion 16 bit con
180. er unlike other sections IL ST LD or FBD an SFC section executed step by step does not stop execution of the task but instead freezes the SFC chart Several breakpoints can be declared simultaneously within a single SFC section Numerous commands are available in this debugging mode via the control panel Reset Time Errors m Deactivate active step s Step Unconditional B Activate initial step s Step Trans Dependent B Disable step execution times o B Freeze chart regardless of transition conditions Step Over m Stop processing steps Step Out m Move to the next step taking account of the transition conditions Set Break On Selection m Enable transition and move to next step s detailed step by step command Step Set Pre Pos On Selection Into m Enable transition in order to execute the end of the macro step outgoing step by step command Step Out m Chart the steps for which markers have been set SFC control panel PLC Simulator 2 Simulation LEM arcus sU The simulator integrated in Unity Pro can be used to test the application program for 2 HoslPaddess 1200 Modicon M340 Atrium Premium or Quantum PLCs from the PC terminal Project name Station without having to connect to the PLC processor The functions provided by the Res debugging tools are available for debugging the master fast and auxiliary tasks As the simulator does not manage the PLC I O animation tables can be u
181. erations m When necessary transferring the application from the PLC to the PC terminal running Unity Pro m Preparing the program changes These program modifications can be of any type and in any language IL ST LD FBD and SFC for example adding deleting SFC steps or actions Furthermore modifications can be made to the code of a DFB user function block although its interface cannot be modified m Updating the program in the PLC in RUN to reflect these program changes This function allows program code and data in different parts of the application to be added or modified in a single modification session thus making modification unified and consistent with regard to the controlled process This increased flexibility comes at a cost in terms of the program memory volume required Search Replace P The Unity Pro Cross References function which is available in standalone mode offline and when connected to the PLC online allows users to view all the la 2 Help a i elements of a PLC application by searching for variables of any type This view Name tw y Usage indicates where the declared variable is used as well as the mode in which it is used E Vanne 1 Bool write read etc 3 Station This function also provides access to the Search Replace function for variable mm Roa names
182. es Analog input modules i EEE Input type Input signal range Resolution Connection No of Reference Weight channels kg Isolated high level 10 V 0 10 V 16 bits Via cage clamp 4 fast BMXAMI0410 inputs 0 5V 1 5V x 5V screw clamp or channels 0 20 mA spring type 4 20 mA 20 mA removable terminal block Isolated low level Temperature probe 15 bits 40 pin connector 4 channels BMXART0414 inputs thermocouple sign 8 channels BMXART0814 A E BMX AMe 0000 40 mV 80 mV 160 mV 320 mV 640 mV 1 28V SS 0 400 Q gt OS 0 4000 Q E Analog output module Output type Output signal Resolution Connection No of Reference Weight range channels kg Isolated high level 10V 16 bits Via cage clamp 2 channels BMXAMO0210 outputs 0 20 mA 4 20 mA screw clamp or l spring type removable terminal block BMX ART 0414 BMX ART 0814 Mixed analog I O module Channel type Signal range Resolution Connection No of Reference Weight channels kg Mixed I O non isolated 10 V 0 10 V 14bitsor Via cage clamp I 4 BMXAMMO0600 A 0 5 V 1 5 V 12 bits screw clamp or channels 0 20 mA 4 20 mA depending cage spring type Q 2 on the range removable terminal channels block Connection accessories for analog modules 1 Description For use with Type composition Length Reference Weight modules kg BMX FTB 20e0 20 pin removable BMX AMI 0410 Cage clamp BMXFTB2000 terminal blocks BMX AM
183. es logged inside the diagnostic buffer in the PLC These events are displayed on a diagnostics viewer 1 automatically without the need of any additional programming With the assistance of Unity Pro s integrated diagnostics this function can be used to perform 1 level diagnostics of the elements in the configuration up to and including each I O module channel petam qum ra cum Cie ee Cris Canem D BELA t T Module level z TRA HT o IE ar Viewer window example with Unity Pro software Channel level 1 Diagnostics viewers are tools used to display and acknowledge error messages relating to diagnostics They are supplied as standard with Unity Pro Vijeo Designer and Monitor Pro software with Magelis terminals and with the PLC web server which is accessible through a thin client Magelis PC terminal Telemecanique Functions continued Modicon Automation Platform Unity Pro software Integrated diagnostics B Tee Say a A El Mise mi port T Deigeaeus DO U Ad quem Ki Te L Application diagnostics Ora Gem go ju Unity Pro software also has a library of function blocks for monitoring called diagnostic DFBs and EFBs The library of diagnostic function blocks contains m Manufacturer blocks for system diagnostics O IO DIA input output fault which is used to monitor the state of inputs outputs O ASI DIA which monitors whether an error has occurred on the AS Interface bus module or bus fault no s
184. es program design and entry B Improves program readability and comprehension m Facilitates program debugging all variables handled by the DFB block function are identified in the data editor m Enables the use of private variables specific to the DFBs which are independent of the application A DFB is set up in several phases m The DFB is designed by assigning a name a set of parameters inputs outputs and public and private internal variables and a comment via the data editor B he code is created in one or more sections of the program with the following languages selected according to requirements Structured Text Instruction List Ladder or Function Block Diagram ST IL LD or FBD m The DFB may be stored in a library with an associated version number B A DFB instance is created in the data editor or when the function is called in the program editor B This instance is used in the program in the same way as an EFB Elementary Function Block The instance can be created from within the program RI Data Editor El x Variables DDT Types Function Blacks DFB Types Filter T Name F Er valve lt DFB gt o ET Jof ES 2 8 inputs open 1 Bool close 2 Bool Control opening eot open 3 Bool open_valve valve eot close 4 Bool
185. et TCP IP network and communication services and Transparent Ready services FUNCTIONS co ntinued Modbus standard communication protocol Modbus the industry communication standard since 1979 has been brought together with Ethernet TCP IP the medium for the Internet revolution to form Modbus TCP IP a totally open protocol on Ethernet The development of a connection to Modbus TCP IP does not require any proprietary component nor the purchase of a license This protocol can easily be combined with any product supporting a standard TCP IP TE Roars eS communication stack The specifications are available free of charge from the Write 1 output word 06 06 following Web site www modbus ida org Write n output words 16 10 Read device ID 43 14 2B 0E Examples of Modbus TCP IP function codes for accessing data and diagnostics The Modbus application layer is simple and familiar with its 9 million installed connections Thousands of manufacturers are already using this protocol Many have already developed a Modbus TCP IP connection and numerous products are currently available The simplicity of Modbus TCP IP enables any field device such as an I O module to communicate on Ethernet without the need for a powerful microprocessor or lots of internal memory Modbus TCP IP function codes dec hex Bit access Read n input bits 02 02 Read n output bits 01 01 Read exception status 07 07 Write 1 output bit 05 05 Write n output bit
186. etworks with or without integrated port and network module Depending on the model Modicon M340 processors include o A 10BASE T 100BASE TX Ethernet TCP IP port A CANopen machine and installation bus A Modbus serial link A USB type TER port for a programming terminal 000 Each processor is supplied with a memory card used for O Backing up the application program symbols and constants o Activating a standard web server for Transparent Ready service B10 class integrated Ethernet port depending on the model This memory card can be replaced by another type of memory card to be ordered separately that supports O Backing up the application and activating the standard web server same as other card o A 16 Mb storage area for additional data organized in a file system directories and sub directories Programming Modicon M340 applications To set up processors from the Modicon M340 automation platform you need either m Unity Pro Small programming software m Unity Pro Medium Large or Extra Large programming software identical to that used to set up Modicon Premium and Modicon Quantum automation platforms m With possibly depending on requirements a Unity EFB toolkit software for developing EF and EFB libraries in C language o Unity SFC View software for viewing and diagnostics of applications written in Sequential Function Chart language SFC or Grafcet The function block software libraries pr
187. function blocks associated with variables or parameters which are linked together This language is particularly suitable for process control applications Control_blocking valve locking_error cmd blocking e 9 o o emd_unblocking Blockingg E soe R d ve Blocking 3 close eot blocking elapse time open elapse time close cmd blocking GEOFBDEDITOR x y eK SR lt gt ds Program structure section or subroutine FFB type YAEY The graphical language FBD supports three types of function blocks m Elementary blocks EFs m Elementary Function Blocks EFBs sorted into different libraries depending on Instance Prototype their type of use 1 Blocking m Derived Function Blocks DFBs which have a structure identical to that of EFBs i 4 TE but are created by the user with the ST IL LD or FBD programming languages Bool 4 eot_unblocking Bool 5 acknowledge LA opao am i l Within the same section subroutines can be called using a specific block Program in C cmd Bod 12 cmd do jumps to a block instance can also be programmed ok Cancel Srecielassiston A section programmed in FBD language contains the equivalent of a default grid with 30 columns and 23 rows This can be extended to a wider page Function Block Assistant Presentation Set
188. g and display function a eee s The BMX NOE 0110 Ethernet network module has a 16 Mbyte non volatile memory mc BMX NOE 01000 accessible as a hard disk This allows hosting of Web pages and any user defined T Word or Acrobat Reader document for example maintenance manuals or wiring diagrams The Web pages can be created using any standard tool for creation and editing in HTML format These pages can be enhanced by inserting animated graphic objects linked to PLC variables These animated objects are created using the Graphic Data Editor They are then downloaded to the BMX NOE 0110 module via configuration software of FactoryCast Web server The Web pages created can be used for example to m Display and modify all PLC variables in real time B Create hyperlinks to other external Web servers documentation suppliers etc lt lt This function is particularly suitable for creating graphic interfaces used for the Real time supervision graphic interface following purposes B Real time display and supervision m Production monitoring m Diagnostics and help with maintenance m Operator guides 1 Module available 4 quarter 2007 Before this date please order the BMX NOE 0100 module with BMX RWS C016M memory card 2 Function available 4 quarter 2007 3 Access to symbols available 4 quarter 2007 3 5 Functions continuea Modicon M340 Automation Platform Ethernet TCP IP network Transparent Ready9 ser
189. g the period meter m Single electronic cam using the dynamic setting thresholds m Speed control using the period meter These standard format modules can be installed in any available slot of a Modicon M340 PLC they can be removed while powered up In a Modicon M340 PLC configuration the number of BMX EHC 0200 0800 counter modules should be added to the number of application specific modules communication motion control and weighing The function parameters are set using Unity Pro software BMX EHC 0200 0800 analog I O modules are standard format They occupy a 3 single slot in BMX XBP ee00 racks They come in a plastic case which ensures IP 20 protection of the electronics and locks into position with a screw BMX EHC 0200 module 2 channels 60 kHz BMX EHC 0200 The BMX EHC 0200 counter module has the following on the front panel 1 Module and channel status LED array 2 16 pin connector for wiring the sensors of counter O 3 16 pin connector for wiring the sensors of counter 1 4 10 pin connector for wiring othe auxiliary outputs othe sensor power supplies To be ordered separately m A BMX XTS HSC 20 kit containing OTwo 16 pin connectors OOne 10 pin connector m BMX XSP 010 electromagnetic compatibility kit BMX EHC 0800 module 8 channels 10 kHz The BMX EHC 0800 counter module has the following on the front panel BMX EHC 0800 1 Module and channel status LED array 2 20 pin connector compatible with disc
190. ge of intermittent faults in memory m Viewer functioning that is independent of the viewer used The frame is identical for all viewers B Automatic archiving of all error messages Output window The diagnostics viewer takes the form of an output window divided into 2 sections B message list indicating for each alarm state DFB type geographical zone dates and times of occurrence correction associated message and status B An area for additional information about the selected message type comment date of occurrence specific data variables in error state etc Viewer The operator screen tool is integrated into Unity Pro The operator screens are designed to facilitate the operation of automated processes during debugging startup and maintenance The operator screens provide a set of information p m i explanatory texts display of dynamic values push buttons and synoptics enabling TE PI cmn Ecc ME users to act quickly and easily to modify and dynamically monitor PLC variables x 5 05 uc ie a SUM The operator screens editor provides all the HMI elements needed for the animated deum ia design and viewing of processes It enables these screens to be designed using med dim NB Specific tools etes mL m Screen Create runtime screens which can be classified according to family Taan 7 m Message Create messages to be displayed m Objects Create a graphic objects library using o0 Geometrical element
191. ge operations between the PC and the processor can be sequenced together in a single command m The second tab Operating System is used to update the embedded software in the PLC The screen displays the detailed content of the PLC firmware versions and when a file is selected on the PC the characteristics of that file are displayed m The third tab Options is used to configure the working environment including the location of files on the PLC and selection of one of six languages English Spanish French German Italian and Chinese for the interface and online help The last tab can be used to display information about the software Note Regardless of which tab is selected the connection status with the PLC is displayed along with commands for connecting disconnecting and changing the PLC operating mode Exchanges between the PC and the PLC processor The software can be used to transfer the components of a project in either direction B Program binary and source if the application has been built using the source format m Data file located and unlocated data m Data on the processor memory cartridge user files if the cartridge allows this Unity Pro can be used to transfer the application from either the application file stu or the archive file sta The program file and data formats along with the functions performed by Unity Loader are identical to those built and used by Unity Pro When the cartridge based user files
192. ges you can use the standard set of instructions compliant with IEC standard 61131 3 to create applications which can be transferred from one platform to another Unity Pro software also provides extensions to this standard set of instructions When they are specific to Modicon M340 Atrium Premium and Quantum PLCs these extensions support the development of more complex applications in order to maximize the potential of the specific features of each of these platforms Functionality common to all five language editors The editors for each of the 5 languages provide a number of common tools used for writing reading and analyzing programs in a user friendly manner B The text editors for Instruction List IL and Structured Text ST support O Text entry in insert or overwrite mode O The use of dialog boxes for the assisted entry of variables functions function blocks or assignment instructions r1 Checks on data entry to detect syntax or semantics errors The user is informed of the result of this check by red wavy underlining or by a change in the color of the text concerned O Access to a set of colors which can be used to facilitate reading by distinguishing text black from operators red language key words blue and program comments green m The graphics editors for Ladder LD language Function Block Diagram FBD language and Sequential Function Chart SFC language feature O A set of graphic elements for direct a
193. ggered tasks reads at the start of the scan and writes at the end of the scan the inputs assigned to it By default they are assigned to the master task For the Quantum platform the remote inputs outputs RIO are only assigned to the master task these assignments can be made per station or for each of the component sections of the task while the distributed inputs outputs DIO are all assigned to the master task without assignment to its component sections For event triggered tasks it is possible to assign input output channels 1 other than those relating to the event Exchanges are then performed implicitly at the start of processing for inputs and at the end of processing for outputs 1 These channel assignments are made per 1 0 module for Quantum PLC and per channel for Atrium Premium PLC inputs outputs Presentation Setup page 4 4 pages 4 5 and 4 6 References pages 4 26 and 4 27 Functions pages 4 16 to 4 26 IEC language pages 4 10 to 4 15 4 11 IEC language Modicon Automation Platform Unity Pro software The five graphical or textual languages available in Unity Pro are used for programming Modicon M340 Atrium Premium and Quantum automation platforms The 3 graphical languages are m Ladder LD m Function Block Diagram FBD B Sequential Function Chart SFC or Grafcet The 2 textual languages are m Structured Text ST m instruction List IL For these 5 langua
194. h end see page 3 27 Preformed at each end with M12 female Preformed at each end with female M12 straight connectors angled connectors Length 2m 5m 2 5 m 5m Power supply cables XZC P1164L5 XZC P1264L2 XZC P1264L5 Reference XZC P1164L2 Spare power connectors Female M12 straight connector Reference XZC C12 FDM 50B Female M12 angled connector XZC C12 FCM 50B 3 35 Product data sheet Ethernet continued in Machines and installations Ethernet TCP IP Transparent Ready Services Cabling system ConneXium managed switches Ready E Hg b Switches Copper twisted pair and Copper twisted pair Copper twisted pair and fiber optic managed managed fiber optic managed Interfaces Copper cable ports Number and type 16 x 10 100BASE TX ports 14 x 10 100BASE TX ports 22 x 10 100BASE TX ports Shielded connectors RJ45 Medium Shielded twisted pair category CAT 5E Total length of pair 100 m Fiber optic ports Number and type 2 x 100BASE FX ports Connectors Duplex SC Medium Multimode optical fiber Length of optical fiber 50 125 um fiber 5 000 m 1 62 2 125 um fiber 4 000 m 1 9 125 um fiber Attenuation analysis 50 125 um fiber 8 dB 62 2 125 um fiber 11 dB 9 125 um fiber Ethernet services FDR SMTP V3 SNTP client multicast filtering for optimization of the Global Data protocol configuration via Web access VLAN IGMP Snoopi
195. he master fast and periodic tasks are made up of sections and subroutines The sections and subroutines can be programmed in any of the following languages Structured Text ST Instruction List IL Ladder LD or Function Block Diagram FBD The event triggered tasks use the same languages Sequential Function Chart SFC or Grafcet language is reserved for master task sections The table below lists the possible program tasks for Modicon M340 Atrium Premium and Quantum PLCs respectively Platform Modicon M340 Premium Atrium Quantum BMX P34 1000 BMX P34 20e0 TSXP57Ce244M TSXP572e 34M TSXP 57 554M TSXPCI57204M 140 CPU 31110 140 CPU 651 e0 TSX P 57 0244M_ TSXP573e 34M TSXP575634M TSXPCI57454M 140CPU43412U 140 CPU 671 60 TSX P 57 1e4M TSX P 57 4e 3 4M Cyclic or periodic Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes master task Periodic fast task Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Periodic auxiliary 4 4 tasks Event triggered tasks From modules 32 64 32 64 128 64 64 128 From timers 32 64 32 16 32 Total 32 64 32 64 128 64 64 128 Structure modular and portable programming Airlock_Alarm LD The tasks of a Unity Pro program for Modicon M340 Atrium Premium or Quantum platforms are composed of several parts known as sections and Oven_1 SFC Mon_Sec LD subroutines Each of these sections can be programmed in the most appropriate language for the process to be executed Such divisio
196. he project and flags any bugs at the various levels of the project for instance At physical model level SCoD instance attributes that are missing or over limit invalid or missing interlock parameters At topological model level Communication channels between devices that are not defined invalid or missing communication parameters E OOMOO M At project level O SCoD data is being transmitted from another PLC but communication with this device has not been configured the SCoD data is not assigned to any PLC I O variable 1 behavior on response time for I O variables that is not defined This means that your process expertise and know how is made available to be used in UAG ensuring consistent process application modeling Generating process applications UAG provides at a single point all the process information intended for the project s multiple applications PLCs HMI SCADA along with the communication parameters When applications are generated this information is used to create the configuration and part of the control logic in using IEC 61131 3 FBD functional language The following items are generated B AtPLC level Hardware configuration localized and non localized data with its initial value and symbol initialization inter PLC communication and distributed I O I O Scanning on Ethernet or Peer oop on Modbus Plus DFB EFB block data information from SCoDs interlocks At HMI SCADA level
197. he range Premium TSX P57 5e4M and Quantum 140 CPU 651 e0 67160 processors are designed for use with slower types of processing operation such as measurement process control HMI application diagnostics etc Periodic type auxiliary tasks have the lowest level of priority and are executed once the higher priority periodic tasks master and fast have completed their scan Each of the component sections and subroutines of the fast task can be programmed in Instruction List Structured Text Ladder or Function Block Diagram language ST IL LD or FBD Event triggered tasks Unlike the tasks described above these tasks are not linked to one period The execution of these tasks is triggered asynchronously by An event from certain application specific modules e g overrun of a counter threshold change of state of a discrete input An event from the event timers These tasks are processed before all other tasks and are thus suitable for processing requiring very short reaction times in comparison to the arrival of the event Modicon M340 Atrium Premium or Quantum platforms have 3 levels of priority these are in descending order module event EVTO module events EVTi and timer events Timeri These tasks each comprised of a single section can be programmed in Instruction List Structured Text Ladder or Function Block Diagram language ST IL LD or FBD Assignment of 1 0 channels to tasks Each of the master fast or event tri
198. he restrictions of managing the memory location since the addresses are assigned automatically and also allows data to be structured and re used This data area is backed up automatically when the PLC is turned off by duplicating its contents in a 256 Kbyte non volatile internal memory integrated in the processor It is also possible to back up this memory at any time with a user program 2 Program symbols and comments area At program level this area contains the executable binary code and IEC source code 3 Constants area This area supports the constant located data KWi 4 Area for online program modification see page 1 7 The user can choose to transfer the source data to the executable program in the PLC The fact of having the program source in the PLC means that when an empty programming terminal is connected to the PLC all the elements needed to debug or upgrade this application can be restored to the terminal Comments and animation tables can be excluded from the data embedded in the PLC Memory card Modicon M340 processors are supplied with an SD Secure Digital type Flash memory card This memory card is intended for backing up the program symbols and comments area 2 and the constants area Duplication for areas 22 and 33 and retrieval on return of power operations are managed automatically by the system and are therefore transparent to the user This card formatted by Schneider Electric and supplied with each p
199. his value 1 8 References 1 A p BMX P34 2020 BMX RMS 008MP MPF BMX XCA USB H0ee Modicon M340 Automation Platform Processor modules Modicon M340 processor modules are supplied with the BMX RMS 008MP Flash memory card This card performs the following actions transparently Backing up the application program symbols and constants supported in the processor internal RAM that is not backed up Activation of the Transparent Ready web server class B10 standard with BMX P34 2020 2030 Performance processors This card can be replaced by another card featuring a file storage option I O capacity 7 Memory Max no of network Integrated Reference Weight capacity modules communication ports 3 kg Standard BMX P340 10 512 discrete I O 2 048 Kb 1 Ethernet TCP IP Modbus serial link BMXP341000 0 200 128 analog I O integrated network 20 application specific channels Performance BMX P340 20 1 024 discrete 1 0 4 096 Kb 1 Ethernet TCP IP Modbus serial link BMXP342010 0 210 256 analog I O integrated network CANopen bus 36 application specific Modbus serial link BMXP342020 0 205 channels Ethernet TCP IP network Ethernet TCP IP BMXP342030 0 215 network CANopen bus Description Use Processor Reference Weight compatibility kg Memory card 16 Mb As replacement for the memory card BMX P34 20e0 BMXRMS008MPF 0 002 supplied as standard with each processor used for Backup of program constants
200. i Functionblocklibraries 1 1 1 1 Tout les types Types de variable Types FFE m ue The function and function block libraries manager contains all the elements provided amp Fo TA CIE i i i i i i mem pa with Unity Pro software The functions and function blocks are organized into Logic EC ETE libraries which themselves consist of families Depending on the type of PLC iJ dri Our counti et Value H Ch CTDQUINT cEFR gt Dewe courte LINT values selected and the model of processor the users will have a sub set of these libraries Bare m Sh CTU DIT certo Up canei DINT vee available to write their applications However the Base Lib library contains a set of EN Tiree pe oP CT OMT TES TOs creer UDINE caer functions and function blocks the majority of which are compatible with all platforms C Extended B CE CTUQUINT EFB gt Up counter LINT values _ In particular it contains the blocks compliant with IEC 61131 3 34 COMT_CTI 41 LIU EFE Uger cowie INT values C Condor LE CTUD DINT EFB Up Down counter DINT veda The Base Lib library is structured into families uds E LE CUDNI EFE prem ierta IM T warez r1 concen xp CTUD_U Eris Laon courter JOINT va m Timers and counters TA CE CTUD LIMT EFE Up Doe courtes WNT vaka a RR T re ores i m Internal process control C Selpori Hanger LET EE nee m Array management E Cushom Lib d IF EFE Pub aO cuid
201. ic execution This type of execution as well as the period are selected by the user during programming when the task parameters are set master task Normal execution cyclic At the end of each scan the PLC system launches a new scan The execution time of each scan is monitored by a software watchdog whose value is defined by the user max 1500 ms In the event of overrun a fault occurs causing B The scan to stop immediately STOP B A fault state to be displayed on the front panel of the processor m The alarm relay for the main rack power supply to be set to O Periodic execution A new scan is executed at the end of each period The execution time of the scan must be less than the time of the period defined max 255 ms In the event of overrun the latter is stored in a system bit 96819 which can be reset to O by the user via the program or terminal A software watchdog which can be configured by the user max 1500 ms monitors the scan time In the event of overrun an execution fault is indicated see normal execution The scan execution times the last scan the longest scan and the shortest scan are stored in system words SW 30 31 32 Modicon M340 Atrium Premium and Quantum platforms support a multitask structure comprising m 1 master task divided into several sections programmed in ST IL LD FBD and SFC languages B 1 fast task divided into sections m Oto 4 auxiliary tasks divided into
202. ice address individually by transferring this management to a dedicated IP address server The DHCP protocol Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol is used to assign configuration parameters to devices automatically DHCP is an extension of BOOTP The DHCP protocol consists of 2 components m One to supply the IP network address m One to supply the specific IP parameters to the device from a DHCP server Telemecanique devices can be m BOOTP clients used to retrieve the IP address automatically from a server m BOOTP servers allowing the device to distribute IP addresses to the network stations Telemecanique products use BOOTP DHCP standard protocols to offer the FDR Faulty Device Replacement service FTP File Transfer Protocol RFCs 959 2228 and 2640 File Transfer Protocol FTP provides the basic elements for file sharing FTP is used by several systems to exchange files between devices TFTP Trivial File Transfer Protocol updated firmware Trivial File Transfer Protocol TFTP is a network transfer protocol used to connect to a device and download code to it For example it can be used to transfer a boot code to a workstation without a disk drive or to connect and download updates of network device firmware Note Transparent Ready devices implement FTP and TFTP to transfer certain information to or from products particularly for downloads of firmware or user defined Web pages Presentation Selection References Connections
203. ices no e INE Um se 3 4 m Ethernet TCP IP communication services 3 8 Me SiON INC SS ER e E E E E EC Mu ET 3 16 m Ethernet integrated port module selection 3 21 B Ethernet processor module product data sheet 3 22 MA cabling system eoe OS uU ae eee 3 24 CANopen machines and installations bus MR TES SM AION ER eee en see aa cen cnr 3 37 O E EE 3 38 B ClaraciersSHoS ccrte D LI Rm CU E EE bea ars 3 38 B elerences o OM E ERU ELM eR T 3 39 A SRE dd arenes 3 40 Serial links m Modbus interface and character mode serial link 3 42 A stereo cr TIS TM CRIT ODIT CEN T 3 44 3 1 Modicon M340 Automation Platform Communication integrated ports and modules Ethernet TCP IP 10BASE T 100BASE TX CSMA CD 10 100 Mbps Double twisted pair copper cable category CAT 5E Optical fiber via ConneXium wiring system 100 m copper cable 4 000 m multi mode optical fiber 32 500 m single mode optical fiber 1 integrated port 1 with BMX P34 1000 2010 processor 2 with BMX P34 2020 2030 processor Serial link CANopen bus Modbus TCP IP messaging Transparent Ready server class B10 Transparent Ready Transparent Ready9 server class B30 server class C30 Rack viewer PLC diagnostics Data editor access to PLC data and variables Alarm viewer Graphic Data Editor H
204. iguration and operation of Ethernet TCP IP interfaces m The Transparent Ready MIB interface the management of Transparent Ready devices is improved via this interface The MIB data set enables the network management system to supervise all the Transparent Ready services The Transparent Ready MIB can be downloaded from the FTP server of any Transparent Ready Ethernet module in a PLC Presentation Performance Selection References Connections pages 3 4 and 3 5 pages 3 16 to 3 21 pages 3 2 and 3 3 pages 3 22 and 3 23 pages 3 24 to 3 37 3 15 Performance Modicon M340 Automation Platform Ethernet TCP IP network and Transparent Ready Services Performance When choosing an architecture be sure to consider the required performance as early as possible To do this developers must 1 Know exactly what they need O quantity and type of devices to be connected to one another O volume and type of exchanges O expected response times O environment 2 Compare their needs with the characteristics of the available offering being aware that the actual performance level between any 2 points in an architecture depends on the weakest link in the chain which may O depend on the hardware O but also depend on the applications size architecture operating system machine power rating etc which are often only vaguely defined at this stage of the project 3 Work out from this which is the most suitable architecture The
205. ine Interfaces catalogue 1 Depending on model 2 Uni TE version V2 for Twido TSX Micro Premium PLCs 5 34 Display of text messages and graphic objects Control and parametering of data New Technology touch sensitive graphic terminals Back lit monochrome Back lit monochrome or Back lit colour LCD STN Back lit colour LCD STN Back litcolourLCD TFT Back lit colour LCD TFT amber or red mode colour LCD STN or or color LCD TFT or color LCD TFT 800 x 600 pixels 1024 x 768 pixels LCD STN back lit colour LCD TFT 640 x 480 pixels 640 x 480 pixels 320 x 240 pixels 320 x 240 pixels 3 8 monochrome 5 7 monochrome or 7 5 colour 10 4 colour 12 1 colour 15 colour colour Via touch sensitive Via touch sensitive screen screen 6 dynamic function keys 8 Mb Flash EPROM 16 Mb Flash EPROM 32 Mo Flash EPROM By Compact Flash card 128 256 512 Mb or 1 Gb except XBT GT2110 model Limited by the internal Limited by the internal Flash memory capacity or Compact Flash card memory capacity Flash memory capacity Unrestricted 8000 variables max Alphanumeric bitmap bargraph gauge tank curves polygons button light 32 groups of 64 recipes of 1024 ingredients max Yes with log Yes Built in 1 input reset et 3 outputs alarm buzzer run 1 audio input microphone 1 composite vid o input numerical or analog camera 1 audio input loudspeaker 1
206. ing and setting up Unity automation platforms o Modicon M340 PLC BMX P34 1000 and BMX P34 20e0 m Unity Pro Medium for programming and setting up Unity automation platforms ri Modicon M340 PLC BMX P34 1000 and BMX P34 20e0 oO Atrium PLC TSX PCI 57 20 o Premium PLC TSX 57 Oe 57 10 and 57 20 m Unity Pro Large for programming and setting up automation platforms O Modicon M340 PLC BMX P34 1000 and BMX P34 2060 O Atrium PLC TSX PCI 57 20 and 57 30 o Premium PLC TSX 57 Oe 57 10 57 20 57 30 and 57 40 ri Quantum PLC with 140 CPU 311 10 434 12U and 534 14U processors m Unity Pro Extra Large for programming and setting up all Unity automation platforms ri Modicon M340 PLC BMX P34 1000 and BMX P34 20e0 O Atrium PLC TSX PCI 57 20 and 57 30 o Premium PLC TSX 57 Oe 57 10 57 20 57 30 57 40 and 57 50 O Quantum PLC with 140 CPU 311 10 434 12U 534 14U 651 50 651 60 and Hot Standby 140 CPU 671 60 processors Upgrade kits for Concept PL7 Pro and ProWORX software Users who have already purchased these installed base software programs and have a current subscription may purchase Unity Pro version V3 0 software at reduced prices These upgrades are only possible for licenses of the same type from Concept XL group license to Unity Pro Extra Large group license OS Windows composition and compatibility Unity Pro multilingual software is compatible with Windows
207. installed It is therefore necessary to create a power consumption table for each rack to define the most suitable BMX CPS eee0 power supply module for each rack The table below can be used to calculate the consumption on the 2 or 3 different voltages depending on model to be supplied by the BMX CPS eee0 power supply module 3 3 V 24 V rack 24 V sensors Procedure m Ensure that the power supply module corresponds to the power supplies available for the two or three voltages B Ensure that the total power absorbed on these three voltages does not exceed the overall power of the power supply module m ______ Values to be entered according to the type of Modicon M340 configuration Module reference Format Consumption in mA 1 Rack n S standard Voltage Voltage Voltage D double 3 0 V 24 V rack 24 V sensors Module Module Module Processors BMXP341000 S 72 BMXP342010 S 90 BMXP342020 S 95 BMXP342030 S 135 Discrete 1 0 BMXDAI1602 S 90 BMXDAI1603 S 90 BMXDAI1604 S 90 BMXDAO1605 S 100 BMXDDI1602 S 90 60 C BMXDDI1603 S 90 BMXDDI3202K S 140 110 BMXDDI6402K S 200 110 BMXDDM16022 S 100 30 BMXDDM16025 S 100 50 30 BMXDDM3202K S 150 55 BMXDDO1602 S 100 BMXDDO1612 S 100
208. isters The maximum frequency applied to the IN_A and IN_B inputs is 10 kHz The smallest pulse applied to the IN_AUX input is defined according to the filtering applied to this input The frequency of loading the preset value is at maximum 1 every 25 ms Configurable functions Frequency meter Characteristics Connections References page 2 40 page 2 42 page 2 41 2 89 Characteristics Type of module Modicon M340 Automation Platform BMX EHC 0200 0800 counter modules BMX EHC 0200 BMX EHC 0800 Modularity 2 channels 8 channels Number of physical inputs per module 6 2 Number of physical outputs per module 2 Application Upcounting downcounting Upcounting downcounting measurement frequency meter measurement interfacing frequency generator axis following Frequency on counter inputs kHz max 60 max 10 Module cycle time ms 1 5 Number of Inputs Number 6 2 in single mode inputs outputs per 3 in special dual phase mode counter channel Type V 24 Type 3 Outputs Number 2 Type V 24 Encoder 10 30 V incremental encoder model with push pull outputs Power supply Sensor voltage V 192 930 Actuator current A 0 5 max per output 2 per module Distribution of power to the sensors Yes Short circuit and overload protection 300 mA typical Hot swapping Yes in certain c
209. ive Automation program Modicon Quantum PLC offers a perfect response to the needs of continuous or semi continuous industrial processes and control of large infrastructure sites Capitalizing on more than 25 years experience in the field of redundancy Modicon Quantum PLC is the ideal solution for applications requiring very high levels of availability The offer is therefore suitable for critical applications such as A globally run program to develop and offer solutions to our Petrochemicals metallurgy cement energy tunnels and airports customers Smarter and more intelligent yet even easier to use 2 Simply Smart Keady Collaborative Automation Partner Program Modicon hardware platforms and Unity software An organizer environment for Modicon platforms Unity Pro software is the common programming debugging and run time software for Modicon M340 Premium and Quantum PLCs and Atrium slot PLCs Meeting the requirements of an IEC 61131 3 program Unity Pro software is based on the acknowledged standards of PL7 and Concept software It opens the doors of a complete set of new functions for increased productivity B State of the art functionality m Optimum standardization enabling re use of developments m Numerous tools for testing the program and improving system operation m New integrated diagnostic services Migration of existing applications is provided for This maximizes your soft
210. l Information Unity Pro software applications support the creation of an application structure for Modicon M340 Atrium Premium and Quantum platforms based on function modules comprising m Sections program code m Animation tables I m Runtime screens Weighing Mining Heating sn The designer can define a multi level tree structure for the application independently Forming of the multitask structure of the PLC Transportation Belt Gi Progam Program sections written in Ladder LD Structured Text ST Instruction List IL a el Function Block Diagram FBD or Sequential Function Chart SFC language can be j Packaging Robot associated with each level along with animation tables and runtime screens J Figim Eng Fikia Aoba a ES Pen Exporting Importing function modules e Diagram ur All or part of the tree structure can be exported as function modules In this case all Alarming program sections on the various module levels are exported Functional view Utilities make it easy to reuse these modules in new applications by means of data and module name reassignment services Presentation Structure IEC language Functions References page 4 4 pages 4 9 to 4 11 pages 4 12 to 4 17 pages 4 18 to 4 28 pages 4 29 and 4 31 4 5 Setup continued suit iunt 1 Hardware configuration Mz 140 EHC 203 00 HI SPEED CNT 204 Tee a PUT START ace ss 1 INPUT so ADO
211. lave slave not configured or faulty m Manufacturer blocks for application diagnostics for example o EV DIA which monitors whether an event bit status has the correct value at a given time no notion of timing ri MV DIA D GRP D REA which monitor whether an event the change in the status of a bit occurs within the specified time conditions O ALRM DIA which monitors the combination of the status of 2 bits o NEPO DIA and TEPO DIA which can be used to check control and perform diagnostics for elements in the working part of the system made up of the combination of 2 actuators and 2 sensors B Open diagnostics blocks These enable users to create their own diagnostic function blocks to meet the specific requirements of their applications and therefore to supplement the manufacturer DFBs and EFBs described above They can be created from 2 model ERROR blocks which must be written in Ladder LD Structured Text ST Function Block Outputs Diagram FBD or Instruction List IL language Usrst dia Inputs STATUS AREA NR OP CTRL Diagnostics with fault cause analysis When a fault occurs Unity Pro analyzes the program sections concerned and opens a second window displaying the causes and probable sources of the fault The user or process operator is guided though the fault finding process enabling machine downtimes to be reduced The configuration module or instruction which is the source of the fault can a
212. les B Presentation description ses or ame 1 10 EME UN SU Oy Sarees eee ra A E CL era ee ee M Ree 1 11 FN RAC TE ISG S oe eee seo A M E Iq EE 1 12 HubBelerenocos meer so arr ee c een re 1 13 m Single rack configuration Pr sentations deschiptiom dou ELE E Mere 1 14 aN mel ey lc cr A E EET EE T E 1 14 EIRE TS ONCES do Pu de Er ua do RET SA PCM 1 15 E DIMeNSIOMS obiter e M mL n t M 1 15 1 1 Modicon M340 Automation Platform Modicon M340 processors 1 4 6 8 or 12 slots 12 512 channels modules with 8 16 32 or 64 channels 128 66 channels 2 modules with 2 4 6 or 8 channels Limited depending on the type of medium Over Ethernet TCP IP network via network module 63 devices with I O Scanning function over Modbus serial link 32 devices 20 2 channel 60 kHz or 8 channel 10 kHz modules Process control EFB library 1 in RTU ASCII Modbus communication master slave mode or in character mode non isolated RS232 RS485 0 3 19 2 Kbps 1 programming port PC terminal 1 BMX NOE 0110 0110 network module 1 x TOBASE T 100BASE TX Modbus TCP IP BOOTP DHCP FDR Global Data I O Scanning web server standard class B30 or configurable class C30 2 048 Kb 1 792 Kb 128 Kb 8 Mb as standard 3 1 1 32 5 4 K instructions ms 4 2 K instructions ms 24 V isolated 24 48 V isolated or 100 240 V depending on powe
213. lication ua specific channels Modbus serial link BMXP342020 0 205 BMX P34 1000 BMX P34 2020 Ethernet TCP IP network Serial link cabling system see pages 3 46 and 3 47 Description pages 3 45 3 45 Connections Modicon M340 Automation Platform Modbus serial link and character mode Cabling system Magelis XBT Modicon Premium Modicon Quantum ATV 31 L 10 1 12 TI 3 7 Modbus serial link D TT gt 3d party pl 6 4 9 2 12 Modbus JL SE gt product BENE i Advantys OTB Twido Lexium 05 ATV 71 Preventa XPS MC Designation Description Reference Length Unit Weight reference kg A Modbus splitter box 10 x RJ45 connectors 1 LU9GC3 0 500 1xscrew terminal block qa T junction boxes 2 x RJ45 connectors 2 0 3 m VW3A8306TF03 0 190 BH e e 1 x integrated cable with RJ45 1m VW3A8306TF10 0 210 L connector e Dedicated for Altivar and Lexium drives pre Passive T junction box Tap off point extension of trunk cable TSXSCA50 0 520 TSX SCA 50 Line termination adapter _ Passive 2 channel 2 channel tap off point and extension 3 TSXSCA62 0 570 subscriber socket 2 x of trunk cable e somone C 15 pin female SUB D Address coding connectors and 2 x Line termination adapter 1 screw ter
214. lies on the inputs and outputs Characteristics Connections References page 2 40 page 2 42 page 2 41 2 42 Connections continued Modicon M340 Automation Platform BMX EHC 0200 0800 counter modules Pinout for the connector for the BMX EHC 0800 module 20 pin terminal block Pin number Description 1 IN_AUX input of channel 0 2 IN_A input of channel 0 3 IN_AUX input of channel 1 8 4 IN A input of channel 1 or IN B input of channel O 5 IN AUX input of channel 2 4 6 IN A input of channel 2 5 7 IN AUX input of channel 3 6 8 IN A input of channel 3 or IN B input of channel 2 9 IN_AUX input of channel 4 10 IN_A input of channel 4 9 11 IN AUX input of channel 5 12 IN A input of channel 5 or IN B input of channel 4 7 13 IN AUX input of channel 6 2 14 IN_A input of channel 6 13 15 IN_AUX input of channel 7 16 IN A input of channel 7 or IN_B input of channel O 15 17 Feedback 24 V power supply for sensors 18 VDC Power supply for sensors 17 19 Functional earth ground for shielding connection 20 Functional earth ground for shielding connection Examples of connection to the BMX EHC 0800 module Connection of sensors 1 2 3 Connection of an incremental encoder 1 2 3 4 OV Hav 1 It is advisable to adapt the programmable filtering to the frequency applied to the inputs since using programmable filtering avoids
215. lines There is no limitto the number of characters an instruction line may contain The only limit is the program memory available for the Modicon M340 Premium and Quantum platforms except on TSX P57 10 40 processors where the limit is 64 Kb Four preformatted expression structures can be called up directly from the toolbar SAA m Conditional action F THEN ELSIF THEN ELSE END IF E Iterative conditional action WHILE DO END WHILE REPEAT UNTIL END REPEAT m Repetitive action FOR TO BY DO END_FOR B Selective action CASE OF ELSE END CASE The operands used in the expressions are bit variables word variables or variables linked to function blocks To make the expressions easier to read different colors are used to identify objects language key words and program comments Presentation Setup Structure Functions References page 4 4 pages 4 5 to 4 8 pages 4 9 to 4 11 pages 4 18 to 4 28 pages 4 29 and 4 31 4 16 IEC languages continued Modicon Automation Platform Unity Pro software Instruction List language is a language representing the equivalent of a Ladder diagram in text form It can be used to write Boolean and arithmetic equations using all the functions available in the Unity Pro language calling of functions and function blocks assignment of variables creation of program jumps branching to subroutines within a program section etc
216. ll step by step or Step Over This command is used to process the entire SR or DFB r1 Outgoing step by step or Step Out This command is used to move to the next instruction after the SR or DFB element m independent execution of the master MAST fast FAST auxiliary AUX and event triggered EVTi tasks Animation of program elements Dynamic animation is managed section by section A button in the toolbar is used to activate or deactivate animation for each section When the PLC is in RUN this mode can be used to view simultaneously B The animation of a program section regardless of the language used B he variables window containing the application objects created automatically from the section viewed Several windows can be displayed and animated simultaneously The Tool tip function which uses help balloons can be used to view a variable and its content simultaneously when the object is selected with the mouse or other pointing device The user can add inspect windows to display variables inside the program Two types of animation are supported m Standard The variables of the active section are refreshed at the end of the master task MAST m Synchronized The watchpoint can be used to synchronize the display of animated variables with a program element to determine their value at this precise point in the program Animation table Tables containing the variables of the application to be monitored or modifie
217. ll the different voltages provided by each of these power supplies m The number of inputs outputs configured with a Modicon M340 Atrium or Premium platform Configuration of devices on CANopen In the same way as for in rack modules the configuration of devices on CANopen though a Modicon M340 is fully integrated in the configuration editor j fallu jaj Iu p _ cong D raten ET E osse qu nel adt mi ije ade CPU a TUE TT a Graphical configuration of devices on CANopen bus P Workstation and project configuration Library settings Conversion Settings Operator Sciens Unity Pro can be used to configure both the working environment workstation Bone Data t Languages Connection options and the content of the project itself spreadiheel behavior It is also possible to configure the toolbars and to run third party applications from SAAE Reset Move selection alter entenng miormaborc o Reset Unity Pro c In addition users can choose the working language from the list of languages Le C Mothegd Aight selected when the software was installed C Down e Workstation options iv Open edit session on char key press The workstation options cover all the characteristics specific to a given workstation ae They are applied when Unity Pro is used to develop any project on that station Automatically assign a variable lo a new graphical object The follo
218. lso be accessed via the diagnostics viewer integrated into Unity Pro directly from the alarm in the viewer output window see page 4 22 Fault cause analysis Presentation Setup Structure IEC language References page 4 4 pages 4 5 to 4 8 pages 4 9 to 4 11 pages 4 12 to 4 17 pages 4 29 and 4 31 4 24 Functions continued Modicon Automation Platform Unity Pro software Integrated diagnostics Diagnostics viewers Diagnostic viewers in Modicon M340 Atrium Premium and Quantum platforms automatically display diagnostic events for management of faults and alarms The viewer function is supplied as standard with m Vijeo Look and Monitor Pro V7 supervisory software g m Unity Pro programming software MN m Magelis XBT GT and Magelis zPC HMI terminals rj Remote alarm Remote diagnostic The viewer integrated in Unity Pro can also access the instruction or module which is the source of the fault See Diagnostics with fault cause analysis page 4 21 Modicon M340 Atrium Premium and Quantum platforms have multiviewer capability can be used with a maximum of 15 viewers A PC compatible station with the viewer function can be multi PLC can be used with a maximum of 15 Modicon M340 Atrium Premium and or Quantum platforms The viewer structure supports B A single point for fault management in each application B Time stamping of the occurrence of faults at the source B Stora
219. m Ethernet TCP IP network and Transparent Ready Services Performance Processing capacity Use the table below to compare for each station the total number of messages received on the Modbus messaging service or Uni TE if used value R1 R2 or Ri with the station processor capacity Processing Modbus requests for each PLC scan Modicon M340 Modicon Premium Atrium PLC platforms Messages received Communication using EFs or EFBs PL7 or Unity Pro software Total messages received by the TSX 57 10 PLC from all the communication BMX p34 20 TSX 57 20 modules 1 TSX 57 30 TSX 57 40 TSX 57 50 2 Modicon Limitations of the integrated Limitations of the Ethernet Quantum port communication modules modules platform Alltypes of Additional Alltypes of Additional per PLC communi read write 4x communi read write 4x cation registers cation registers request requests 140 CPU 113 3 1message 4 messages max 2 cycle cycle 140 CPU 311 1message 4 messages max 2 cycle cycle 140 CPU 434 534 4messages 8messages max 6 cycle cycle 140 CPU 651 16 messages 16 messages 4 messages 8 messages max 6 cycle cycle cycle cycle messages cycle number of messages received per cycle from the PLC master task typical cycle of 50 to 100 ms Example Quantum 140 CPU 434 12e processor with 4 Ethernet 140 NOE 771 e1 modules 20 messages cycle for all types of commu
220. m a client station 1 its reception by the server station 2 the processing of the request the sending the response and its being accounted for by the station updating an output for example As shown in the above block diagram m The transaction time TT should be between 2xCT1 2 x NAT lt TT lt 4 x CT1 CT2 2x NAT B The average duration TT is equivalent to TT 3x CT1 0 5 x CT2 2 x NAT Global Data service response time The transaction time TT integrates the delay between publication of a Global Data service by station 1 its reception and processing by the remote station 2 and its being resent to the initial station 1 For an exchanged variable m f CT lt 5 ms NAT NAT transaction time TT 5to6xCT m f CT gt 10 ms transaction time TT 3xCT Presentation Performances Selection References Connections pages 3 4 and 3 5 pages 3 16 to 3 21 pages 3 2 and 3 3 pages 3 22 and 3 23 pages 3 24 to 3 37 Telemecanique Performance continuea Modicon M340 Automation Platform Ethernet TCP IP network and Transparent Ready Services Performance I O Scanning service response time The response time RT includes the time between accounting for a remote input and updating the state of a remote output It includes the processing time in the PLC This response time RT consists of the following parameters Input 4 TMod TNet N x cycle T Output mn Response time RT c D o TM
221. m Edit Undo Redo Confirm Go To B Application services Analyze Project Build Project Browse Find Access Library m Automation platform operating mode Upload Download Project Online Offline Run Stop Animate PLC Simulation Mode m Debug mode Set Remove Breakpoint etc m Window display Cascade Horizontal Vertical m Online help non contextual or contextual Setup Structure IEC language Functions References pages 4 5 and 4 8 pages 4 9to 4 11 pages 4 12 to 4 17 pages 4 18 to 4 28 pages 4 29 and 4 31 4 4 Setup Modicon Automation Platform Unity Pro software The project browser can be used m To display the contents of a Modicon M340 Atrium Premium or Quantum PLC project m To move between the different components of the application configuration program variables communication DFB user function blocks DDT derived function blocks created by the user The project can be displayed using two types of view E B The structural view which provides an overall view of the various components of the application This representation provides a view of the order in which the program sections are processed in the PLC sas m The functional view which provides a view of the project based on specific function modules This representation provides a breakdown according to consistent functions in relation to the process to be controlled These two types of view which are available at any time can
222. mbol Description 1 2 7 8 24V_SEN 24 V output for the sensor power supply 5 6 13 14 GND_SEN 0 V output for the sensor power supply 15 16 FE Functional earth ground 3 IN_A Input A 4 IN_SYNC Synchronization input 9 IN_B Input B 10 IN_EN Enable input 11 IN_REF Referencing input 12 IN_CAP Capture input Pinout for the BMX EHC 0200 module 10 pin connector Pin number Symbol Description 1 24V_IN 24 V input for the input power supply 2 GND_IN O V input for the input power supply 5 QO 1 Q1 output of counter channel 0 6 QO 0 QO output of counter channel O 7 Q1 1 Q1 output of counter channel 1 8 Q1 0 Q0 output of counter channel 1 9 24V_OUT 24 V input for the output power supply 10 GND_OUT 0 V input for the output power supply Examples of connection to the BMX EHC 0200 module Sensor connections Connection of an incremental encoder 7 Enable BE eo EC IIE CEE Capture 3 3 s 2 2 4 a a outputs 1 A fast blow fuse should be used to protect the module electronics in the event of reversed polarity of the power supp
223. minals T junction box Insulation of the RS 485 serial line 4 TWDXCAISO 0 100 O O Screw terminals for main Line termination adaptation cable R 2 120 O C 2 1 nF 1 x RJ45 connector for Line pre polarized 2 x R 620 Q 1 derivation 24 V power 2 Mounting on 35 mm T junction box Line termination adaptation TWDXCAT3RJ 0 080 3 x RJ45 connectors R 120 Q C 1 nF j Line pre polarized 2 x R 620 Q 1 Uma Mounting on 35 mm Modbus Bluetooth 1 x Bluetooth adapter 10 m range VW3 A8114 0 155 adapter class 2 with 1 x RJ45 connector 1x 0 1 m long cord set for ms PowerSuite software with 2 x RJ45 E connectors ir fiti 1x0 1 m long cord set for TwidoSuite software with 1 x RJ45 l 1 a connector and 1 x mini DIN connector 1 1 x RJ45 SUB D male 9 pin adapter ki mam Bun EE TWD XCA ISO TWD XCA T3RJ for ATV speed drives m RS 232C RS 485 line 24 V 20 mA power supply 5 XGSZ24 0 100 adapter without modem 19 2 kbit s signals Mounting on 35 mm E Line terminator For RJ45 connector 12 Sold in lots VW3A8306RC 0 200 R 1200 C 1nF of2 VW3 A8 114 XGS 204 1 Polarized termination requires connection to Twido controller master 2 24 V power supply external or through the serial port integrated in Modicon M340 processors 3 46 References Modicon M340 Automation Platform Modbus serial link and character mode
224. ms 4 10 Maximum ms 7 20 Reverse polarity Protected No IEC 1131 2 conformity Type 3 Type 1 Type 3 Non IEC Compatibility with 2 wire 3 wire sensors IEC 947 5 2 Paralleling of inputs 1 Yes No Protection of inputs Use one 0 5 A fast blow fuse per group of channels Insulation resistance MQ gt 10 at 500 V Dielectric strength Primary Secondary Vrms 1 500 50 60 Hz for 1 minute up to 4 000 m Between groupsof V 500 channels Type of input Current sink Resistive Sensor voltage control OK V gt 18 gt 86 S18 threshold Fault V lt 14 24 14 Reliability MTBF in hours At T mbient 30 C 798 237 696 320 362 681 1 504 958 Consumption Typical mA See power consumption table page 6 8 Maximum dissipated power W 2 5 3 6 3 9 4 3 3 Temperature derating None 1 This characteristic allows several inputs to be wired in parallel on the same module or on different modules for input redundancy References Connections pages 2 16 to 2 17 pages 2 18 to 2 21 2 10 Characteristics continuea Module Modicon M340 Automation Platform Discrete I O modules BMX DAI 1602 BMX DAI 1603 BMX DAI 1604 Number of inputs 16 Connection Spring or screw type 20 pin removable terminal block Nominal input values Voltage V 24 48 100 120 Current mA 3 5 Frequenc
225. n Description Type of module No of slots Reference Weight to be inserted 1 kg Racks BMX CPS power supply 4 BMXXBP0400 1 470 BMX P34 processor I O 6 BMXXB0600 1 750 MOEA BMXXBP0800 2 310 application specific modules counter 12 BMXXBP1200 communication Pr Accessories 0 BMX XBP 0800 Description For use with Unit reference Weight kg Shielding connection BMX XBP 0400 rack BMXXSP0400 0 280 kits comprising BMX XBP 0600 rack BMXXSP0600 0 310 a metal var BMX XBP 0800 rack BMXXSP0800 0 340 two sub bases one set of spring BMX XBP 1200 rack BMXXSP1200 0 400 clamping rings Spring clamping rings Cables with 1 5 6 mm cross section STBXSP3010 0 050 pack of 5 Cables with 5 11 mm cross section STBXSP3020 0 070 Protective covers Unoccupied slots on BMX XBP ee00 BMXXEMO10 0 005 pack of 5 rack 1 Number of slots receiving the processor module I O modules and application specific modules excluding power supply module BMX XSP ee00 STB XSP 3080 BMX XBP Common side view Front view BMX XBP example 150 2 a 140 1 BMX XBP 0400 242 4 E Rail 1 BMX XBP 0600 307 6 du on oig m Poen ee BMX XBP 0800 372 8 E BMX XBP 1200 503 2 1 With removable terminal block cage screw or spring 2 With FCN connector 150 1 D
226. n 1 Collision domain 3 Collision domain 2 Switches are used to increase the limits of architectures based on hubs or transceivers by separating collision domains Higher layer communication is provided between the ports and collisions at link layer are not propagated filtering They therefore improve performance by better allocation of the pass band due to the reduction of collisions and the network load Certain ConneXium switch models also enable redundant architectures to be created on twisted pair copper ring or fiber optic Switches are plug and play devices that requires no configuration They can also be managed remotely via the SNMP or HTTP protocols for monitoring and diagnostics purposes Ready ATT o an 1 gs Switches Optimized copper twisted Copper twisted pair unmanaged pair unmanaged Interfaces Copper cable ports Number and type 5 x TOBASE T 100BASE TX ports 8 10BASE T 100BASE TX ports Shielded connectors RJ45 Medium Shielded twisted pair category CAT 5E Total length of pair 100 m Fiber optic ports Number and type Connectors Medium Length of optical fiber 50 125 um fiber 62 2 125 um fiber 9 125 um fiber Attenuation analysis 50 125 um fiber 62 2 125 um fiber 9 125 um fiber Topology Number of switches Cascaded Unlimited Redundant in a ring Redundancy P1 and P2 redundant power sup
227. n chart sub section CHART and sub sections for each of the macro steps The component parts of the charts are m Macro steps which are the sole representation of a set of steps and transitions used to set up a hierarchical chart structure m Steps B Transitions and directed links between steps and transitions Associated with steps and transitions respectively the actions and transition conditions can be m integrated into the CHART or macro step charts in which case the actions or transition conditions are defined by a single variable m Processed in specific sections in which case dedicated processing to be programmed in Ladder Function Block Diagram Structured Text or Instruction List language is necessary In order to check that machine scans have been completed successfully activity times minimum maximum can be associated with each step These times are set by the user Program structure section in master task For each SFC section the graphics editor provides a maximum of m One grid containing 32 columns and 200 rows or 6400 cells Steps transitions or jumps all need one cell respectively m 1024 steps macro steps and steps in macro steps B 20 actions assigned to the same step m 100 steps activated at the same time m 100 actions activated at the same time 6 7 To help you to create basic charts graphic screens can be used to create n steps in series and m steps in parallel in a single operation Dialog boxes can be
228. n into sections enables a structured program to be created and program modules to be generated or added with ease i Subroutines can be called from any section of the task to which they belong or from other subroutines in the same task Master task Fast task Tunnel_1 SFC Compatibility of languages compliant with IEC standard 61131 3 Unity Pro software can be configured Tools Project Settings Language Extensions menu to ensure that applications generated are compliant with IEC standard 61131 3 Furthermore as long as you use only the standard instruction libraries you will be able to reuse programs created in this way on any Modicon M340 Atrium Premium or Quantum platform Presentation Setup IEC language Functions References page 4 4 pages 4 5 to 4 8 pages 4 12 to 4 17 pages 4 18 to 4 28 pages 4 29 and 4 31 419 Memory structure continued Internal processing Input acquisition l Program processing Updating of outputs 0 Input acquisition l RUN l 1 B Program processing Updating of outputs 0 Es Internal processing End of period Periodic execution Cyclic execution Event triggered tasks Fast task Airlock Alarm IL Mon Dry LD EVTO Outside limits Oven Alarm ST Modicon Automation Platform Unity Pro software Two types of cyclic execution are supported B Normal cyclic execution This is the default option B Period
229. n logic The current state of the various variables and selected errors are identified by different colors Transition logic diagnostics is a key function of Unity SFC View It minimizes system downtimes in the event of a fault Two different diagnostic modes are available m Unity SFC View reads the data in the Unity PLC diagnostic buffer It provides information about faulty or missing events that are preventing the transition from being enabled This mode does not require any configuration or additional programming in the PLC program m Unity SFC View monitors the internal logic of the transition conditions back to front This mode provides diagnostic data concerning all the inputs connected to the transition not limited to faulty inputs In this mode for Premium Atrium and Quantum platforms Unity SFC View uses specific EFB function blocks linked to the transition conditions The library for these blocks is supplied with the Unity SFC View software Unity SFC View offers a programming interface which can be used to integrate the ActiveX Control component in an HMI application and customize its functions and its operator interface The ActiveX Control component in Unity SFC View can be customized It accepts properties methods and events all the properties have a default value The properties pages simplify configuration Unity SFC View accepts scripts with functions such as browsing through charts and status control
230. n ms lt 1 0 5 Hz Nominal resistive load Deactivation ms lt 1 0 5 Hz Type of command Passage through zero Built in protection Varistor Protection fuses None use an external fast blow fuse Dielectric strength Vrms 2 830 _ 3 cycles 2 000 m altitude Insulation resistance MQ gt 10 at 500 V Reliability Consumption Typical mA See power consumption table page 6 8 Maximum dissipated power References Connections pages 2 16 to 2 17 pages 2 18 to 2 21 2 11 Characteristics continuea Modicon M340 Automation Platform Discrete I O modules Module BMX DDO 1602 BMX DDO 1612 BMX DDO 3202K BMX DDO 6402K Number of inputs 16 32 64 Connection Spring or screw type 20 pin removable One 40 pin connector Two 40 pin terminal block connectors Output nominal values Voltage V 24 Current A 0 5 0 1 Logic Positive source Negative sink Positive source Output limit values Voltage V 19 30 possible up to 34 V limited to 1 hour in every 24 hours including ripple Current per A 0 625 0 125 channel Current per A 10 3 2 6 4 if 0 lt 40 C module 5 1 if 0 lt 50 C 3 8 if 0 lt 60 C Tungsten filament lamp power W 6 maximum 1 2 maximum Leakage current At state 0 mA lt 0 5 0 1 for U 30 V Residual voltage At state 1 V 1 2 1 5 for 0 1 A Minimum load impedance Q 48 220 Response time 1 ms 1 2 Maximum overload time ms 15
231. n of the fiber optic typical value 15 000 m Ethernet in Machines and installations Ethernet TCP IP Transparent Ready Services Cabling system ConneXium IP 67 switch Product data sheet Ready IP 67 switch Twisted pair unmanaged Interfaces Copper cable ports Number and type 5 x 10BASE T 100BASE TX ports Shielded connectors M12 type D Medium Shielded twisted pair category CAT 5E Total length of pair 100m Number and type Connectors Medium Length of optical fiber Attenuation analysis Storage and re routing of received data auto MDI MDX automatic switching depending on whether cables are straight or crossed automatic negotiation of 10 100 Mbps and duplex mode on all ports automatic change of polarity Topology Number of switches Cascaded Unlimited Redundant in a ring Fiber optic ports Ethernet services Redundancy E Power supply Voltage 24 V 18 32 V safety extra low voltage SELV Power consumption 100 mA Connector 5 pin M12 type A male Operating temperature 0 60 C Relative humidity Degree of protection IP 67 Dimensions W x H x D 60 x 126 x 31 mm Weight 0 210 kg Conformity to standards cUL 508 and CSA 22 2 14 LED indicators Power supply line status line activity Alarm relay Reference TCS ESU 051 FO IP 67 cord sets Ethernet cord sets Preformed at eac
232. nected by daisy chaining and or tap junctions Access method CSMA CA carrier sense consumer producer principle collision detection and arbitration of message priorities Application layer Messages carrying objects process data PDO service data SDO network management NMT special functions SYNC EMCY TIME Transmission Data rate 20 Kbit s 1 Mbit s depending on bus length Medium Double shielded twisted pair CANopen No of slave devices 63 maximum physical Data rate 1 Mbit s 800 Kbit s 500 Kbit s 250 Kbit s 125 Kbit s 50 Kbit s 20 Kbit s en Maximum length of bus 2 m 20 40 100 250 500 1000 2500 Maximum length of tap offs on one m 0 6 6 10 10 10 120 300 tap junction 3 Limitation per No of devices 64 32 16 segment Maximum length m 160 185 205 of segment 4 Modicon M340 BMX P34 2010 BMX P34 2030 processor No of racks 1 4 6 8 or 12 slots Maximum no of slots 12 for processor and modules excluding power supply module Maximum no in Discrete I O 1 024 704 in single rack configuration 64 I O x 11 rack Analog I O 256 66 in single rack configuration 4 2Q x 11 Process control Programmable loops via CONT CTL process control EFB library Counting 36 channels Motion Independent axes on CANopen bus via MFB library Integrated Ethernet TCP IP 1 RJ45 port 10 100 Mbit s connections CANopen bus 1 master 9 pin SUB D Serial link 1 RJ45 po
233. nector converter 1 Must be associated with an XBT ZG909 adapter 2 If the DTE is equipped with a 25 pin SUB D connector additionally order the 25 pin female 9 pin male SUB D TSX CTC 07 adapter 3 47 4 0 Telemecanique Contents 4 Unity M software Unity software Unity Pro programming software Exaresentalloncseldp anre a a er EL I E EM 4 4 ES 0 ay ate SINGES PER CR Cr RA RUN 4 9 A eo eer RO e e CU enr eA 4 12 EU OO S A EEE A a I ee ce eng 4 18 a E a NN 4 29 Unity EFB Toolkit software corroe ao dar ade do a 4 32 Unity SEC View software ed E M 4 34 A EE 4 36 Unity Application Generator lt a 29e RUE Ee EUH he ns 4 40 4 1 Selection guide Platform Unity software Unity Pro programming software for Modicon M340 Premium PLC Quantum PLC Atrium PLC IEC 61131 3 languages Instruction List IL Ladder LD Structured Text ST Function Block Diagram FBD Sequential Function Chart SFC Grafcet Multitask programming Master fast and event triggered Multitask programming Master fast auxiliary and event triggered Functional view and function modules DFB editor and DFB instances DDT compound data editor Data structure instances and tables EF function block libraries amp EFB function blocks User definable control loops Programming services Programmable control loops FB library Motion
234. ng RSTP Rapid Scanning Tree Protocol priority port data stream control secure port Topology Number of switches Cascaded Unlimited Redundant in a ring max 50 Redundancy Redundant power supplies redundant single ring ring coupling Power supply Voltage Operation 9 6 60 V 18 30 V safety extra low voltage SELV Power consumption 9 4 W 11 8 W 15 5 W Removable connector 6 pin Operating temperature 0 60 C Relative humidity 10 90 non condensing Degree of protection IP 20 Dimensions WxHxD 111x131x111 mm Mounting On symmetrical DIN rail 35 mm wide Weight 0 600 kg 0 650 kg Conformity to standards cUL 60950 UL 508 and CSA 142 UL 1604 and CSA 213 Class 1 Division 2 C GL LED indicators Redundant power supplies Redundant power supplies single ring double ring single ring Alarm relay Power supply fault Ethernet network fault or communication port fault 1 A max voltage free contact at 24 V Reference TCSESM 163F2CU0 TCSESM 163F23F0 TCSESM 243F2CU0 1 Length depends on the attenuation analysis and attenuation of the fiber optic typical value 2 000 m 3 36 Ethernet in Machines and installations Ethernet TCP IP Transparent Ready Services Cabling system ConneXium managed switches Product data sheet continued Ready Switches Copper twisted pair and fiber optic managed Copper twisted pair managed Interfaces Copper cable ports Numbe
235. nication requests and 32 messages cycle for the read write 4x registers Ethernet transaction processing capacity Compare for each station the total number of messages received 2 values Ri Aj and the total number of messages sent 2 values Ei Ej for example for station N with the Ethernet transaction processing capacity indicated below Use the elements below for the Ethernet connection per PLC rather than the number of transactions required by the application Ethernet transaction Modicon M340 BMX Modicon Premium TSX Modicon Quantum140 processing capacity NOE 0100 P34 2020 ETY 210 ETY 4103 5103 P5750 NOE 771 01 11 CPU 65 150 160 NOE 0110 P34 2030 ETY 110WS WMY 100 4 NWM 100 00 4 CPU 67 160 P57 10 20 30 40 Modbus messaging I O Scanning service Publication of Global Data 1 A temporary overload due for example to an adjustment terminal or the temporary connection of an Internet browser on which a few PLC scans are permitted 2 Only with Unity Pro software 3 Only with Concept ProWORX software 4 Module not featuring O Scanning and Global Data services TSX WMY 100 and 140 NWM 100 00 Presentation Performances Selection References Connections pages 3 4 and 3 5 pages 3 16 to 3 21 pages 3 2 and 3 3 pages 3 22 and 3 23 pages 3 24 to 3 37 3 20 Performance continuea Modicon M340 Automation Platform Ethernet TCP IP network and Transparent Ready Se
236. nity Developer s Edition For PLCs Description Type of licence Reference Weight kg BMX P34 1000 UDE Unity Developer s Edition Single station UNYUDEVFUCD21E BMX P34 20e0 Requires Unity Pro Extra Large TSX 57 0e 57 50 TSX PCI 57 20 30 140 CPU 311 10 140 CPU 434 12U 140 CPU 534 14U 140 CPU 651 50 60 140 CPU 671 60 Presentation Setup Software structure IEC language Functions page 4 4 pages 4 5 and 4 6 pages 4 7 to 4 9 pages 4 10 to 4 15 pages 4 16 to 4 26 4 30 References continued For PLCs Hardware and software manuals on DVD Separate parts Description PC terminal connection cables BMX XCA USB H0ee TSX PCX 1031 Cup A E Fa TSX CUSB 485 Documentation for Unity Pro version 3 0 Modicon Automation Platform Unity Pro software Description Type of license Reference Weight kg Platform setup for Multilingual English Spanish UNYUSE909CDM Modicon M340 French German Italian and Atrium Premium Chinese Quantum Momentum Electromagnetic compatibility of networks and fieldbuses Software setup for Unity Pro EF EFB DFB function blocks library Use from processor To PC port Length Reference Weight kg USB Mini B port USB port 1 8m BMXXCAUSBH018 0 065 Modicon M340 4 5m BMXXCAUSBH045 0 110 BMX P34 1000 20e0 Mini DIN port for RS 232D 15 pin 2 5m TSXPCX1031 0 170 Premium TSX 57 1e 2e 3e 4e SUB D connector Atrium TSX PCI 57 USB
237. nnection interfaces Advantys Telefast ABE7 pre wired system Discrete input and or output sub bases 817436 817437 817438 ABE7H20E000 ABE7H16Cee ABE7HeeRie ABE7HeeR2e ABE7HeeS21 ABE7H32E000 ABE7HeeR50 1 For TSX Micro and Premium PLCs Telemecanique 817432 521500 ar Er ir Won enc n p H B AAA a MC PT AS ABE7H16CM1 1 ABE7H16CM21 ABE7P16M111 ABE7R16M111 Telemecanique Selection guide continued Connection interfaces Advantys Telefast ABE7 pre wired system Discrete input and output sub bases ABE7R08S216e ABE7ReeSiee ABE7ReeS2ee ABE7R16T111 ABE7P16T111 ABE7P16T2e0ee ABE7PO8T3eee Telemecanique 817439 EST ABE7R16T2ee ABE7R16T3ee ABE7SeeS2Be ABE7H16F43 ABE7H16R3e ABE7H16S43 ABE7S16E2ee ABE7P16F31e Telemecanique Selection guide continued Connection interfaces Advantys Telefast ABE7 pre wired system Analog and application specific sub bases ABE7CPAO01 ABE7CPA02 ABE7CPA21 ABE7CPA412 410 Telemecanique 817435 817434 I 1 a TE IIA ap ge Ee ABE7CPA03 ABE7CPA31e ABE7CPA11 ABE7CPA12 ABE7CPA13 Telemecanique Presentation 4 O O Connection interfaces Advantys Telefast ABE7 pre wired system Interface with Modicon M340 1 0 modules S Of il y S y Yo Y Y VEA Y
238. nse time y 15ms driven by relay outputs 15 g 6 ms 100 bumps direction axis CE tests required by European directives C and based on IEC EN 61131 2 standards 6 5 Technical information Automation products certifications In some countries certification of certain electrical components is enforced by law Astandard conformity certificate is then issued by the official organization Each certified product must carry approval symbols when enforced Use aboard merchant navy vessels generally requires prior approval certification of an electrical device by certain marine classification authorities Key Certification body Country CSA Canadian Standards Association Canada C Tick Australian Communication Authority Australia GOST Gost Standard Scientific Research Institute C I S Russia UL Underwriters Laboratories USA Key Classification authority Country IACS International Association of Classification Societies International ABS American Bureau of Shipping USA BV Bureau Veritas France DNV Det Norske Veritas Norway GL Germanischer Lloyd Germany LR Lloyd s Register United Kingdom RINA Registro Italiano Navale Italy RMRS Russian Maritime Register of Shipping GLS The table below shows the situation as at 01 10 2006 for certifications obtained or pending from organizations for base PLCs An overview of certificates for Telemecanique products is available on our Internet website www telemecanique c
239. nsparent Ready device communication services designed for use in automation applications include m Modbus TCP IP messaging for class 10 or 30 devices m I O Scanning service for class 30 devices m FDR Faulty Device Replacement for class 10 or 30 devices m SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol network management for class 10 or 30 devices m Global Data for class 30 devices m Bandwidth management for class 10 or 30 devices The following pages present the various options available through all of these services to provide the optimum choice of solutions when defining a system integrating Transparent Ready devices Presentation Performance Selection References Connections pages 3 4 and 3 5 pages 3 16 to 3 21 pages 3 2 and 3 3 pages 3 22 and 3 23 pages 3 24 to 3 37 gt TM m Functions Modicon M340 Automation Ethernet TCP IP network and communication services and Transparent Ready services Ethernet universal services HTTP Hypertext Transfer Protocol RFC1945 HTTP Hypertext Transfer Protocol is used to transmit Web pages between a server and a browser HTTP has been used on the Web since 1990 Web servers embedded in Transparent Ready automation products provide easy access to products located anywhere in the world from a standard Internet browser such as Internet Explorer BOOTP DHCP RFC1531 BOOTP DHCP is used to supply devices with IP parameters automatically This avoids having to manage each dev
240. nstances of function blocks for the axis in question m CAN Handler used to manage communication with the drive via the CANopen network Recipe definition The recipes attached to the axis are the data structures containing all the adjustment parameters of a given drive This data is used when m Changing the drive with restoration of the context during Faulty Device Replacement maintenance m Changing the manufacturing program of the machine and calling up an appropriate set of parameters such as servo control gains limitations etc adapted to the weight and size of the moving parts Communication between the PLC and drive is automatically set up by the system as soonasa TE CAN Handler instance is declared in the Unity Pro task with which the axis is associated Movements are then programmed by sequencing function blocks from the library in the Unity Pro editor as selected by the user LD ST FBD The two function blocks MC ReadStatus and in some cases MC ReadAxisError are useful for determining the overall status of the axis and the code of active warnings or errors The function blocks TE UploadDriveParam and TE DownloadDriveParam allow the application to save all the parameters of a drive recipe and to then quickly reload them into another drive if the first one fails 2 45 3 0 Telemecanique Contents 3 Communication Ethernet TCP IP networks with Transparent Ready Services B Embedded Web serv
241. nts for continuity of service even if the power supply fails r1 Downstream electronic Protection modules to ensure that the protection in the application is discriminating Premium automation platform O Converter modules delivering nominal voltages of 5 and 12 V from the 24 V output of the Universal range of Phaseo power supplies 1 Universal range of power supplies The Universal range of Phaseo regulated switch mode power supplies 2 ABL 8RPS24ee0 RPM24200 WPS24e00 comprise 1 Spring clip for 35 mm 1 r rail 2 4 mm enclosed screw terminals for connection of the AC voltage single phase phase to phase or 3 phase connection Protective glass flap 3 a 4 Clip on marker label 4 5 Locking catch for the glass flap sealable 5 6 Protection mode selector 6 7 Output voltage adjustment potentiometer 7 8 Output voltage status LED green and red 9 Output current status LED green red and orange 8 10Screw terminals for connection of the diagnostic relay contact except ABL 8RPS24030 114 mm 10 mm on ABL 8WPS24e00 and ABL 8RPM24200 enclosed screw terminals for connection of the DC output voltage Characteristics References Dimensions Schemes pages 24 to 28 page 29 page 30 page 31 5 23 Characteristics Power supplies and transformers Power supplies for DC control circuits Regulated switch mode power supplies Phaseo power supplies Universal range Type of power supply Certifications BL 8RPS24030
242. o software the local diagnostics indicators on the modules front panel are complemented by system diagnostics based on predefined screens at the global hardware configuration level the module level and the channel level see pages 4 21 and 4 22 Remote diagnostics using a web browser on a Thin Client PC In addition the diagnostics described above can be performed remotely using a simple web browser thanks to the standard web server integrated in the Modicon M340 platform processor with integrated Ethernet port or Ethernet module using the ready to use Rack Viewer function see page 3 4 Compatibility with 2 wire and 3 wire sensors Input type 24 V 48 V 24 V 24 V 48 V 100 120 V Non IEC type 1 type 3 type 1 type 3 type 3 positive log positive log positive log sink sink sink Any 3 wire sensor PNP type Any 3 wire sensor NPN type Telemecanique 2 wire sensor or other brand with the following characteristics Residual voltage in closed state lt 7 V Minimum switched current x 2 5 mA Residual current in open state lt 1 5 mA Telemecanique 2 wire sensor or other brand with the following characteristics Residual voltage in closed state lt 4 V Minimum switched current x 1 mA Residual current in open state x 0 5 mA 2 wire sensor 1 2 wire sensor Not compatible MIA Compatible 1 24 Va sensors c
243. o All Modicon M340 PLCs Unity Loader 4 38 Software for designing and generating batch process applications UAG specialist software for designing and generating SFC View application diagnostic and monitoring software ActiveX control component for monitoring and diagnostics batch process applications ina of chart status SFC or Grafcet Collaborative Automation environment It provides the unique project database O process and control PLCs in sequential applications O Overview of charts and detailed views O Can be integrated in ri Magelis HMI user interface human machine interface o SCADA supervision Monitor Pro V7 2 Based around re usable objects PID valves etc and complying with standard ISA S88 UAG generates the PLC code and the elements required for the HMI system Complies with the GAMP standard Good Automation Manufacturing Practice Compatible with a Unity Pro Extra Large programming software o TSX P57 4634 454M and TSX P57 5634 554M Premium Unity CPUs Unity Application Generator 4 40 HMI applications O Access to PLC data via OFS OPC Factory Server Includes EFB function block library for Unity Pro software for Premium Atrium and Quantum CPUs Compatible with o Unity Pro Extra Large programming software o All Modicon M340 PLCs O All Atrium slot PLCs Pack for developing specific solutions Specialist software
244. o the IN_AUX input varies according to the selected filter level The frequency applied to the IN_AUX input is at maximum 1 pulse every 25 ms The frequency of the modulo event is at maximum 1 every 25 ms The minimum acceptable modulo value varies according to the frequency of the IN_A input For example for a frequency of 10 kHz applied to the IN_A input the modulo must be higher than 250 Up down counter This function is used for an accumulation upcounting or downcounting operation on a single input Each pulse applied to the IN_A input produces m upcounting of pulses if the IN_AUX input is high m downcounting of pulses if the IN_AUX input is low The counter values vary between the limits 65 536 and 65 535 The maximum frequency applied to the IN_A input is 10 kHz Pulses applied to the IN_A input after a change of direction are only upcounted or downcounted after a period corresponding to the delay for taking account of the state of the IN_AUX input due to the programmable filter level on this input 32 bit counter counting 32 bit counter counting mode is available for channels 0 2 4 and 6 channels 1 3 5 and 7 are now inactive It behaves in the same way as the up down counting mode using up to 3 physical inputs It enables simultaneous upcounting and downcounting The counter values vary between the limits 2 147 483 648 and 2 147 483 647 31 bit word and 1 sign bit The eight 16 bit registers can be configured as four 32 bit reg
245. ock variables CONT_CTL programmable process control integrated in PO A Unity Pro The library consists of five function families m Input data conditioning m Controllers m Math functions m Measurement processing B Output value processing Input data conditioning DTIME Pure delay INTEGRATOR Integrator with limiting LAG FILTER First order time lag device LDLG PD device with smoothing LEAD Differentiator with smoothing MFLOW Mass flow calculation based on the measurement of differential pressure or flow speed with pressure and temperature compensation QDTIME Deadtime device SCALING Scaling TOTALIZER Integrator typically of flow until a limit typically a volume is reached with automatic reset VEL LIM Velocity limiter with manipulated variable limiting Rode Controllers TT18 PV p PV PV O TT18 SP p SP SP O PI B Simple PI controller PI algorithm with a mixed structure d 1 m r prm series parallel ABE E RM 1D PIDFF Complete PID controller PID algorithm with a parallel or mixed ITRI TR structure series parallel E i MES TC2 our gt TC2 OUT AUTOTUNE Automatic tuner setting for the PIDFF complete PID controller or STATUS the PI B simple PI controller MS H Identification using Ziegler Nichols type method TC2 OUT p IN O Modeling based on 1 order process he O Building of control parameters with criterion f
246. od In and TMod Out Response time of the read written device excluding the electrical transit time at the input output TMod depends on the device usually between 1 and 8 ms o TIOS In and TIOS Out Time between 2 read write operations on the same device 0 3 ms x number of scanned devices at least equivalent to the configured scan time As TIOS is executed in parallel with the PLC scan it can be hidden with respect to the response time RT o Cycle T PLC scan time o TNet propagation time on the network depending on the application usually TNet 0 05 ms at 10 Mbit s and 0 005 ms at 100 Mbit s The response time RT can be estimated with the following 3 formulas B RT in minimum response time with TIOS hidden and 1 PLC scan RT nin TMod In 0 x TIOS In Tnet N x cycle T 0 x TIOS Out Tnet TMod Out B RT typical response time with 0 5 TIOS hidden t TMod In 0 5 x TIOS In Tnet N x Cycle T 0 5 x TIOS Out Tnet TMod Out B RT ax maximum response time with TIOS not hidden RT max TMod In TIOS In Tnet N x Cycle T TIOS Out Tnet TMod Oui Presentation Performances Selection References Connections pages 3 4 and 3 5 pages 3 16 to 3 21 pages 3 2 and 3 3 pages 3 22 and 3 23 pages 3 24 to 3 37 Performance continuea Modicon M340 Automation Platform Ethernet TCP IP network and Transparent Ready Services Performance I O Scanning service response time c
247. olated inputs low level voltage resistors temperature probes thermocouples Number of channels 4 8 Nature of inputs 40 mV 80 mV 160 mV 320 mV 640 mV 1 28 V Analog digital conversion 2 A 16 bits Resolution mV 15 sign Filtering 1 order digital filtering Read cycle time ms 400 with temperature probes 1 4 400 with temperature probes 1 8 200 with thermocouples 1 4 200 with thermocouples 1 8 Permitted overload on the inputs V a MD 50 60 Hz rejection Differential mode Typical dB 60 Common mode Typical dB 120 Cold junction compensation External compensation by Pt100 probe o Using the dedicated Advantys Telefast ABE7CPA412 sub base including the probe o Using a 2 wire temperature probe wired on channel 0 and or 4 o Using a 3 wire temperature probe wired on channel 3 and or 7 Recalibration Internal Isolation Between channels V 750 Between channels and bus V 2 000 Between channels and ground V 750 Consumption Typical mA See power consumption table page 6 8 1 FS Error as a of full scale 2 Including the conversion resistor error Description Functions References page 2 24 pages 2 26 and 2 27 page 2 31 2 28 Characteristics continuea Characteris Input ranges for BMX ART 0414 0814 modules tics of BMX ART 0414 0814 Modicon M340 Automation Platform Analog I O modules
248. om Approvals C Tick Hazardous VEA Certified UL CG locations Ex Pending Class Div 2 1 certification UL CSA ACA GOST ATEX USA Canada Australia CIS Russia USA Canada Europe Advantys STB FM Advantys Telefast ABE 7 ConneXium 2 Magelis PC UL Magelis XBT GT Cat 3 G D Magelis XBT F FC HM PM Magelis XBT N R Modicon M340 Modicon Momentum Modicon Premium Modicon Quantum CSA UL Cat 3 G D CSA 2 FM 2 Modicon TSX Micro Twido 6 2 UL 2 1 Hazardous locations UL 1604 CSA 22 2 no 213 or FM 3611 certified products are acceptable for use in hazardous locations of Class I division 2 groups A B C and D or unclassified only 2 Depending on product consult our website www telemecanique com 3 cULus North American certification Canada and USA 2 CSA Local certifications BG Germany TSX DPZ 10D2A safety module TSX Micro TSX PAY 262 282 safety modules Premium SIMTARS Australia Modicon TSX Micro automation platform Modicon Premium automation platform PL7 AS Interface Europe TWD NOI 10M3 master module Twido TSX SAZ 10 master module TSX Micro TSX SAY 1000 master modules Premium 6 6 Technical information Automation products certifications Community regulations Marine classification authorities
249. om Single station UNYSPUMZUCD30 E Sat Group 3 stations UNYSPUMZGCD30 icro Junior ProWORX softwart Team 10 stations UNYSPUMZTCD30 NxT 32 Lite Unity Pro Large version 3 0 software packages For PLCs Description Type of license Reference Weight kg BMX P34 1000 Unity Pro Large software Single station UNYSPULFUCD30 BMX P34 20e0 packages Group 3 stations UNYSPULFGCD30 i TOX 970 57 20 Team 10 stations UNYSPULFTCD30 x TSX PCI 57 20 30 l E 140 CPU 311 10 Site gt 10 stations UNYSPULFFCD30 140 CPU 434 12U Software upgrades from Single station UNYSPULZUCD30 140 CPU 534 14U E Group 3 stations UNYSPULZGCD30 icro Junior Pro ProWORX software Team 10 Statens UNYSPULZTCD30 NxT 32 Lite Site gt 10 stations UNYSPULZFCD30 Unity Pro Extra Large version 3 0 software packages For PLCs Description Type of license Reference Weight kg BMX P34 1000 Unity Pro Extra Large software Single station UNYSPUEFUCD30 BMX P34 20e0 packages Group 3 stations UNYSPUEFGCD30 TSX 97 0 57 50 Team 10 stations UNYSPUEFTCD30 TSX PCI 57 20 30 140 CPU 311 10 Site gt 10 stations UNYSPUEFFCD30 140 CPU 434 12U Software upgrades from Single station UNYSPUEZUCD30 ie y dite Eum o a XL A Group 3 stations UNYSPUEZGCD30 E icro Junior Pro l E 140 CPU 671 60 ProWORX software Team 10 Stations UNYSPUEZTCD30 NxT Lite Full Site gt 10 stations UNYSPUEZFCD30 ProWORX software 32 Lite Full U
250. ommunication functions READ VAR and WHITE VAR or even from the Unity Pro diagnostic screens These screens can be used to display the bus status graphically as well as to access the diagnostics sent by a faulty device with a single click of the mouse Presentation Characteristics References page 3 38 page 3 40 page 3 41 3 39 Description characteristics Modicon M340 Automation Platform BMX P34 2010 Type of bus BMX P34 2030 CANopen machine and installation bus Both of the Performance processors on the Modicon M340 platform BMX P34 2010 and BMX P34 2030 have an integrated CANopen communication port They have the following on the front panel 1 Securing screw for locking the module in its slot marked 0 in the rack 2 A display block comprising at least O CAN RUN LED green Integrated machine installation bus operational r1 CAN ERR LED red Integrated machine installation bus faulty 3 Amini B USB connector for a programming terminal 4 A slot equipped with Flash memory card for backing up the application 5 An RJ45 connector for serial link with BMX P34 2010 model or Ethernet TCP IP port with BMX P34 2030 model 5 A9 pin SUB D connector for the CANopen Master machine and installation bus CANopen CANopen Conformity class M20 services Standard DS 301 V 04 02 303 2 Device profile DS 405 Special Structure Physical interface 9 pin male SUB D Topology Devices con
251. on 5 50 m TSXCANCD50 3 510 CE marking low smoke Halogen free 100 TSXCANCD100 7 770 TSX CAN KCD F90T m ee IEC 60332 1 Resistance to 300 m TSXCANCD300 21 700 CANopen preformed Standard C marking low smoke Halogen free 6a 0 3m TSXCANCADDO3 0 091 cord sets Flame retardant IEC 60332 1 1m TSXCANCADD1 0 143 ONE one 3m TSXCANCADD3 0 295 SUB D connector at 24 AWG Standard UL certification C marking 6a 0 3m TSXCANCBDDO3 0 086 TSX CAN KCD F180T flame retardant IEC 60332 2 1m TSXCANCBDD1 0 131 3m TSXCANCBDD3 0 268 5m TSXCANCBDD5 0 400 CANopen preformed Standard C marking low smoke Halogen free 6b 0 5 m TCSCCE4F3M05 cord sets Flame retardant IEC 60332 1 im TCSCCE4F3M1 z Pne pii SMBR Standard UL certification C marking 6b 0 5 m TCSCCU4F3M05 One flame retardant IEC 60332 2 One RJ45 connector 1m TCSCCU4F3M1 24 AWG CANopen preformed Two 9 pin SUB D connectors one male and 0 5 m TLACDCBA005 t f _ TSX CAN KCD F90TP cord sets one female 1 5m TLACDCBA015 3m TLACDCBA030 5m TLACDCBA050 Designation Description No Length Unit Weight 1 reference kg CANopen preformed Preformed cord sets of two 5 pin M12 A coded 12 0 3 m FTXCN3203 0 40 cord sets angled connectors one male connector and one 0 6 m FTXCN3206 0 70 fatale connecter 1m FTXCN3210 0 100 2m FTXCN3220 0 160 3m FTXCN3230 0 220 5m FTXCN3250 0 430 Preformed cord sets with one 5 pin female M12 7 3m FTXCN3130 A coded connector at one end an
252. on domain so as to limit the network load using only the switched network tree star or daisy chain topology Presentation Functions Selection References Connections pages 3 4 and 3 5 pages 3 9 to 3 15 pages 3 2 and 3 3 pages 3 22 and 3 23 pages 3 24 to 3 37 3 16 Performance continuea Modicon M340 Automation Platform Ethernet TCP IP network and Transparent Ready Services Performance Modbus messaging or Uni TE service response time Exchanges between the PLC processor and the Ethernet module are synchronous with the PLC scan time just like the I O exchanges On occurrence of an event for example an input set to state 1 the message is sent on the start of the next cycle Execution of the PLC program Modicon M340 Modicon Premium or NAT Modicon Quantum PLC are on average around 1 5 cycle times after occurrence of the event The network access time NAT appearing in the table below in ms is the sum of the module transit time and the waiting time before the message can be sent on the Processing Modbus Modicon M340 Modicon Premium Modicon Quantum TCP IP message BMX NOE 0100 BMX P34 2020 TSX ETY 210 TSX ETY 4103 5103 140 NOE 771 01 111 140 CPU 65 150 160 requests BMX NOE 0110 BMX P34 2030 TSX ETY 110WS TSX WMY 100 140 CPU 113 311 ee 140 CPU 67 160 TSX P57 10 57 50 140 CPU 434 534 1e Network access time NAT The transaction time TT integrates the delay between the sending of a message fro
253. onditions the module can be removed and reinserted in its slot while the rack is powered up but the counter may need to be re enabled when it is reinserted in its base Insulation voltage from the ground to the bus V 1500 for 1 min Consumption Typical mA See power consumption table page 6 8 it char Module type BMX EHC 0200 BMX EHC 0800 Input type High speed inputs IN_A IN_B High speed inputs IN_A IN_B IN_AUX IN SYNC and auxiliary inputs IN EN IN REF IN CAP Number of inputs per channel 6 24 V 2 24V Inputs Voltage V 30 At state 1 Voltage V 11 30 Current mA 6 24 V At state 0 Voltage V lt 5 Current mA zb Current at 11 V mA 22 Output type BMX EHC 0200 BMX EHC 0800 Number of outputs per channel 2 24V 0 5A Voltages V 19 2 90 Maximum load current Each point A 0 5 Per module A 1 Maximum leakage current at state 0 mA 0 1 Maximum voltage drop at state 1 V lt Maximum short circuit output current Each point A 1 5 Maximum load capacity us lt 200 Short circuit and overload Protection for each channel Polarity on each output channel Default Normal logic on both channels User configuration Reverse logic on one or more channels Inductive load The inductive load is calculated by application of the formula L 05 75 where O L load inductance in Henrys O I load current in A O F switching frequency in Hz Characteristics Connections References page 2 40 page
254. ong with any errors are recorded in a trace file stored in the PC Unity Loader is compatible with Modicon M340 PLCs Its use is totally independent from Unity Pro Program files and PLC data are compatible between Unity Pro and Unity Loader Unity Loader is available in two formats It is automatically provided with all versions of Unity Pro Small Medium Large and Extra Large It can also be ordered separately The product includes a graphic interface and documentation in six languages English Spanish French German Italian and Chinese Description Type Reference Weight kg Unity Loader Single license UNYSMUZUCD30 4 41 Presentation Modicon Premium Quantum automation platform Unity Application Generator Unity Application Generator UAG is a specialized software productivity tool for modeling and generating process applications in a collaborative environment Pewee Eme A TE i s actbii 1329459 S For process type applications UAG provides a single database containing all the project information process model control configuration and SCADA integration Using an approach based on reusable control devices PID motor valve etc UAG which complies with the standard ISA S88 and generates the PLC code Unity Pro amp Concept plus all the elements required by the HMI monitoring system Magelis or SCADA Monitor Pro V7 2 1 or third party supervision system
255. ontinued Below are the TMod In and TMod Out response times Type of distributed 1 0 Response time Min Typical Max Momentum 170 ENT 110 02 TMod In 1 ms 1 ms 1ms TMod Out 5 ms 5 ms 5 ms Momentum 170 ENT 110 01 TMod In 4 ms 6 ms 8 ms TMod Out 4 ms 6 ms 8 ms Advantys STB STB NIP 2212 TMod In 2 ms 3 ms 4 ms TMod Out 2 ms 3 ms 4 ms Below are the TIOS In TIOS Out times measured between 2 scan cycles Ethernet network with switches Time ms 1 5 10 20 30 40 50 60 No of scanned devices Below is the number of processor cycles N Number of processor cycles N Min Typical Max Number of processor cycles N Min Typical Max Modicon M340 platform with modules 2 2 5 2 BMX NOE 0100 and BMX NOE 0110 Modicon Premium platform with modules TSX ETY 4103 and TSX ETY 5103 Modicon Quantum platform with modules 140 NOE 771 01 and 140 NOE 771 11 Modicon M340 processors BMX P34 2020 and BMX P34 2030 Modicon Premium processors TSX P57 26 3634M TSX P57 26 2823M and TSX P57 36 4823AM Modicon Premium processors 1 1 2 TSX P57 4634M and 5634M Modicon Quantum processors 140 CPU 651 50 and 140 CPU 651 60 TM Presentation Performances Selection References Connections pages 3 4 and 3 5 pages 3 16 to 3 21 pages 3 2 and 3 3 pages 3 22 and 3 23 pages 3 24 to 3 37 3 19 Performance continued Modicon M340 Automation Platfor
256. or installations in industrial production workshops or environments corresponding to TH treatment treatment for hot and humid environments Modicon M340 PLCs must be embedded in envelopes with a minimum IP 54 protection in compliance with IEC EN 60664 and NF C 20 040 Modicon M340 PLCs themselves offer protection to IP 20 level and protection against pins enclosed equipment 7 They can therefore be installed without an envelope in reserved access areas which do not exceed pollution level 2 control room with no dust producing machine or activity The pollution level 2 does not take account of more severe environmental conditions air pollution by dust smoke corrosive or radioactive particles vapors or salts attack by fungi insects 1 In the case where a position is not occupied by a module a BMX XEM 010 protection cover must be installed 6 2 Environment tests Modicon M340 Automation Platform Standards certifications and environmental conditions nvironment tests Immunity to LF interference Ce 1 Name of test Standards Levels Voltage and frequency variation IEC EN 61000 4 11 0 9 Un O 95 Fn for 30 minutes 1 10 Un 1 05 Fn for 30 minutes IACS E10 IEC 60092 504 0 8 Un O 9 Fn for 1 5 5 seconds 1 2 Un 1 1 Fn for 1 5 5 seconds Direct voltage variation IEC EN 61131 2 0 85 Un 1 2 Un for 30 minutes with 596 ripple peak values IEC EN 61000 4 11 IEC 60092 504 IACS E10 battery without
257. or prioritizing either MAN_AUTO QUTD the reaction time to disturbance dynamic or the stability of the seda MA_O process ms SA IMC Model tor Th del is a first ord del with delay Thi one es odel corrector The model is a first order model with delay This corrector is useful Example PID controller with MS manual control o When there are serious delays compared with the main time constant of the process this scenario cannot be satisfactorily resolved by standard PID process control o For regulating a non linear process IMC can handle any stable and aperiodic process of any order SAMPLETM Control of controller startup and sampling STEP2 Two point controller STEP3 Three point controller for temperature regulation Math functions COMP_DB Comparison of two values with dead zone and hysteresis K_SQRT Square root with weighting and threshold useful for linearization of flow measurements MULDIV_W Weighted multiplication division of 3 numerical values SUM_W Weighted summation of 3 numerical values 2 32 Functions continued Setup Programming in Unity Pro in offline mode Programming in online mode al Automation platform Modicon M340 processors Programmable process control Measurement processing AVGMV Moving average with fixed number of samples 50 max AVGMV_K Moving average with constant correction factor 10 000 samples max DEAD_ZONE Dead zone LOOKU
258. osting and display of user web pages 16 Mb No Yes Yes client Yes server No Yes No Yes No No Server Yes Standard and Performance processors BMX P34 2020 BMX P34 2030 BMX NOE 0100 BMX NOE 0110 A 3 22 3 23 A Available 4 quarter 2007 Before this date please order the BMX NOE 0100 Ethernet module with BMX RWS C016M memory card same services except Data editor service with pocket PC or PDA terminal and SOAP XML Web services 3 2 Processors with integrated machine and installation bus a i CANopen ISO 11898 9 pin SUB D connector Processors with integrated serial link Ain Pt a m T cue e a m ma v Hn w Modbus interface and Character mode Non isolated 4 wire RS 232 2 wire RS 485 9 pin SUB D RJ45 CSMA CA multiple access Master slave with Modbus link Half duplex RS 485 Full duplex RS 232 in character mode 20 Kbps 1 Mbps depending on distance Double shielded twisted pair copper cable 63 0 3 19 2 Kbps Double shielded twisted pair copper cable 32 per segment 247 max 20 m 1 Mbps 2 500 m 20 kbps 15 m non isolated 1 000 m with insulating case 1 Serial link Ethernet TCP IP PDO implicit exchange application data SDO explicit exchange service data 1 CANopen Ethernet TCP IP Read write bits and words diagnostics with Modbus link Send and receive character string in character mode
259. ovide Modicon M340 processors with the processing capability required to meet the needs of specialist applications in the following areas m Process control via programmable control loops EF and EFB libraries m Motion control with multiple independent axis functions MFB Motion Function Blocks library The axes are controlled by Altivar 31 71 adjustable speed drives or Lexium 05 15 servo drives connected over the CANopen machine and installation bus Description Modicon M340 Automation Platform Processor modules BMX P34 1000 2010 Standard and Performance single format processors have the following on the front panel Securing screw for locking the module in its slot marked 0 in the rack A display block comprising 5 or 7 LEDs depending on the model RUN LED green Processor running program executing ERR LED red Processor or system fault I O LED red I O module fault SER COM LED yellow Activity on the Modbus serial link o CARD ERR LED red Memory card missing or faulty O0 DO DO DO N amp 5 With in addition for model BMX P34 2010 O CAN RUN LED green Integrated machine installation bus operational Es o CAN ERR LED red Integrated machine installation bus fault BMX P34 1000 3 A mini B USB connector for a programming terminal or Magelis XBT GT operator interface 4 A slot equipped with Flash memory card for backing up the application an LED located above this slot indicates
260. pe 20 pin Yes 16 non protected BMXDRA1605 0 150 240 V J 2 A removable terminal block outputs BMX BMX 1 By connector module supplied with cover s DDO 3202K DDO 6402K A Available 4 quarter 2007 Characteristics Connections pages 2 11 to 2 15 pages 2 60 2 9 2 16 References continued Modicon M340 Automation Platform Discrete I O modules ET ag References continued S Discrete mixed 1 0 modules i ERR ESS Number Connection No and type of inputs No and type of IEC 11312 Reference Weight l of I O via 1 outputs conformity kg 16 Screw 8 positive logic 8 solid state Inputs type 3 BMXDDM16022 0 115 or spring type 24 V 0 5A 20 pin 8 relay 24 V or Inputs type 3 BMXDDM16025 0 135 removable 24 240 V terminal block 1 32 One 40 pin 16 positive logic 16 solid state Inputs type 3 BMXDDM3202K 0 110 connector 24V 01A BMX BMX DDM 16082 DDM 3202K Removable connection blocks Description Use Reference Weight kg DDI602 20 pin Cage clamp For module with 20 pin removable terminal block BMXFTB2000 0 093 vase removable Screw clamp For module with 20 pin removable terminal block BMXFTB2010 0 075 dua Spring type For module with 20 pin removable terminal block BMXFTB2020 0 060 ERA rd ita QI Preformed cord sets for I O modules with removable terminal block Description Composition Length Reference Weight BMX FTB 2000 s ww Preformed cordsets with On
261. played m Printed B Saved in txt format in a differences list Comparison The end of the comparison operation is signalled by the appearance of the application browser with its two tabs 1 Identification tab for accessing the characteristics of the two applications being e compared The differences are marked by the Fiera Le sign RL rado 1 2 2 Browser tab for accessing the application F Conan F Donc Casa Tom multilevel tree structure Fd Geif Epo Fe Vitales FB lesions F Me E Communion 1 RIO remote I O for Modicon Quantum platform 4 38 Setup continued Modicon M340 Automation reference Platform Unity Dif application comparison software Display of results The representation of the application multilevel tree structure which can be accessed via the browser tab after launching a comparison is annotated by 4 symbols in which the information associated with application 1 appear in blue and those associated with application 2 appear in red o A This branch found in this level of the tree structure contains at least Y one difference L 5 This block contains at least one difference 4 This section is only present in application 1 9 This section is only present in application 2 In the example opposite a difference on the rung causing changeover to manual mode is detected This line displayed in blue belongs to appli
262. plies Powersupply Voltage 24 V 19 2 30 24 V 18 32 safety extra low voltage SELV Power consumption mA max 120 125 290 max Removable connector 3 pin 5 pin Operating temperature 0 60 C Relative humidity 10 95 non condensing Degree of protection IP 20 Dimensions WxHxD 75 2x143x43 mm 47x135x111 mm Mounting On symmetrical DIN rail 35 mm wide Weight 0 190 kg 0 230 kg Conformity to standards UL 508 CSA 1010 EN 61131 2 cUL 60950 UL 508 and CSA 142 UL 1604 and CSA 213 Class 1 Division 2 C GL LED indicators Power supply link status data rate P1 and P2 power supplies Ethernet link port status Alarm relay Reference Power supply fault Ethernet network fault or communication port fault 1 A max voltage free contact at 24 V 499 NES 181 00 499 NES 251 00 3 30 Product data sheet continued Ethernet in Machines and installations Ethernet TCP IP Transparent Ready Services Cabling system ConneXium unmanaged switches Ready m um m ER FE Switches Copper twisted pair and fiber optic unmanaged Interfaces Copper cable ports Number and type 4 x 10BASE T 3 x 10BASE T 4 x 10BASE T 3 x 10BASE T 100BASE TX ports 100BASE TX ports 100BASE TX ports 100BASE TX ports Shielded connectors RJ45 Medium Shielded twisted pair category CAT 5E Total length of pair 100m Fiber optic ports Number and type 1
263. port 0 4 m TSXCUSB485 0 144 USB RS 485 1 converter USB port 2 5m TSXCRJMD25 0 150 Mini DIN RJ45 cordset Modbus port RS 232D 15 pin 3 7m 990NAA26320 0 300 15 pin SUB D Quantum SUB D connector 45m 990NAA26350 0 180 140 CPU 311 10 140 CPU 434 12A 140 CPU 534 14A USB port Premium TSX 57 5e USB port 3 3 m UNYXCAUSB033 E Quantum 140 CPU 6e1 RJ45 connector for Modbus RJ45 connector 1m 110XCA28201 port Quantum 140 CPU 6e1 3m 110XCA28202 E 6m 110XCA28203 1 With TSX CUSB 485 converter use the TSX CRJMD 25 cord set equipped with 1 x mini DIN and 1 x HJ45 connectors 4 31 Presentation setup de EFD Too E A CIRCLE Pie dt Ves CumentFamdy camet obet bing Aa COPA OE ecos EF toga EFE hende EFE source Ces 2004571 45853 4E Dinan of al lame CF A FB doe E OK DET cuit rra EF enit paca LaL A Ef ei b CIRCLE Pie Ede Ves Cuspi Peny Comet Oteect bing LL ELA lul E 1 LN EFE d cris EFE log Ha EFE hase EFB sauv s P dp SEL FROTOTTHE REGIE Do nat sedit Amy medificatiom weald pe Leur Eibsol fb call model CIRCLE cumst IECRsal E SEC FARAE KTE CFFSET APEA si This is the input pim a ff Citele EEC PARAR FTT DFFSET CIRCUM if Circle are CHOCA ADA 4491 SSEC_FROTOTTIE DN F TODO r Brite here variables declarations IECRsal pArsa plircum pi 2 ff TODD Brite bere the code Par your function block Pith p log ro phy AREA ji Circum amp log t ph
264. ports 3 kg Performance BMX P340 20 1 rack 1 024 discrete 1 0 4 096 Kb 1 Ethernet TCP IP CANopen bus BMXP342010 256 analog I O integrated network Modbus serial link 36 app sp channels CANopen bus BMXP342030 head Ethernet TCP IP network 1 For I O capacity in single rack configuration see characteristics page 1 8 mur BMX P34 2030 Modicon M340 with Magelis BMX P34 2010 2030 processor XBT GT 12 Advantys FTB Advantys FTB LAA Sn A PC or monitoring gt SEE Fe ll Lal 4 E E A bad Osicoder Sm eJ rm Zi L had E K 1 e t 4 9 9 Fi e foo a ATV 31 ATV 71 asellus preventa safety ui controller la ES Lexium 15 TeSys Quickfit Note For numbers and references 1 2 17 see pages 3 42 and 3 43 Different types of cable are available making it possible to create any type of application including for harsh environments for a definition of standard and harsh environments see page 3 42 Several connectors are available to meet any requirement straight or 90 angled connectors or angled connectors with the option of connecting a PC or diagnostic pocket PC Power can be supplied to the equipment by means of cables cord sets and tap junctions one 24 AWG pair for the CAN signals one 22 AWG pair for the power supply and the ground In addition to the offering for IP 20 wiring there is also an offering for
265. ps SR calls etc Project browser n E Eg Sanaa ew METIA OD Of IG eo um gp Peir dd diis T gp Caembepa alus AR Be neers 2 a AR reanga Cj Derived Duss Types 3 I Deiet FER Tapes OPERATE Dsiponi_erpoeni_lo_resl os_pelportl g aibi de FE etant a Depp ar ble D Deney miii E DDii ihi Ol Devenir O Dee E miri n i a 109 Exam Process Weighing D ii Weg kiar Plis Hair haad Vase larda Farag Frs minni dl T minat percent JE EOE a SR berae Elus Sp ipe a DJ Teen 6 gus 10 Wao o LJ WO Peer A j Ll imite T alea P gt Uii abo Sind iih 17 dh Deresinin T m s 1 ter OPERATE Bara HP L TAE TM Ap 19 EP a Program structure section or subroutine Each Ladder language section may contain B Between 11 and 64 columns number set by the user m Up to 2000 lines for all rungs in the section lp TRAE PEN OO OHO OO 1 uu EF PU A lt 67 Graphics palette in the Ladder language editor Mixed Display mode supports the unrestricted display of comments addresses and symbols for the variables used for rungs Presentation Setup Structure Functions References page 4 4 pages 4 5 to 4 8 pages 4 9 to 4 11 pages 18 to 4 28 pages 4 29 and 4 31 4 13 IEC languages continuea Modicon Automation Platform Unity Pro software Function Block Diagram language is a graphical language based on
266. purpose of the next few pages is to provide the main information and instructions needed to answer the second point Given that the performance of an Ethernet architecture is linked to several parameters these pages do not supply all the information needed to calculate the network performance Their purpose is to focus on the following main aspects m Instructions for calculating the network load to assist in designing an Ethernet network that meets the demands of the applications m Application response time to be obtained depending on the configuration used See page 3 17 to 3 19 m Processing capacities of Modicon M340 Modicon Premium and Modicon Quantum platforms used to select the processor and define the number of Ethernet connections required on the PLC depending on the application See pages 3 20 and 3 21 Introduction When calculating the load on an Ethernet network the designer must consider all the communication services of all the peripheral devices connected to the network Because of the outstanding performance of the Ethernet network the load is often less than the limits of the Ethernet network and does not greatly affect the application response time This phenomenon is explained by the high speed of the Ethernet network the network transaction time is 1096 less than the application response time To ensure a low network load and avoid large theoretical calculations the designer should separate the collisi
267. quarter 2007 Before this date please order the BMX NOE 0100 module with BMX RWS C016M memory card 2 Function available 4 quarter 2007 3 Access to symbols available 4 quarter 2007 Hence provides access to unlocated data References pages 3 22 and 3 23 3 4 Functions continuea Modicon M340 Automation Platform Ethernet TCP IP network Transparent Ready services and FactoryCast Web server 3MX NOE 0110 moc er Web With the BMX NOE 0110 7 Ethernet network module the Web server offers the e o M BMX NOE 0100 functions below in addition to the standard Web services ALARM VIPATA E es NE san gt 78 J 3 a9 Alarm Viewer function 2 E pe e w 31 ETE Alarm Viewer 2 is a ready to use password protected function This function can ERE be used to process alarms display acknowledgment and deletion managed at the moo PLC level by the system or using diagnostic function blocks known as DFBs mo na system specific diagnostic function blocks and application specific diagnostic function blocks created by the user o o These alarms are stored in the diagnostic buffer managed by the Modicon M340 platform special memory space for storing all the diagnostics events The diagnostics viewer is a Web page comprising a list of messages which displays Alarm display from the diagnostic buffer the following inform
268. r and type 8 x 10 100BASE TX ports 8 x 10 100BASE TX ports and 2 x 10 100 1000BASE TX ports Gigabit Shielded connectors RJ45 Medium Shielded twisted pair category CAT 5E Total length of pair 100m Gigabit ports Number and type 2x 2x 2x fiber optic 1000BASE SX 1000BASE LH 1000BASE LX with SFP fiber module to ports 1 ports 2 ports 3 be mounted on SFP Connectors LC Congecton Medium Multimode Single mode Single mode optical fiber optical fiber and multimode optical fiber Length of optical fiber 50 125 um fiber 550m 550 m 62 2 125 um fiber 275m 550 m 9 125 um fiber 8 72 000 m 20 000 m Attenuation analysis 50 125 um fiber 7 5 dB 11 dB 62 2 125 um fiber 7 5 dB 11 dB 9 125 um fiber 6 22dB 11 dB Ethernet services FDR SMTP V3 SNTP client multicast filtering for optimization of the Global Data protocol configuration via Web access VLAN IGMP Snooping RSTP Rapid Scanning Tree Protocol priority port data stream control secure port Topology Number of switches Cascaded Unlimited Redundant in a ring max 50 Redundancy Redundant power supplies redundant single ring ring coupling Power supply Voltage 9 6 60 V 18 30 V safety extra low voltage SELV Power consumption 8 9 W 1 W per SFP fiber module 8 3 W Removable connector 6 pin Operating temperature 0 60 C Relative humidity 10 90 non condensing Oper
269. r supply module BMX P34 1000 1 9 gt a 1 The maximum values for the number of discrete I O analog I O and counter channels and the number of networks are not cumulative they are limited by the number of slots in the single rack configuration i e 11 maximum 2 The first value is applied to a multi rack configuration not available The second value corresponds to the physical limit with a single rack configuration 3 User web pages with FactoryCast web server module BMX NOE 0110 16 Mb available 1 2 BMX 34 20 Performance processors SS FER em wil vid El 3 1 4 6 8 or 12 slots 12 1 024 704 channels 2 modules with 8 16 32 or 64 channels 256 66 channels 2 modules with 2 4 6 or 8 channels Limited depending on the type of medium on CANopen bus 63 devices on Ethernet TCP IP network via network module 63 devices with I O Scanning function on a Modbus serial link 32 devices 36 2 channel 60 kHz or 8 channel 10 kHz modules MFB Motion Function Blocks library control of MFB Motion Function Blocks library control of drives or servo drives on the CANopen bus drives or servo drives on the CANopen bus Process control EFB library 1 x TOBASE T 100BASE TX Modbus TCP IP BOOTP DHCP FDR class B10 standard web server 1 63 slaves 50 1 000 Kbps class M20 1 63 slaves 50 1 000 Kbps class M20 1 in RTU ASCII
270. rameters for each channel The channels are grouped into blocks of 4 8 or 16 consecutive channels depending on the type of module Each group of channels can be assigned to a specific application task master or fast Protection of DC inputs The 24 and 48 V inputs are constant current type This characteristic makes it possible to O Ensure minimum current in active state in compliance with the IEC standard O Limit the current consumption when the input voltage increases to avoid unwanted temperature rise in the module O Reduce the current consumption on the sensor power supply provided by the PLC power supply or by a process power supply Protection of DC outputs All protected solid state outputs have a protective device which when an output is active can detect the occurrence of O An overload or short circuit This type of fault deactivates the output tripping and indicates a fault on the display located on the module front panel the faulty channel LED flashes and the I O module fault LED lights up O Reverse polarity This type of fault short circuits the power supply without damaging the module For this protection to work in optimum conditions it is essential to place a fast blow fuse on the power supply upstream of the preactuators O Inductive overvoltage Each output is protected individually against inductive overvoltages and has a fast zener diode demagnetization circuit for electromagnets which can reduce the o
271. ration of EFB and DFB function blocks m DFB Types for the creation of DFB user function block data types Each data instance has several attributes of which m The name and type of the variable are mandatory m The comment physical address in the memory or initial values are optional The data editor columns can be configured number of columns order All the attributes associated with a variable can be displayed in a properties window This editor can be accessed at any time during programming by selecting variables for data modification or creation Presentation Setup page 4 4 pages 4 5 to 4 8 4 18 Structure IEC language References pages 4 9 to 4 11 pages 4 12 to 4 17 pages 4 29 and 4 31 Functions continued Modicon Automation Platform Unity Pro software Users can create their own function blocks for specific application requirements on Modicon M340 Atrium Premium and Quantum platforms using Unity Pro software Once created and saved in the library these user function blocks can be reused as easily as EFBs Elementary Function Blocks DFB user function blocks can structure an application such as when a program sequence is repeated several times in the application or for correcting a standard programming routine They can be read only protected or read write protected They can be exported to all other Unity Pro applications Using a DFB function block in one or more applications B Simplifi
272. re optimum use of the passband A message handling channel can also be used to define slave parameters The bus uses a double twisted pair on which with the Modicon M340 platform 63 devices maximum are connected by daisy chaining or by tap junctions The variable data rate between 20 Kbit s and 1 Mbit s depends on the length of the bus between 20 m and 2 500 m Each end of the bus must be fitted with a line terminator The CANopen bus is a set of profiles on CAN systems possessing the following characteristics m Open bus system m Data exchanges in real time without overloading the protocol m Modular design allowing modification of size B Interconnection and interchangeability of devices m Standardized configuration of networks B Access to all device parameters B Synchronization and circulation of data from cyclic and or event controlled processes short system response time 3 38 Connectable devices Modicon M340 Automation Platform CANopen machine and installation bus The Modicon M340 automation platform via its BMX P34 2010 2030 processors with integrated CANopen link performs the role of master on the machine bus The following Telemecanique devices can be connected to the CANopen bus o 58 mm Osicoder multi turn absolute encoders XCC 3510P 3515C S84CB version 2 1 0 o TeSys U starter controllers With LUL C08 communication module version gt 1 2 o TeSys D motor starters using the TeSys Quickfi
273. rent A 3 5 10 20 Power W 72 120 240 480 Permissible temporary inrush current boost A 1 5 In for 4 s maximum see curves on page 5 27 Precision Nominal output voltage Uou V Adjustable 24 28 8 Line and load regulation 1 3 96 Residual ripple noise mV 200 peak peak Holding time for max U 2 100 V ms gt 20 Un 240 V ms gt 40 Un 400 V ms gt 120 Protection Against short circuits Permanent automatic or manual restart Against overloads 1 10 In after boost function Against overvoltages V 30 32 Against undervoltages V Tripping if Ug 21 6 in manual mode Thermal Yes Operating and environmental characteristics Connections Input mm 2 x 0 5 4 screw terminals 22 12 AWG ground Output mm 4 x 0 5 4 screw terminals 24 10 AWG ground 1 Diagnostic relay mm 2 x 2 5 removable screw terminal block Mounting On LT rail 35 x 7 5 mm and 35 x 15 mm Operating position Vertical Connections Series Possible see page 5 28 Parallel Possible see page5 28 Degree of protection IP 20 conforming to IEC 60529 Environment Operating temperature C 25 60 derating from 50 C see page 5 26 Storage temperature C 40 70 Maximum relative humidity 90 during operation 95 in storage Vibration acc to EN 61131 2 3 11 9 Hz amplitude 3 5 mm amp 11 9 150 Hz acceleration 2 g Protection class According to VDE 0106 1 Class Dielectric strength Input output Vrms 4000 3000 50 Hz for 1 min
274. rete I O To be ordered separately a BMX XSP 010 electromagnetic compatibility kit Characteristics Connections References page 2 40 page 2 42 page 2 41 2 36 Functions Modicon M340 Automation Platform BMX EHC 0200 0800 counter modules Block diagram of a BMX EHC 0200 module counter channel Incremental c encoder A B Input A 32 bit 2 capture Comparator Malais Input B i p p i up down registers with 2 UTE Output BED gt counting thresholds 3 0 gt Function on Reference 1 2 8 A configurable oola Output modes 3 L Enable 1 Learn 1 slo Block diagram of a BMX EHC 0800 module counter channel Used in 16 bit 8 channels Input A 16 bit 1 capture Comparator up down register with 1 counting threshold 5 configurable modes Auxiliary gt Used in 32 bit 4 channels Incremental encoder AB Y 32 bit 1 capture Comparator up down register with 1 counting threshold 1 mode Auxiliary B s 1 Optional inputs 2 Reference 5 operating modes for SYNC IN_SYNC and Reference IN_REF inputs Functions of inputs 15 possible types of behavior Characteristics Connections References page 2 40 page 2 42 page 2 41 2 37 Functions continuea Modicon M340 Automation Platform BMX
275. rge diode on each output Insulation resistance MQ gt 10 at 500 V Dielectric strength Vrms 2 000 50 60 Hz for 1 minute Reliability MTBF in hours At T ambient 30 C 1 573 341 2 463 296 Consumption Typical mA See power consumption table page 6 8 Dissipated power W 2 7 max 3 Temperature derating None 1 For 1 x 10 operating cycles 2 For 3 x 10 operating cycles 3 For 0 7 x 106 operating cycles 4 For 1 x 106 operating cycles 5 For 0 5 x 106 operating cycles 6 For 5 x 106 operating cycles 7 For 2 x 106 operating cycles 8 For 10 x 106 operating cycles 9 For 1 5 x 106 operating cycles 10 For 0 15 x 106 operating cycles 11 For 3 x 106 operating cycles 12 For 0 1 x 106 operating cycles 13 For 0 3 x 10 operating cycles 14 Where L R 60 ms for BMX DRA 0805 module L R 7 ms for BMX DRA 1605 module References pages 2 16 to 2 17 Connections pages 2 18 to 2 21 2 13 Modicon M340 Automation Platform Discrete I O modules Characteristics continued Characte BMX DDM 16025 Module 24 V inputs 24 V or 24 240 V relay outputs Number of inputs outputs 8 8 Connection Spring or screw type 20 pin removable terminal block Nominal values Inputs Voltage V 24 positive logic Current mA 3 5 Outputs DC voltage V 24
276. rimary secondary Vrms 1 500 50 60 Hz for 1 minute strength Between groups of I O V 500 Max voltage Vrms 2 830 cycle Reliability MTBF in hours At Tambient 30 C 912 167 Consumption Typical mA See power consumption table page 6 8 Dissipated power W 3 1 maximum Temperature derating None 1 For 1 x 10 operating cycles 2 For 3 x 10 operating cycles 3 Excluding load current References Connections pages 2 16 to 2 17 pages 2 18 to 2 21 2 4 Modicon M340 Automation Platform Discrete I O modules Characteristics continued Characteristics of 24 V mixed I O modules Module Number of inputs outputs BMX DDM 16022 BMX DDM 3202K Inputs 8 Solid state outputs 8 Inputs 16 Solid state outputs 16 Connection Spring or screw type 20 pin removable terminal block One 40 pin connector Nominal values Voltage V Pi Current mA 3 5 500 2 5 100 Logic Positive sink Positive source Positive sink Positive source Tungsten filament lamp power W a 6 maximum 1 2 maximum Input limit At state 1 Voltage V gt 11 gt 11 E values Current mA gt 3 for U 2 11 V gt 2 for U 2 11 At state O Voltage V 5 5 Current mA 1 5 1 5 Sensor power Possible up to V 19 30 19 30 supply including 30 V limited to ripple
277. ristics and parameters for the selected application e g m Filter values for discrete I O m Voltage or current range for analog I O m Threshold counter values B Trajectory of axes for position control m Weigher calibration for weighing B Transmission speed for communication m Presymbolization for variables associated with modules m Etc Configuration and parameter settings for communication networks The Communication folder in the structural view can be used to define the list of networks connected to the PLC station Then the parameters for all elements required for networks to function correctly can be set by m Creating a logical network to which comments can be associated m Configuring a logical network defining the various associated network services Once the network module has been created in the configuration it must then be associated with one of the logical networks Ethernet TCP IP Modbus Plus and Fipway network modules are all configured in this way Presentation Structure page 4 4 pages 4 9 to 4 11 4 6 References pages 4 29 and 4 31 Functions pages 4 18to 4 28 IEC language pages 4 12 to 4 17 Setup continued Modicon Automation Platform Unity Pro software Power mu i Configuration check The following information can be accessed at any time during configuration B The power consumption statistics for the power supply in each of the racks in the PLC configuration for a
278. rkshop for Lexium 05 servo drive VW3 A8 104 version 2 2 0 patch V2 2 0B 3 Requires the Unilink software version 2 1 5 4 Requires the Unilink software version gt 4 0 5 Requires the IcIA Easy software version gt 1 104 Configuration of the CANopen bus on the Modicon M340 platform is fully integrated in the Unity Pro software From the Unity Pro graphic editor simply select the devices available in the catalog and assign them their CANopen slave address Exchanges between the CANopen bus and the Modicon M340 processor can be assigned by configuration to the fast or master task Predefined profiles or functions are used to create the user interface automatically using process variables PDO in such a way that any subsequent modification to the mapping of these variables will have no impact on their topological addressing Depending on the devices dedicated configuration screens are used to assign the initial parameters The dedicated screens are available for CANopen specialists who wish to optimize CEE eee un E Nu the performance of the CANopen bus or re assign the Process Data Objects PDO ve M unm differently Example of Unity Pro configuration screen for Lexium 05 servo drive and Advantys FTB IP 67 I O splitter box Acyclical access to the Service Data Object SDO corresponding to any CANopen object of a particular device is possible from the application using the standard c
279. rocessor is referenced as a replacement part BMX RMS 008MP 1 For the size of the different memory areas see characteristics page 1 8 Memory structure continued Modicon M340 Automation Platform Processor modules BMX P34 2060 processor with BMX RMS 008MPF memory card Application internal RAM 1 Located data i BMX RMS 008MP memory card Application User internal internal RAM RAM Constants 33 Constants 3 System data Area for online program modification File storage 4 In place of the BMX RMS 008MP memory card supplied as standard with each processor BMX P34 2010 2020 2030 processors can take the BMX RMS 008MPF memory card With the three above mentioned processors this card also offers in addition to the features of the BMX RMS 008MP card supplied as standard described on page 1 6 5 Afile storage area for additional data such as production data and manufacturing sequences This area is limited to 16 Mb These files can be managed from the application program or by any FTP client connected to the Ethernet TCP IP port integrated in the processor For BMX P34 2020 2030 processors with integrated Ethernet TCP IP port the BMX RMS 008MPF memory card also offers standard Transparent Ready web service class B10 The Unity Pro programming software assists the application designer with managing the structure and memory space occupation of the Modicon M340
280. rt Modbus master slave or character mode USB port 1 port 12 Mbit s Communication Ethernet TCP IP 1 RJ45 port 10 100 Mbit s with Transparent Ready module class B30 standard Web server with BMX NOE 0100 module class C30 configurable Web server with BMX NOE 0110 module Internal RAM capacity Kb 4 096 including 3 584 for the program constants and symbols and 256 for data 3 40 1 For more information please refer to the Machines amp Installations with industrial communications catalog 2 Deduct 15 m per repeater from the length of the bus 3 For other restrictions please refer to the CANopen hardware setup manual available on our website www telemecanique com 4 With the use of TSX CAN C e50 100 300 CANopen cables and TSX CAN C eDD03 1 3 5 preformed cord sets References Modicon M340 Automation Platform CANopen machine and installation bus Modicon M340 processor modules are supplied with the BMX RMS 008MP Flash memory card This card performs the following actions transparently O Backing up the application program symbols and constants supported in the processor internal RAM that is not backed up O Activation of the Transparent Ready standard web server class B10 with BMX P34 2030 processor This card can be replaced by another card featuring a file storage option see page 1 9 I O capacity 1 Memory Max no of network Integrated Reference Weight capacity modules communication
281. rvices Performance Maximum number of simultaneous TCP IP connections The maximum number of simultaneous TCP IP connections depends on the platform as well as the type of connection to the Ethernet network m The 10 100BASE TX port in network modules m The 10 100BASE TX port integrated in processors Number of Modicon M340 Modicon Premium Modicon Quantum simultaneousTCP IP BMX NOE 0100 BMX P34 2020 TSX ETY 210 TSX ETY 4103 5103 140 NOE 771 01 11 140 CPU 65 150 connections BMX NOE 0110 BMX P34 2030 TSX ETY 110WS TSX WMY 100 140 CPU 113 3110e 140 CPU 65 160 TSX P57 10 57 50 140 CPU 434 534 14B Client Server 1 With 64 simultaneous TCP IP connections maximum clients and servers Managing the passband of Ethernet TCP IP modules The passband management service indicates the load level of the Ethernet network module This allows the user to monitor any drift and anticipate any problems The Ethernet module load is indicated in 3 ways m Expected load in the Unity Pro PL7 configuration screen m Actual load in the Unity Pro PL7 diagnostics debug screen as well as in the diagnostics pages via the Web It is displayed in the form of a bar chart animated in real time m in the SNMP interface for access by the SNMP network manager The passband is indicated as a percentage for each of the following services m Modbus messaging and Uni TE m I O Scanning fo a aa m Global Data k bebr Are Bee
282. ry Variables Derived Variables 10 Derived Variables Elementary FB instances RHE Derived FE Instances 3 Motion ey Communication Ey Program Bec Tasks FQ MAST I e Ei Fante Motion Tree Manager integrated in the Unity Pro browser General Axis parameters Variables name Hame CAN Oper List of compatible address 32100 Cancel Help General parameters Axis name and address enor move abs move abs done VELOCITY COMMANDABORTED ACCELERATION ERRORID DECELERATION MFB Programming a movement in absolute mode Automation platform Modicon M340 PLC MFB motion control Motion Tree Manager is associated with the Unity Pro MFB library and integrated in its browser It provides specific assistance for B Axis object management B Axis variable definition B Drive parameter management Motion Tree Manager automatically creates links between the CANopen bus configuration and the MFB function block data using a limited amount of configuration data General axis parameters In this tab the designer is prompted to define B The name of the axis that will identify it in the browser for the entire application m The address of the drive on the CANopen bus Axis parameters The drop down lists in this tab are used to determine the exact type of drive family version Variable names This last tab is used to identify data structures m Axis Reference used by all the i
283. s Pt Ni or Cu temperature probes BMX ART 0414 0814 m One analog output module with 2 voltage current channels BMX AMO 0210 m One mixed module 12 bits with 4 analog input channels and 2 analog output channels non isolated voltage or current BMX AMM 0600 Analog I O modules are equipped with a connector for a 20 pin removable terminal block except for BMX ART 0414 0814 analog input modules with thermocouples temperature probes which are equipped with a 40 pin connector All analog modules occupy a single slot in the BMX XBP eee racks These modules can be installed in any slot in the rack except the first two PS and 00 reserved for the power supply module in the BMX CPS ee0 rack and the BMX P34 ee0 processor module respectively The power supply for the analog functions is supplied by the backplane bus 3 3 V and 24 V Analog I O modules are hot swappable see page 2 8 In a Modicon M340 single rack configuration the maximum number of analog channels is limited by the number of slots available in the rack 11 slots maximum BMX AMe ART analog I O modules are standard format 1 slot Their case ensures IP 20 protection of the electronics and they are locked into position by a captive Screw I O modules connected via 20 pin removable terminal block BMX AMe analog I O modules have the following on the front panel Arigid body providing support and protection for the electronic card 2 A module reference marking a label
284. s depending on the model used When Unity Loader is connected to the communication module web pages can be transferred from the module to the PC or vice versa The operating mode is identical to that available for exchanges with the processor Firmware can be updated by following the same principle as that used for transferring projects Once connected to the PLC Unity Loader displays the characteristics of the firmware read in the PLC Similarly when a file corresponding to a valid file for the firmware is selected on the PC the corresponding characteristics are also displayed All the data necessary to decide on whether the update should be performed is displayed on a single screen Unity Loader uses two communication vectors USB and Ethernet USB is always available for exchanges with the PLC processor Ethernet is essential for exchanges with the Ethernet modules and can also be used for exchanges with processors which have an integrated Ethernet port PLC Type Ethernet port USB port BMX P34 1000 CPU BMX P34 2010 CPU BMX P34 2020 CPU BMX P34 2030 CPU BMX NOE 0100 Ethernet module BMX NOE 0110 Ethernet module When Unity Loader is connected to an Ethernet network it is possible to define a range of addresses to be scanned and thus display all the devices recognized on the network By selecting the Modicon M340 PLC the transfer operations can then be performed All connection and transfer operations al
285. s known as EFs EFBs are stored in families making it possible to create an organized library of functions written in C language Once created these families can be distributed and integrated in the Unity Pro libraries They are m Arranged in families functions m Used in all languages with the same flexibility as standard functions data entry wizard m Managed by the Unity Pro library tool version management Editing functions The various tabs in the EFB Toolkit software editor allow the user to create the function by m Declaring the interface all data types are possible elementary structures tables m Supporting public and private variables Writing the source code file in C language A function written in C language can access numerous internal PLC services such as the real time clock PLC variables system words and math functions In particular it is possible to perform numerical processing in floating point format Setup continued Modicon M340 Automation reference Platform Unity EFB Toolkit software Debugging functions The function created can be tested after insertion in an application and loading into the Unity Pro PLC simulator The Microsoft Visual C tool is used to debug the function It is used to B Insert breakpoints B Perform step by step execution m Display the code with the breakpoints visible m Display manipulated data Note To generate the code for a Modicon M340 platform a
286. s line rectangle ellipse images such as controller front M um ee panels o Control elements buttons data entry fields screen browsing controls etc O Animation elements colors flashing elements bar graphs etc When the station on which Unity Pro has been installed is connected to the PLC the user can obtain a dynamic display of the screens according to the state of the process Screen sequencing is possible depending on the priority attributed either via the keyboard or a PLC request When online the Unity Pro application program can be accessed directly from the operator screens by clicking the selected object in a synoptic screen view It is also possible to activate the animation table or cross reference functions by selecting one or more variables on the screen To make the display easier to read the synoptic views can be displayed in full screen view Since it is possible to build or modify an operator screen while the PLC is running this service increases the productivity during the commissioning and maintenance phases Presentation Setup Structure IEC language References page 4 4 pages 4 5 to 4 8 pages 4 9 to 4 11 pages 4 12 to 4 17 pages 4 29 and 4 31 4 25 Functions continuea Modicon Automation Platform Unity Pro software Unity Pro enables changes to be made to the program when the PLC connected to the programming terminal is in RUN These modifications are made by performing the following op
287. s 15 OF Read 1 input word 04 04 Modbus TCP IP simple and open Modbus TCP IP high performance Modbus TCP IP offers excellent performance thanks to the simplicity of its protocol and the fast speed of the 100 Mbps Ethernet This allows a Modbus TCP IP network to be used in real time applications such as I O scanning Modbus TCP IP a standard The application protocol is identical on serial link Modbus Modbus TCP IP or Modbus Plus networks Messages can be routed from one network to the other without converting protocol Since the Modbus network is implemented on top of the TCP IP layer users can also benefit from IP routing that enables devices located anywhere in the world to communicate regardless of the distance between them Schneider Electric offers a complete range of gateways for connecting a Modbus TCP IP network to existing Modbus Plus networks a Modbus serial link or AS Interface bus Please consult your local sales office The IANA organization Internet Assigned Numbers Authority has allocated the fixed port TCP 502 Well known port to the Modbus protocol Thus Modbus protocol has become an Internet standard A study by the ARC Advisory Group the market leader in analysis of the automation and software sectors has shown that Modbus TCP IP is the world leading Ethernet industrial protocol in terms of units sold in 2004 Modbus and Modbus TCP IP are recognized by the IEC 6115
288. s 2 28 to 2 30 page 42 31 2 25 Functions Modicon M340 Automation Platform Analog I O modules The BMX AMI 0410 module is a high level analog input module with 4 isolated inputs 16 bits Used with sensors or transmitters it performs monitoring measurement and process control functions for continuous processes For each input the BMX AMI 0410 module offers the following ranges O Voltage 10V 5 V 0 10 V 0 5 V and 1 5 V O Current 0 20 mA 4 20 mA and 20 mA depending on the choice made during configuration The module operates with voltage inputs It includes four reading resistors connected to the terminal block to form the current inputs Functions The BMX AMI 0410 module includes the following functions m Adaptation and multiplexing o Physical connection to the process O Protection of the module against overvoltages O Protection of the current reading resistors O Adaptation of input signals by analog filtering O Scanning of input channels by solid state multiplexing by optical commutator switches m Adaptation to input signals Gain selection drift compensation m Conversion 24 bit analog digital converter m Conversion of input measurements to a unit that is suitable for the user O Taking account of the alignment coefficients to be applied to measurements as well as the module auto calibration coefficients O Measurement filtering depending on the configuration parameters r1 Measurem
289. s you to define B A MW word zone reserved for reading inputs B A MW word zone reserved for writing outputs m Refresh periods independent of the PLC scan During operation the module m Manages TCP IP connections for each remote device m Scans devices and copies the I O to the configured MW word zone m Feeds back status words used to check that the service is working correctly from the PLC application B Applies pre configured fallback values if a communication problem occurs An offering is available of hardware and software products used to implement the I O Scanning protocol on any type of device that can be connected to the Ethernet network please consult the Modbus IDA Web site www modbus ida ora Characteristics m Each Modicon M340 station can exchange a maximum of O 100 write words o 125 read words m Maximum size in the Modicon M340 PLC that manages the service 64 stations max o with BMX NOE 0100 0110 network module 2 MW Kwords as inputs and 2 MW Kwords as outputs o with BMX P34 2020 2030 processor 512 MW words as inputs and 512 MW words as outputs LEES 13445 11 53 POSTON 7 Craie COMM Ue eres tH Diagnostics of the 1 0 Scanning service cma gue cum There are 3 ways to perform diagnostics on the I O Scanning service m Via the application program from a specific PLC data zone B From the setup software debug screen m From the PLC system diagnostic function displayed using an internet browser
290. sections 1 m 1 or more event triggered tasks only one section per task These tasks are independent and are executed in parallel with the PLC processor managing their execution priority When an event occurs or at the start of the fast task scan m f any lower priority tasks are currently being executed they are suspended B The event triggered task or fast task is executed B he interrupted task resumes once execution of the priority task has been completed Master task Auxiliary tasks 1 Process value Airlock LD FBD Oven_1 SFC Oven Diag ST Tunnel_1 SFC Temp FBD Cleaning_Alarm ST This structure optimizes the way in which processing power is employed and can be used to structure the application and simplify design and debugging as each task can be written and debugged independently of the others 1 Tasks reserved for top of the range Premium TSX P57 5e4M and Quantum 140 CPU 651 e0 67160 processors Software structure pages 4 9 to 4 11 Presentation page 4 4 4 10 IEC language Functions References pages 4 12 to 4 17 pages 4 18 to 4 28 pages 4 29 and 4 31 Memory structure continued Project Browser E Ta Structural view y Program 3 Tasks El Ey MAST 3 Sections Sas El ES Four_1 Chart Unused Macros A Actions Transitions Nettoyage y SR Sections Chauffage Sechage y FAST 3 Sections Alarm_Sas Sure Sec Alarm Four Alarm Mettoyage Y SR S
291. sed to na STUDENT3 127 000 000 001 simulate the state of inputs by forcing them to O or 1 The simulator can be connected to third party applications via an OPC server with O Reset OFS OPC Factory Server software O Power Cycle Simulator control panel The documentation editor is built around the Documentation Browser which shows the file structure in tree form It allows all or part of the application file to be printed in A4 or U S letter format on any graphics printer accessible under Windows that uses True Type technology The documentation editor supports the creation of user specific documentation files using the following headings B Title page m Contents m General information m Title block m Configuration m EF EFB and DFB type function blocks B User variables m Communication m Project structure Access to documentation editor m Program m Animation tables and cross references m Runtime screens The documentation editor can generate the documentation file based on two different structures B Structural view All the objects in the project are associated with their corresponding headings m Functional view The objects in the project are associated with the function modules to which they belong The documentation file can be created and saved as the project progresses from one Unity Pro session to another Presentation Setup Structure IEC language References page 4 4 pages 4 5 to 4
292. soft Windows Yes Yes Yes Client server architecture Yes Yes E mail transmission triggered by event Yes Yes Alarms via diagnostic buffer 2 C compiler integrated Yes Via OFS data server Yes Yes Yes All information in the real time database Windows XP Servers Vijeo Citect FactoryCast FactoryCast HMI Consult our Human Machine Interfaces catalogue Via internal bus on Premium Quantum platforms Windows 98 2000 NT Windows XP Yes Yes Windows 2000 or Windows XP 2 Specific memory area with Modicon Premium with PL7 or Unity Pro software and Quantum with Unity Pro software PLC platforms Telemecanique 5 39 6 0 Telemecanique Contents 6 Services Technical information m Standards certifications and environmental conditions 6 2 B Automation product certifications and community regulations 6 6 B Fowerconsumpliondiablet oec mer D rence wa em E 6 8 Index B Froductreference Mde secet oe d LE CERE EUN II 6 9 6 1 Standards and Modicon M340 Automation certifications Platform Standards certifications and environmental conditions Modicon M340 PLCs have been developed to conform to the principal national and international standards concerning electronic equipment for industrial automation systems m Requirements specific to programmable controllers functional characteristics
293. solated high level inputs Number of channels 4 Nature of inputs Voltage 10 V 0 10 V 0 5V 1 5 V 45V Current 0 20 mA 4 20 mA 20 mA via protected internal 250 Q resistors Analog digital conversion 24 bits Voltage current range 10V 5V 95 oe Dos 0 20 ka 20 mA mA mA Maximum conversion value 11 4 V 30 mA Resolution 0 35 mV 0 92 uA Input impedance Typical MQ 10 regardless of the input level Permitted overload on Voltage range V gne the inputs Current range mA 90 of short circuit to 24 V Voltage current internal conversion resistor Q 250 Precision of internal conversion resistor 0 1 15 ppm C Filtering 1st order digital filtering Read cycle time Fast ms 1 1 xno of channels used periodic reading of no of declared channels Default ms 5 for 4 channels periodic reading of all channels Measurement errors At 25 C FS 0 075 0 15 2 1 Maximum at 0 60 C FS 0 1 0 3 2 Temperature drift 15 ppm C 30 ppm C Recalibration Internal Common mode between channels dB 120 Digital value format 10 000 by default 32 000 in user scale Isolation Between channels V 300 Between channels and bus V 2 000 Between channels and ground V 2 000 Consumption Typical mA See power consumption table page 6 8 Characteristics of BMX ART 0414 0814 analog input modules Input module BMX ART 0414 BMX ART 0814 Input type Is
294. t installation help system with APP 1CCO0 O2 communication module version gt 1 0 Advantys FTB Advantys OTB o Advantys OTB IP 20 Optimum distributed I O system I O extension modules not permitted with OTB 1C0 DM9LP interface module version gt 2 0 o Advantys STB IP 20 modular distributed I O system with NIM module STB NCO 1010 version 2 1 0 or STB NCO 2212 version 2 2 02 o Advantys FTB IP 67 monobloc I O splitter boxes FTB 1CNeeeee version gt 1 7 o Preventa configurable safety controllers XPS MC16ZC 32ZC version gt 1 10 O Altivar 31 adjustable speed drives for asynchronous motors 0 18 15 kW ATV 31H eeeee version gt 1 1 1 O Altivar 71 61 adjustable speed drives for asynchronous motors 0 75 630 kW TeSys Quickfit Altivar 31 ATV 61H 71H eeeee version gt 1 1 1 O Lexium 05 servo drives 0 4 6 kW for BSH servo motors Example of devices that can be connected on CANopen LXM 05AeDeeee version gt 1 120 2 O Lexium 15 servo drives 0 9 42 5 kW for BDH or BSH servo motors LXM 15Le version gt 1 45 3 LXM 15MD 15HC version gt 6 64 4 O IcLA intelligent compact motor drives from Berger Lahr a company of Schneider Electric IFA 6e version gt 1 105 5 IFE 71 version gt 1 104 5 IFS 6e 9e version gt 1 107 5 1 Requires the PowerSuite software workshop VW3 A8 104 version gt 2 00 2 Requires the PowerSuite software wo
295. ta of the selected SFC chart The overview provides a general view of all the SFC charts in a Unity project It contains real time data such as current step simultaneous steps chart error with indication of the SFC chart status The overview makes it easy to browse through SFC charts and switch quickly to the detailed view of the desired SFC chart in the Unity Pro application The simple detailed view shows the elementary data on the active step or selected step of the SFC chart in real time The data displayed may include the name comment chart and step status as well as the activity times min max actual You can also enable the chart navigation option Because of the compact size of the simple detailed view it is possible to place several instances of it on a single HMI screen relating to a certain part of the process From this simple detailed mode you can navigate between HMI screens with SFC View controls and display the detailed view of SFC charts The detailed view illustrates the details of an SFC chart in real time The display indicates the current step the transition awaiting activation and the next step The actions associated with the steps are displayed along with sequence selections or parallel branches The detailed diagnostic data includes analysis of the causes of the fault at transition level Depending on the diagnostic mode the error grid contains the causes of errors or all the variables assigned to the transitio
296. ta service diagnostics P h The diagnostic screens ms show the status of Global i Data using a color code m Configured not configured faulty bas hasta m Published subscribed EE ARDEN ni i ha Md Am LIS z Presentation Performance Selection References Connections pages 3 4 and 3 5 pages 3 16 to 3 21 pages 3 2 and 3 3 pages 3 22 and 3 23 pages 3 24 to 3 37 3114 Functions continuea Modicon M340 Automation Platform Ethernet TCP IP network and communication services and Transparent Ready services nctions continued SNMP network management service From a network management station SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol monitors and checks all components of the Ethernet architecture ensuring quick diagnostics in the event of a problem It is used to m Interrogate network components such as computer stations routers switches bridges or terminal devices to display their status B Obtain statistics about the network on which devices are connected This network management software adheres to the conventional client server model However to avoid confusion with other communication protocols that use this terminology we talk instead about m ConneXview network diagnostics software TCS EAZ 01P SFE10 For more information please consult our Machines amp Installations with industrial communications catalog m Network manager for the client appli
297. te in total synergy with other Telemecanique devices the Modicon M340 PLC represents pure concentrated power Performance m 7 K instructions ms m 4 Mb of program memory B 256 Kb of data Compact design B 3 communication ports integrated in the processor BH H x W x D 100 x 32 x 93 mm m High density discrete I O modules with 64 channels in a 32 mm wide format Communication ports are integrated m CANopen machine and installation bus m Ethernet TCP IP network Transparent Ready services m Modbus serial link or character mode m Remote access via STN GSM GPRS Radio or ADSL Expert m Counter modules with ready to use functions m Function block library dedicated to motion control MFB Motion Function Blocks to the PLCopen standard B Advanced library of process control blocks oriented towards control of machinery Innovative m USB port as standard m Embedded Web server m Recipe file management via FTP protocol m Plug and Load SD memory card B No batteries Ruggedness m Rack architecture enabling hot swapping of modules during operation Hot Swap m Exceeds the standards in terms of shock vibration temperature altitude and withstand to electrical interference As standard Modicon M340 PLC has exclusive services normally reserved for PLCs in a higher category Introduction continuea Modicon M340 Automation Platform Unity Pro software All in one easy to use software Unity Pro soft
298. ternal fault Yes Current limiter with electronic tripping Positive BMX DDO 3202K BMX DDO 6402K 2 16 ABE7H20Ee00 ABE7H16Cee ABE7H08Ree 7H08S21 ABE7H16R1e 7H16R50 ABE7H16R2e 7H16S21 ABE7H16R3e ABE7H16F43 ABE7S16Seee 7R16S ABE7R16T000 7P16T000 BMXFCCee1 FCC ee3 5 10 to 5 16 2 17 2 4 16 channel output modules Connection via cage clamp screw clamp or spring type removable terminals solid state ny triac 8 16 channel output modules relay 24 V 100 240 V 24 V 24 240 V 0 5 A per channel 16 protected channels Via BMX FTB 2000 2010 2020 20 pin cage clamp screw clamp or spring type removable terminals Configurable output fallback continuous monitoring of output control and resetting of outputs in case of internal fault 0 6 A per channel 16 non protected channels Configurable output fallback 3 A Ith per channel 8 non protected channels 2 A Ith per channel 16 non protected channels Yes Yes Current limiter with electronic tripping Positive 2 16 A Available 4 quarter 2007 2 5 Presentation Modicon M340 Automation description Platform Discrete I O modules Discrete I O modules in the Modicon M340 PLC offer are standard modules occupying a single slot equipped with either of the following O A connector for a screw or spring type 20 pin removable terminal
299. the need to use a shielded 2 i case of an encoder or a high speed sensor without programmable filtering it is advisable to use a shielded cable connected to pins 15 and 16 of the 3 n pun of a very disturbed environment without programmable filtering it is advisable to use the BMX XSP 010 electromagnetic protection kit to connect the shielding In this case it is also advisable to use a 24 c power supply dedicated to the inputs as well as a shielded cable for connecting the power supply to the 4 A p fuse should be used to protect the module electronics in the event of reversed polarity of the power supplies Characteristics Connections References page 2 40 page 2 42 page 2 41 2 43 Presentation Functions disons Tier i Lexium 15 Lexium 17D 1 IclA MFB Motion control distributed over CANopen PLCopen motion control Automation platform Modicon M340 PLC MFB motion control MFB Motion Function Blocks is a library of function blocks integrated into the Unity Pro software and is used to set up motion control in the architectures of drives and servo drives on machine buses and CANopen installations o Altivar 31 adjustable speed drive For asynchronous motors from 0 18 to 15 kW O Altivar 71 adjustable speed drive For asynchronous motors from 0 37 to 500 kW o Lexium 05 servo drive For servo motors from 0 4 to 6 kW o Lexium 15LP MP HP servo drive For BS
300. the shielding braids of analog signal cables 2 24 Connections Modicon M340 Automation Platform Analog I O modules Connectin es with r 10vable t IO BMX AMI 0410 AMO 0210 AMM 0600 modules with 20 pin terminal block These 20 pin removable terminal blocks are the same as those used for discrete I O modules screw clamp cage clamp or spring type See page 2 7 One version of the removable terminal block is equipped with a 3 or 5 m long cord set with color coded wires BMX FTWeeS These preformed cord sets with reinforced shielding have at the other end 1 color coded wires conforming to standard DIN 47100 BMX ART 0e14 modules with 40 pin connectors n 2 es a ie A a pus os Two types of cord set are available SA wi A m Preformed cord sets with reinforced shielding BMX FCW e01S have at the other terminal block at one end one end and wires at the and wires at the other other end 2 color coded wires conforming to standard DIN 47100 They are available in 3 4 or5 m lengths and provide easy direct wire to wire connection of the analog sensors via terminal blocks m Preformed cord sets with reinforced shielding BMX FCA e02 which have at the other end 3 a 25 pin SUB D connector They are available in 1 5 3 or 5 m lengths and provide direct connection to the Advantys Telefast ABE7CPA412 sub base see below Using the Advantys Telefast ABE7 pre wired I O system m
301. tics page 1 10 page 1 10 page 1 11 page 1 12 1 13 Presentation Modicon M340 Automation description Platform function Single rack configuration BMX XBP ee00 racks are the basic element of the Modicon M340 automation platform in a single rack configuration These racks perform the following functions m Mechanical function They are used to install all the modules in a PLC station power supply processor discrete l O analog and application specific 1 O These racks can be mounted on a panel plate or DIN rail O Inside enclosures o On machine frames etc B Electrical function The racks incorporate a Bus X They are used to H Distribute the power supplies required for each module in the same rack O Distribute data and service signals for the entire PLC station r1 Hot swap modules during operation BMX XBP ee00 racks are available in 4 6 8 or 12 slot versions and comprise 1 A metal frame that performs the following functions r1 Holds the Bus X electronic card and protects it against EMI and ESD type interference o Holds the modules O Gives the rack mechanical rigidity 2 A ground terminal for grounding the rack 3 Holes for mounting the rack on a frame These holes are big enough for M6 Screws 4 Connecting points for the shielding connection bar Tapped holes to receive each module locking screw A connector for an expansion module This connector marked XBE is not used for this version 40 pin female Y DIN connec
302. tion The client application communicates in server module real time with the FactoryCast Web server module using the SOAP protocol Requests implemented in the BMX NOE 0110 FactoryCast Web server module provides data access to either physical or symbolic variables They are defined in the table below eNET Java Modbus XMLDa functions implemented in each FactoryCast Web server module Access to data via ReadDeviceldentification physical address ReadMultipleRegisters WriteMultipleRegisters ReadCoils WriteMultipleCoils ReadDiscretelnputs Access to data via symbol Read operation to read item list value Write operation to write item list value Browse operation to browse item list References pages 3 22 and 3 23 3 7 Presentation Modicon M340 Automation Platform Ethernet TCP IP network and communication services and Transparent Ready services BMX P34 2020 2030 processors via their integrated Ethernet port class 10 and the BMX NOE 0100 0110 network module class 30 provide transparent communication on a single Ethernet TCP IP network mER Network PUEDEN AA WEA Deer M E Services management Global Data FDR automatic reconfiguration Web server Messaging 1 0 Scanning Applications SNMP RTPS DHCP TFTP FTP HTTP Modbus MIB Transparent Ready In addition to universal Ethernet services HTTP BOOTP DHCP FTP etc and with the Modicon M340 automation platform the Tra
303. tion to enhance quality before installation B Step by step program execution m Breakpoint and watchpoint m Real time animations for displaying the state of the variables and the logic during operation Reduced downtime Unity Pro software features a DFB library for application diagnostics Integrated into the program these DFBs can be used depending on their function to monitor permanent conditions relating to security and the development of a process over time A display window provides a clear display of all system and application faults in chronological order date stamped at source From this window you can simply click to access the editor for the program in which the error occurred search for missing conditions at source Online modifications can be grouped consistently in local mode on a PC and transferred directly to the PLC in a single operation in order to take effect in the same scan cycle A complete range of functions provide the basis for precision control of your operations to minimize downtime B Log of operator actions on Unity Pro software in a protected file B User profile and password protection m integrated graphic runtime screens 5 110 G5 Telemecanique Contents 1 Processors power supplies and racks Modicon M340 processors m Processor modules EVRKeESenlaliOn description nee cess em eee eateries 1 4 MAMEMO A A gn 1 6 EC Maraclen Stes aee 1 8 Ba se CSc RN 1 9 m Power supply modu
304. tion directly in the PLC and in real time Data exchanges are made in XML standard format in response to a request using SOAP protocol The implementation of Web services in control system equipment makes it easy to achieve vertical integration of the control level and the creation of even more collaborative architectures which can be used to link production systems to the corporate management systems It simplifies access to information reduces the costs of training development and deployments and increases productivity Implementation of the Modbus XMLDa Web services server interface This implementation enables a SOAP client application management level computer application such as MES ERP to communicate directly with a FactoryCast Web server module embedded in the PLC Development tool SOAP server Exchanges are initiated by the SOAP client application the server responds to these DE E TN requests D Ba B Step 1 Creating the client application and learning the Web services The i 7 W development environment for example Visual Studio eNET searches in the sa aj FactoryCast server for the list of available services and their WSDL standard deus interfaces provided by the module request m Step 2 Developing the client application The developer integrates the Web a service functions using the code retrieved at the learning stage BMX NOE 0110 Mdh LN FactoryCast Web B Step 3 Executing the client applica
305. tors forming the connection between the rack and each module When the rack is delivered these connectors are protected by Rack 6 slots BMX XBP 0600 covers that should be removed before inserting the modules Slots for anchoring the module pins o cg SN To be ordered separately BMX XSP ee00 cable shielding connection kit used to protect against electrostatic discharge when connecting the shielding of cord sets for connecting o Analog modules r1 A Magelis XBT operator interface to the processor via BMX XCA USBHOee shielded USB cable This kit comprises 8 A metal bar that receives the clamping rings 9 Two sub bases to be mounted on the rack 10 A set of spring clamping rings for attaching cables with their shielding to the metal bar Packs of 10 STB XSP 3060 clamping rings can be ordered in addition if required Addressing modules in a single rack configuration Each rack must contain a power supply module and a processor module Inserting different modules into the rack O The power supply module always occupies the CPS slot O The processor module must always be installed in slot 00 O lts I O modules and application specific modules are installed in slot 01 to slot 03 with a 4 slot rack 05 with a 6 slot rack 07 with an 8 slot rack Example of installation with 8 slot rack 11 with a 12 slot rack 1 14 References Modicon M340 Automation dimensions Platform mounting Single rack configuratio
306. ts B The Large version also provides customizable XML files direct integration for Monitor Pro and iFix supervision systems featuring the generation of SCADA applications with variables and attributes mimics graphic objects alarm tables and communication driver configuration Documentation is supplied in electronic format UAG software suites Description Type License type Reference Weight Code generated kg UAG software suites Medium Single UAGSEWMFUCD 1 Unity Application 1 machine Generator Site UAGSEWMFFCD21 Large Single UAGSEWLFUCD 1 1 machine Site UAGSEWLFFCD21 Coming soon 5 0 G5 Telemecanique Contents 5 Connection interfaces Advantys Telefast ABE7 pre wired I O system E Presentation combinations ELEC RE EN I Ed eser MUNDO ID 5 8 m References o Passive connection sub base for discrete inputs outputs 5 10 o Adaptation sub bases with soldered relays and removable terminal blocks 5 12 O Adaptation sub bases for or with plug in relays 5 13 mae aU Co Wo AY oleae eet CE EM M 5 15 O Connection sub bases for counter and analog channels 5 16 O Accessories for connection sub bases 5 17 PINTAR SR cn ee cee etme T D EU T te A A UT 5 18 Phaseo power supplies m Phaseo Universal range of regulated switch mode power supplies 5 20 Human machine Interfaces 5 1 Selection guide Co
307. ttenuation analysis and attenuation of the fiber optic typical value 15 000 m 3 31 Product data sheet Ethernet in Machines and installations Ethernet TCP IP Transparent Ready Services Cabling system ConneXium managed switches Ready H Switches Copper twisted pair and fiber optic managed Interfaces Copper cable ports Number and type 3 x 10 100BASE TX 2 x 10 100BASE TX 3x10 100BASE TX 2 x 10 100BASE TX ports ports ports ports Shielded connectors RJ45 Medium Shielded twisted pair category CAT 5E Total length of pair 100 m Fiber optic ports Number and type 1 x 100BASE FX port 2 x 100BASE FX ports 1 x 100BASE FX port 2 x 100BASE FX ports Connectors Duplex SC Medium Multimode optical fiber Single mode optical fiber Length of optical fiber 50 125 um fiber 5 000 m 1 62 2 125 um fiber 4 000 m 1 9 125 pm fiber 32 500 m 2 Attenuation analysis 50 125 um fiber 8 dB 62 2 125 um fiber 11 dB 9 125 um fiber 16 db Ethernet services FDR SMTP V3 SNTP client multicast filtering for optimization of the Global Data protocol configuration via Web access VLAN IGMP Snooping RSTP Rapid Scanning Tree Protocol priority port data stream control secure port Topology Number of switches Cascaded Unlimited Redundant in a ring max 50 Redundancy Redundant power supplies redundant single ring ring coupling Power supply
308. tton The power supply module in each rack has a RESET button on the front panel when activated this triggers an initialization sequence for the processor and the rack modules it supplies Pressing this push button triggers a sequence of service signals which is the same as that for B power break when the push button is pressed B A power up when the push button is released These operations represent a cold start forcing the I O modules to state 0 and initializing the processor Sensor power supply The BMX CPS 2000 3500 AC power supply modules have an integrated 24 V voltage supply for powering the input sensors Connection to this sensor power supply is via the 5 pin connector on the front panel The power available on this 24 V voltage depends on the power supply model 0 45 or 0 9 A see characteristics on page 1 12 Presentation page 1 10 Characteristics References page 1 12 page 1 13 Telemecanique TIE Characteristics Characteristics power supply module Modicon M340 Automation Platform Power supply modules BMX CPS 2010 BMX CPS 3020 Primary Voltage Nominal V 24 isolated 24 48 isolated Limit including ripple V 18 91 2 18 62 4 Current Input nominal rms A 1at24 V 1 65 at 24 V 0 83 at 48 V Initial power up V 24 24 48 at 25 C inrush A 30 30 60 1 12t on activ
309. turers in applications such as secondary packaging materials handling textiles printing food processing woodworking machines ceramics etc The integration of Altivar and Lexium adjustable speed drives Magelis display units and Preventa safety modules has been enhanced to simplify the setup and use of Telemecanique solutions Modicon M340 PLC is also the ideal companion for Modicon Premium PLC and Modicon Quantum PLC to meet the demand for automation of industrial processes and infrastructures at the heart of Transparent Ready architectures Modicon Premium PLC the optimum solution for the manufacturing industry and infrastructures Modicon Premium PLC stands out as the specialist in complex machines and manufacturing processes Its level of performance when processing Boolean numeric instructions and instructions on tables make it the market preference Thanks to its ability to integrate distributed architectures Modicon Premium PLC provides ideal solutions for infrastructure projects particularly in the water and transport sectors In addition Modicon Atrium PLC the version of Modicon Premium PLC in PCI format offers a PC Based alternative Modicon Quantum PLC the specialist in critical systems in the process industries and infrastructures Capable of sophisticated distributed architectures with an extensive catalog of modules complemented by several technological partnerships in the context of the Collaborat
310. twork for integrated Ethernet port on Premium processors and Ethernet Premium and Quantum processors 1 Note For Modicon M340 this service is supplied by Unity Loader see page 4 38 1 Updating the OS on a Quantum 140 CPU 671 60 processor is performed through an Ethernet network on its MT RJ type optical fiber connector and through a transceiver or a ConneXium switch for electrical optical interfacing Presentation Setup Structure IEC language References page 4 4 pages 4 5 to 4 8 pages 4 9 to 4 11 pages 4 12 to 4 17 pages 4 29 and 4 31 4 27 Functions continued Modicon Automation Platform Unity Pro software The drivers used most frequently on the Atrium Premium and Quantum platforms are installed at the same time as the Unity Pro software Unity Pro also includes the following communication drivers which can be installed as required 1 Driver type Windows XP Windows NT Windows 98 Windows 95 Windows Millennium 2000 Uni Telway COM port V1 9 IE20 V1 9 IE17 V1 7 IE18 V7 8 IE18 Uni Telway TSX SCP 114 V1 2 IEO5 Modbus COM port V1 6 IE29 Fip ISA TSX FPC10 card V1 4 IEO6 V1 3 IEO8 V1 4 IEO6 V2 4 IEO8 Fip TSX FPC20 PCMCIA card V1 2 IEO3 V1 1 IEO8 V1 2 IEO4 Ethway V1 4 IEO5 V1 1 IEO3 V2 6 IEO6 2 ISAway PCX 57 ISA card V1 2 1E04 V1 5 IEO6 V1 2 IEO4 V1 2 IEO9 PClway Atrium PCI card V1 1 IEO9 XIP X Way on TCP IP V1 10 IE22 USB for USB terminal port V1 2 IE1
311. ufacturers affirms that their products conform to the necessary requirements of the Directive s by applying thee label to their product Thee marking is applied to Telemecanique products where relevant The significance ofe marking m Thee marking on a product means that the manufacturer certifies that its product conforms to the relevant European Directives it is necessary so that a product which is subject to any Directive s can be marketed and freely moved within the European Union m Thee marking is intended solely for the national authorities responsible for market regulation For electrical equipment conformity of the product to standards indicates that it is suitable for use Only the guarantee of a recognized manufacturer provides an assurance of high quality One or more Directives as appropriate may apply to our products in particular m The Low Voltage Directive 72 23 EEC amended by Directive 93 68 EEC The e marking under the terms of this Directive is compulsory as of January 1 1997 m he Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive 89 336 EEC amended by Directives 92 31 EEC and 93 68 EEC Thee marking on the products covered by this Directive has been compulsory since January 1 1996 m Directive e ATEX 94 9 EC 6 7 Choice of BMX CPS eee0 Modicon M340 Automation power supply modules Platform Power consumption table The power required to supply each BMX XBP ee00 rack depends on the type and number of modules
312. uitive programming Openness m Compliance with field bus connection and software standards m Enabling decentralized or remote surveillance via the web with Transparent Ready 9 products Modicon M340 PLC Automation Platform Modicon M340 hardware and Unity software a naturally productive pair 2 Chapter 1 Modicon M340 processors racks amp power supplies B Lrocessopmodules s dol E 1 4 CA ceo Tr cuc Meu ME acre 1 10 B Single rack configuration ne es haha en m UI DUE 1 14 Chapter 2 Input output modules E Disce VO modules A eer eaten RON ea 2 6 m Analog I O modules and programmable process control 2 24 m P 67 and IP 20 distributed WO modules a ort 2 34 m Counter modules and Motion Function Blocks 2 36 Chapter 3 Communication m Ethernet TCP IP network Transparent Ready Services 3 4 m CANopen machine and installation bus 3 38 m Modbus communication system and character mode serial link 3 42 Chapter 4 Unity software m ON ORV A ay nce ie I uh 4 4 Chapter 5 Connection interfaces m Advantys Telefast ABE7 pre wired I O system 5 8 m Phaseo Universal range of regulated switch mode power supplies 5 22 E HMI Operator dialog terminals ee ee 0 5 34 Chapter 6 Services m Technical information O Standards certifications and environment conditions 6 2
313. ules redundancy module and discriminating downstream protection module 1 5 In during 4 secondes No 29 Consult our Phaseo Power supplies and transformers catalog 5 21 Presentation Power supplies and transformers Power supplies for DC control circuits Regulated switch mode power supplies Phaseo power supplies Universal range The ABL 8RPS RPM WPS power supply offer is designed to provide the DC voltage necessary for the control circuits of automation system equipment Comprising six products this range meets the needs encountered in industrial and commercial applications These compact electronic switch mode power supplies provide a quality of output current that is suitable for the loads supplied and compatible with the Modicon M340 Premium and Quantum ranges When used with additional function modules they ensure continuity of service in the event of network power outages or application malfunctions Clear guidelines are given on selecting the function modules and upstream protection devices which are often used with them ABL 8RPS24050 Modicon M340 automation platform and thus a comprehensive solution is provided that can be used in total safety The Universal range of Phaseo power supplies must be connected in phase to neutral or phase to phase for ABL 8RPS RPM and in 3 phase for ABL 8WPS They deliver a voltage that is precise to 3 whatever the load and whatever the type of line supply within the ranges O 85 to
314. up Structure Functions References page 4 4 pages 4 5 to 4 8 pages 4 9 to 4 11 pages 4 18 to 4 28 pages 4 29 and 4 31 4 14 IEC languages continued Project Browser ES etx Sections EH machine Chart HC cantri MIS 115 3 Unused Macros 3 Actions E Transitions Receptiwity Control blocking pump 1 Extractor E SA Sections SFC chart Step properties Drilling_approach x General Actions Comment Time Action Qualifier Litera Variable Variable C Section fiack_1 _out L Accept action New action Delete action MOYE Up o 3 o lt N R 5 L D P DS P P e Init Search for selected variable Step properties Modicon Automation Platform Unity Pro software Sequential Function Chart and Grafcet language can be used to describe the sequential part of an automation system in simple graphical format using steps and transitions SFC language does not process charts in the same way as Grafcet language m SFC only authorizes one token in one chart m Grafcet language authorizes several tokens in one chart Unity Pro software has one editor for these two languages with the option of defining behavior in the application settings Tools Project Settings Language Extensions menu Program structure master task section SFC language is only used in sections belonging to the master task Each SFC section consists of a mai
315. upply a periodic signal on the module output QO Only the QO output is affected by this mode the Q1 output being independent of this mode Control of the QO output must be at 1 to enable modulation on the QO output The maximum output frequency value is 4 kHz The frequency applied to the IN SYNC input is at maximum 1 pulse every 5 ms Since the QO output is source type a load resistor is needed for the QO output signal to change to O at the correct frequency The cyclic ratio adjustment range varies according to the frequency of the QO output 1 If the measurement value exceeds 2 147 483 647 units then the application must convert the measurement naturally to a signed integer DINT or an unsigned integer UINT 2 The counter value is a signed integer DINT which must not be converted to an unsigned integer UINT Characteristics Connections References page 2 40 page 2 42 page 2 41 2 38 Functions continuea Modicon M340 Automation Platform BMX EHC 0200 0800 counter modules This function measures a frequency speed rate or data stream control As standard this function measures the frequency received on the IN A input This frequency is always expressed in Hz number of pulses per second with a precision of 1 HZ The maximum frequency on the IN A input is 60 kHz The maximum cyclic ratio at 60 kHz is 60 Count events This function is used to determine the number of events received intermittently
316. uration Line accepted ms lt 10 Integrated protection With internal fuse not accessible Secondary Useful power Max overall W 20 36 Max on 3 3 V and W 16 5 31 2 24 V rack output voltages 3 3 V voltage Nominal voltage V 3 3 2 Nominal current A 25 4 5 Power typical W 8 25 14 85 24 V rack voltage Nominal voltage V AS 3 Nominal current A 0 7 1 3 Typical power W 16 8 31 2 24 V sensor voltage Nominal voltage V 24 4 Nominal current A 0 45 0 9 Typical power W 10 8 21 6 Integrated protection on the voltages 5 Yes against overloads short circuits and overvoltages Maximum dissipated power W 8 5 Insulation Dielectric strength Primary secondary Vrms 1500 24 V 3 3 V Primary secondary Vrms 2300 sensor 24 V Primary ground Vrms 1500 24 V sensor Vrms 500 output ground Insulation resistance Primary secondary and MQ gt 100 primary ground 1 These values should be considered when starting several devices simultaneously and when sizing protection devices 2 3 3 V voltage for the I O module logic power supply 3 24 V voltage for the I O module power supply and the processor 4 24 V sensor output for the sensor power supply 5 Protected by a fuse that cannot be accessed Presentation Description Functions References page 1 10 page 1 10 page 1 11 page 1 13 1 12 References Modicon M340 Automation Platform Power supply modules Each BMX XBP ee00 rack must be equipped with a power supply
317. urs 6 4 Environment tests continued Name of test Sinusoidal vibrations continued nvironment tests Immunity to mechanical constraints 1 power on Standards IEC EN 60068 2 6 Fc IACS E10 Modicon M340 Automation Platform Standards certifications and environmental conditions Levels 3 Hz 100 Hz 1 mm amplitude 0 7 g transition frequency 13 2 Hz Endurance to resonance frequency 90 min axis Application coefficient 10 Sinusoidal vibrations IEC EN 60068 2 6 Fc 5 150 Hz with 10 mm amplitude 3 g transition frequency 9 Hz Class 3M7 IEC EN 61131 2 Endurance 10 cycles of 1 octave min Specific profile Shocks IEC EN 60068 2 27 Ea 30 g 11 ms 3 shocks direction axis 2 Bumps IEC EN 60068 2 29 Eb 25 g 6 ms 100 bumps direction axis 3 Plugging unplugging IEC EN 61131 2 Withstand to mechanical constraints power off Name of test Flat free fall Standards IEC EN 60068 2 32 Ed method 1 IEC EN 61131 2 For modules and connectors 50 operations for permanent connections 500 operations for non permanent connections Levels 10 cm 2 falls Controlled position free fall for handheld product IEC EN 60068 2 31 Ec IEC EN 61131 2 30 or 10 cm 2 falls Random free fall equipment in packaging IEC EN 60068 2 32 method 1 IEC EN 61131 2 1m 5 falls Vibrations transports IEC EN 60721 4 2 Stationary vibrations
318. used Technical assistance wherever you are m Our technicians are at your disposal to assist in finding the optimum solution for your particular needs m Schneider Electric offers all necessary technical assistance throughout the world www us telemecanique com Simply Smart Due to evolution of standards and equipment the characteristics indicated in texts and images of this document do not constitute a commitment on our part without confirmation Design Schneider Electric Photos Schneider Electric Printed by Delzer Lithograph ART 960128 DIA6ED2061001EN US 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 06 2007 DIA6ED2061001EN US
319. utput response time for some fast machines Reactivation of DC outputs If a fault has caused an output to trip the output can be reactivated using this parameter if no other terminal fault is present Reactivation is defined for each group of 8 channels It has no effect on an inactive channel or one that is not faulty The reactivation command can be o Programmed Reactivation is carried out by a command from the PLC application or via the debug screen To avoid repeated reactivations too close together the module automatically allows a time delay of 10 s between two reactivations o Automatic Reactivation takes place automatically every 10 s until the fault disappears RUN STOP command An input can be configured to control the RUN STOP mode for the PLC This takes effect on a rising edge A STOP command from an input has priority over a RUN command from a programming terminal or via the network Characteristics References Connections pages 2 11 to 2 15 pages 2 16 to 2 17 pages 2 18 to 2 21 2 8 Functions continued Modicon M340 Automation Platform Discrete I O modules Output fallback This parameter defines the fallback mode used by the DC solid state outputs when the PLC stops following a O Processor fault O Rack fault O Fault on the cable connecting the racks The outputs must be set to a state that is not harmful to the application This state known as the fallback position is defined for each modul
320. verter B Conversion of input measurements to a unit that is suitable for the user O Taking account of the alignment coefficients to be applied to measurements as well as the module auto calibration coefficients r1 Measurement filtering depending on the configuration parameters r1 Measurement scaling depending on the configuration parameters B Interface and communication with the application o Receipt of the configuration parameters for the module and its channels o Transmission of measured values to the application as well as module status m Module monitoring and indication of any faults to the application r1 Conversion circuit test O Channel range overshoot test and watchdog test 2 26 Functions continuea Modicon M340 Automation Platform Analog I O modules 3 VI UciU lali L EUR The BMX AMO 0210 module has 2 high level isolated outputs 15 bits sign For each of them it offers the ranges Oo Voltage 10 V O Current 0 20 mA and 4 20 mA The range is selected during configuration Functions The BMX AMO 210 module includes the following functions m Physical connection to the processor B Protection of the module against overvoltages m Adaptation of the output signals O Voltage or current adaptation by software configuration O Protection of the outputs against short circuits and overloads B Conversion to 15 bits sign with redefinition of data m Conversion of application values into data that can be used
321. vices FactoryCast 8 SOAP XML Web server The FactoryCast Web server configuration software is supplied on CD ROM with th BMX NOE 0110 FactoryCast module This software is used for configuration and administration of the Web server embedded in these modules It is compatible with Windows 2000 and Windows XP operating systems It provides the following functions Setting the parameters of the FactoryCast functions Definition of access security and passwords Importing of PLC symbol databases Definition of access to write enabled variables Management of the Web site Management of default Web site pages Management of user Web site pages 2 Graphic object editor for animating Web pages O Downloading of Web pages between the PC and the module O Debugging of Web pages in online mode or in simulation mode including animations and Java beans B Simulation mode The application and the Web site including the Java animations can be set up in online mode or in simulation mode Simulation mode is used to test the operation of the Web application without a FactoryCast module with no physical connection to a PLC thereby simplifying debugging A graphics editor integrated in the configuration software can be used for easy customization of graphic objects bar charts gauges LEDs curves cursors operator input fields alphanumeric display fields buttons etc B Creation of user Web pages 1 User Web pages are created graphic
322. vision topology The topological view includes all devices with I O points as well as the communication channels between these e devices A ner SERSGEEREEE EESE UAG supports E Architectures comprising automation platforms 1 Modicon Quantum Premium and Atrium with Unity Pro 1 Modicon Quantum and Momentum with Concept B SCADA systems Monitor Pro Fix or generic Magelis panels B Ethernet TCP IP and Modbus Plus communication networks Nocber Plur B Third party devices The process for configuration of networks PLC applications with their I O and other devices of the topological model takes place directly in UAG Complet model project view The physical and topological models are independent and can be created in parallel by independent process and automation experts The models are integrated via simple drag amp drop operations between the two views This integration simply involves assigning PLC I O points to control devices valves motors etc Presentation continued Control Loop Va hase Cond pec rmi imfzimkm a Ed Ste gt Places Wolures Tenor Elsotonotique lane Flers Hess diceralor Marais coran Eos iaig Pras Modicon Premium Quantum automation platform Unity Application Generator Smart Control Devices SCoDs UAG software is an object oriented tool based on these Smart Control Devices These elements describe a part of the process including all the
323. vitsaduawe 12 CHAPTER 2 BMXP342010 45 VW3A8306D30 47 ABE7CPA12 issus 16 ABE7S16E2E1 212 4 9s 12 BMXDDI1602 16 BMXP342020 22 VW3A8306R03 47 ABEIOCPAIG cx seau es ga 16 ABE7S16E2E1E 12 BMXDDI3202K 16 BMXP342020 45 VW3A8306R10 47 ABETCPACL 2 pesa pasate RR 16 ABEYSIBE2FU socorrer 12 BMXDDI6402K 16 BMXP342030 22 VW3A8306R30 47 ABETCPAST soc pees 16 ABE7S16E2F0E 12 BMXDAI1602 16 BMXP342030 41 VW3A8306R30 47 ABE7CPASIE 16 ABE7S16E2MO 12 BMXDDIT60S3 ss bises 16 PTABLATO ues sais 43 VW3A8306RC 46 ABE7CPA410 16 ABE7S16E2M0E 12 BMADAIIGO2 e Rx 16 FIAGIBSB sisi rodea 43 VW3A8306TF03 46 ABE7CPA412 16 ABE SIGSIB2 corres 12 BMXDAI1603 16 PUAGT ORS sursis sise 43 VW3A8306TF10 46 ABE7FU012 xxr ha e 17 ABE7S16S1B2E 12 BMXDAI1604 16 FIXCT8MB 2235 coe 43 VWS3CANA71 3 ABE7FU050 sas s 17 ABE7S16S2B0 12 BMXDDO1602 auauua 16 PIAGMOGB coments 43 VW3CANCARRO3 43 ABE7FU100 ruse rude ge vex 17 ABE SIGS2B0E 59 5s 12 BMXDDO1612 16 FTAGMT2B essieux 43 VW3CANCARHR1 43 ABE7FU200 endi an 17 ABEITESTOU ociosas 17 BMXDDO3202K 16 FIXGNI2FS i geen pus 42
324. ware investment reduces training costs and offers unrivaled potential for development and compatibility The Unity software catalog includes specialist software for even better productivity m Openness to developments in C language or in VBA Visual Basic for Applications m Design and generation of batch process applications with PLC HMI integration Naturally communicative Based on Ethernet TCP IP and Web technologies the Modicon Transparent Ready automation platforms offer solutions to optimizing performances in electrical distribution automation and control Modicon controllers offers you the best of Ethernet Web servers sending e mail direct database access device synchronization and I O distribution The new world of automation m Rather than opting for proprietary systems Telemecanique has adopted market standards such as IEC languages Ethernet TCP IP Modbus IDA XML OPC and IT standards m Partnerships with recognized leading hardware and software specialists have been developed within the scope of the Collaborative Automation Partner Program in an effort to share technology more effectively m Offers you the ability to design the best solution without compromising on ease of integration 3 Introduction Modicon M340 platform Modicon M340 Automation Platform Hardware base Equipped with enhanced memory and functionality this midrange PLC will give your applications new capabilities Designed to opera
325. ware fully exploits the advantages of the graphic and contextual interfaces of Windows XP and Windows 2000 B Direct access to tools and information m 100 graphics based configuration m Customizable toolbar and icons m Advanced drag amp drop and zoom functions m Integrated diagnostic window All the advantages of standardization Unity Pro software provides a complete set of functions and tools for applying the application structure to the structure of the process or machine The program is divided into hierarchically organized function modules containing m Program sections m Animation tables m Operator screens m Hyperlinks Basic functions that are used repeatedly can be encapsulated in user function blocks DFBs in an IEC 61131 3 language Time savings from re use of modules Once they have been tested and qualified your standardized application code reduce development and installation times on site thereby optimizing quality and reducing lead times m Function modules that can be reused in the application or between projects by XML import export m Function blocks instantiated by dragging and dropping them from the library E Instances can be updated automatically to reflect modifications made in the library if this option is selected by the user Maximum quality assured The integrated PLC simulator faithfully reproduces the behavior of the target program on a PC Allthe debugging tools can be used during simula
326. wing elements can be configured Ladder Diagram LD o How the data in the project being developed is edited and presented for example whether or not coils are positioned in the last column of the editor or the position of E siiis ELT the cursor after confirmation of the data entered Comments ines 1 H f Single column O The application conversion strategy from PL7 and Concept software IEC and Symbol lines o H C Double columns LL984 language Address lines 1 A Triple columns O The function library path O The opening mode for Unity Pro either programming or run mode Display complete comments of structure element CET me ne Data amp Languages tab in the workstation options Presentation Structure IEC language Functions References page 4 4 pages 4 9 to 4 11 pages 4 12 to 4 17 pages 4 18 to 4 28 pages 4 29 and 4 31 4 7 Setup continued Buld Editos Language extensions Operator Screens Source structure elements he Allow subroubnes Sequential Function Chart SFC FF Allow macro sections fe Alley multiple token Max f of sectors steps sechonr 32 May of active actione section 56 ja Sel teps keep previous stepis in active stale he Parallel branches allow jump n out F Allow multiple evolutions by dreergence of sequence selection Dots types M Ale usage of EBDDL edge he Allo INTI CIAT m place of AMY BIT Fe Ales bet extraction of INT E WORD
327. with automatic recognition Medium Twisted pair Network Operating temperature 0 60 C module Relative humidity 10 95 non condensing during operation Degree of protection IP 20 Power supply Via the power supply of the rack supporting the processor Conformity to standards IEC EN 61131 2 UL 508 CSA 22 2 n 142 CSA 22 2 n 213 Class 1 Division 2 C LED indicators Activity on the Ethernet TCP IP network ETH ACT green State of the Ethernet TCP IP network ETH STS green Data rate on the 10 or 100 Mbit s Ethernet TCP IP network ETH 100 red 3 LEDs specific to module operation RUN ERR CARD ERR Description Data rate Transparent Ready Reference Weight class kg dia Ethernet TCP IP 10 100 Mbit s B30 BMXNOE0100 0 200 network module C30 BMXNOE0110 A 0 200 A Available 4 quarter 2007 BMXNOE 0100 0110 Before this date please order the BMX NOE 0100 Ethernet module with BMX RWS C016M memory card same services except Data editor service with pocket PC or PDA terminal and SOAP XML Web services 3 28 Wiring system Ethernet in Machines and Installations Infrastructure The Ethernet cable provides all cable options to wire IP20 and IP67 devices using copper as well as fiber optics Combined IP20 and IP67 wiring copper For key 1 3 Straight cables 2 4 Crossed cord cables 8 Cables with IP 67 connector see pages 3 26 and 3 27 Wiring system Ethernet in Machines and installations Infrastructure
328. y CEECUN li si DECkeal hs Const Lnstanceichllkk FE py CZ Faal ja Conzt Instance cllEk 2 Db Fr Aron calculation pires IECRealh pi R R 7 Dinan of all lame EF FB dera SCF OK DET matt rra EF enis pace Ready La LES Col 8 4 32 Modicon M340 Automation Platform Unity EFB Toolkit software Unity EFB Toolkit is the software for developing EF functions and EFB function blocks in C language and is optional software for Unity Pro It can be used to develop new functions whose internal code is written in C language to extend and complete the set of functions proposed as standard in Unity Pro This software comes with Microsoft Visual C Net which can be used to debug the functions used on the Unity Pro PLC simulator Unity EFB Toolkit also includes a service for creating and managing families of functions with a view to their integration in the Unity Pro function libraries C language development software is a tool for managing the whole function while it is being performed It provides B A user friendly creation interface integrated in Unity Pro with automatic file organization m Powerful tools for testing and debugging m Management of compatibilities and software versions of created functions m Generation of files for subsequent installation of functions on other development stations Managing function families The software can be used to define different function families Function
329. y Hz 50 60 Input limit At state 1 Voltage V 215 gt 34 gt 74 values Current mA 25 gt 2 5 At state 0 Voltage V E s10 20 Current mA lt 1 Frequency Hz 47 63 Sensor power supply V 20 26 40 52 85 132 including ripple Current peak At nominal voltage mA 5 95 240 on activation Input impedance at nominal voltage and F 55 Hz KO 6 9 13 Response time filtering Activation ms 15 10 Deactivation ms 20 IEC 1131 2 conformity Type 1 Type 3 Compatibility with 2 wire 3 wire sensors IEC 947 5 2 Protection of inputs Use one 0 5 A fast blow fuse per group of channels Insulation resistance MQ gt 10 at 500 V Dielectric strength Vrms 1 500 50 60 Hz for 1 minute up to 4 000 m Type of input Resistive Capacitive Sensor voltage control threshold OK V gt 18 gt 86 gt 82 Fault V lt 14 lt 24 lt 40 Reliability MTBF in hours At T ambient 30 C 1 504 958 Consumption Typical mA See power consumption table page 6 8 Maximum dissipated power W 3 4 3 8 Temperature derating None Module BMX DAO 1605 Number of inputs W 16 Connection Spring or screw type 20 pin removable terminal block Operating voltages Nominal V 100 240 Limit V 85 288 Currents Maximum A 0 6 per channel 2 4 per common 4 8 for all 4 commons Minimum 25 mA at 100 V 25 mA at 240 V Maximum inrush current A lt 20 cycle Leakage current At state O mA lt 1 5 for 120 V 60 Hz lt 3 for 240 V 60 Hz Residual voltage At state 1 V 15 Response time Activatio

Automation & Control Modicon® M340™ PLC Automation Platform

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Automation &amp; Control Modicon&reg; M340&trade; PLC Automation Platform

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Automation & Control Modicon® M340™ PLC Automation Platform